Dump Tape 351-01 Time: 351:00:22 to 12/17/73 -Page i of 2

351:00:32

351 O0 23 53

$PT

SPT at 00:23. Handheld photos 153 and 146-1; the drought area in Austrailia .... Gulf of Carpentaria. The one thing I certainly was looking for is this - any of these observations was any water or any vegetation there. And was fairly open skies. The - i0 to 20 percent cloud cover. There was only one location where I saw any vegetation. And that was right by the mouth of the river by Parwin. It ran up the up back past the mouth of the river up the - on either side of the river bank. I would estimate up to, say, Pine Creek. Other than that I could see no signs of vegetation. The land looked pretty barren; in some spots it was just plain open, Looked as though it had been wind - wind eroded a fair amount. I couldseeno - no smalllakes. It was certainly ratherdepressing a sight, knowing how much they are in need of water in that location.

351 00 24 48

SPT

351 00 26 21

SPT

I did get a photograph of the - one particular area with a - where I did mention previously where I did see same vegetation and also a couple of shots a little further inland as we passed over. Nmmbers on those are CX17, frame numbers ll0 to ll2. Okay, moving onto another area of weather. Opens cells, closed cells, the Bernard type and waves. I thought I'd get an illustration of these all in one location, while we're out over the ocean. These were taken on CXl7, frame numbers ll3 to ll5.

351 00 27 19

SPT

The Bernard cells, well, were on my right, open, fairly classical pattern in them. And the - as I scanned

w

f_

Dump Tape 351-01 Page 2 of 2

further to the left, they tended to be more lined up in a linear fsshion so that their - their sides all tend to come together in a wave moving east/west, white line east/west; that is they were not hexagonally shaped, if you will. They fitted among one another, but gack - backed up right beside one another, so that they're the further - furthermost and closest side to me formed a linear line of clouds. As you move further to the left, we gradually moved into an area of closed Bernard cells, very classical again .... it's a combination of the two in what appeared to be essentially a uniform weather system. It was kind of interesting. 351 00 28 37 SPT The wave which had drifted over the open Bernard cells also were evident to a small- to a lesser degreeover the closed. SPT out. Oh, SPT back in again. I should add to that - this last observation of the weather that for, I'd say, a period of 500 miles or so that these types of clouds had drifted open and closed; and to some degree, some stacking up of them, the manner I Just described. Oh, I think what I what I got was probably - the photos I got were probably the best illustrations in the area. 351 00 29 28 SPT SPT out.

351 00 28 46 351 00 29 01

SPT SPT

_D

OF TAPE

I-

Dump Tape 351-02 Time: 351:02:56 to 351:03:12 12/17/73 Page 1 of h

CaMT

351 02 55 39

CC

For the SPT or the PLT, I've got a question I'd like to ask you about ILCA. ... Crip. Go, Crip.

SPT 351 02 56 Ol CC

Okay, one of the things that's we've been pordering day 3_7, about h days ago ... - Okay, this is the CDR on S019. It's 03:56 right now. We're in - our position. I believe I have Aldeboran in sight. It's very close to being in the proper position. It is, at the moment -

CDR

CC

... 39 degrees and we were wondering if possibly ... - On the reticle it is about two marks up, and about five marks to the left. I'm naw gonna put it - I hope - on the left margin.

CDR

CC

Okay, Ed, that makes - eases the EGIL's to know why his temperature is not what be anticipated. And did did - cleared up last night when you cycled that circuit breaker and that you did not have to cut off switches. ... Okay, the corrected ROTATION - angles are 27.7

SPT 351 02 57 lh CDR

CC

- - ... did not have to turn the power switches off to do that. - - and 22.82, ... Now I'm going SPICA. to the TILT and ROTATION for TILT.

CDR CC CDR

Dump Tape 351-02 Page 2 of 4

CC

... very good. We're I minute from LOS. We'll see you again at Tananarive in about 1T minutes .... - 164,1 and 20. _. - - ..° And for ...... - Just as a reminder, for the CDR we've got the VTR to dump it, so it's not available to you. All right. Spica's way over to the right. That's ab - right 6 and down 1. I'll try to work it back over to where it belongs. All right. There's Spica. And Spica's at 166.9 and 18._. All right, I'm now going to the ROTATION and TILT values for Kohoutek, which are 204.5 in ROTATION and in TILT, 22.8. All right, let's verify that again. It's 20_.5 and 22.8. Watching for Kohoutek. Got 20 seconds tll rise. We're coming through the airglwo now, I believe. This one will be a 270 widended, If I can ever find Kohoutek. As yet, I do not have it in sight. There it is. It's - it's on the left line, but it's it was out about 6 points. Okay, it's where it belongs now. I'm gonna start the exposure. Stand by MARK. Starting a 270 widened and I started it about 30 seconds late. We're looking at counter frame number 23. I Just check and the film hatch is indeed open. The corrected values for ROTATION and TILT are 204.8 and 21.8. Okay, and I'm prepared to stop this rascal early.

CDR CC

BS1 02 58 O_

CDR

351 02 58 28

CDR

CDR

CDR

351 03 00 35

CDR

CDR

f-

Dump Tape 351-02 Page 3 of 4

CDR

40 percent has gone by and it's now 04:02 (sic). MARK. Coming up on 03:00 now; 03:03. Stand by -

351 03 02 00

CDR CDR SPT CDR

... Jer. Okay MARK. At 03:03, we had 72 percent.

351 03 03 00

CDR CDR

Okay, Kohoutek is about one-half a mark up from the 9 o'clock position, and it's on the left-hand - ... Okay, we have - we have at mark, 20 seconds to go. It's 90 percent now. I'm going to close the shutter at - with about 2 seconds to go. Well, the sky is startening to (sic) light up already. I'm gonna close the shutter now. Okay. And the film hatch is closed. It is now 03:04 Okay, Bill, no swe at.

CREW CDR

351 03 04 O0

CDR

Okay, we had about 97 or 98 percent of the widened exposure completed then. The film is closed. We're in the CARRIAGE RETRACT position. I'll put it in STOWAGE. We're looking right now at frame number 23, that was the Kohoutek frame. Ed, you can turn on the lights down there if you want to, if you need them. Here comes the Sun. I'd better get the mirrow in.

351 03 04 42

CDR

TILT out. Okay, gonna

coming

out.

And ROTATION

coming

351 03 05 09

CDR

TILT and ROTATION are out. retract the mirror now.

I'm

f

Dump Tape 351-02 Pageh of 4

351 03 05 26

CDR CDR

I'm gonna close the SAL door. Okay, this is the CDR recapping again. For Kohoutek, the pointing I found to be 904.8 and 21.8 That's ROTATION and TILT. For Aldebaran, I found the ROTATION to be 277.7 and 22.8. And for Spica, I found 166.9 and 18.h.

351 03 06 15

CDR

Okay. This is the CDR terminating data on the SO19.

TIME

SKIP

351 03 i0 28

SPT

-

SPT at 03:10. Handheld photo CXl7, frame number 116; was of on island wake taken at 00:20. Again, I saw a bow wave as though from the ship, although it was not the same as previously. The - the wave pattern itself was not anywhere near as extensive and it was repeated along the axis several times back with the waves being parallel to one another, and until there was second and third, and fourth, and fifth sources beck there ; although I know that not to be true. One side was more pronounced than the other. And in general, the it looked as though the clouds - air mass was a little more unstable than the last one which I discussed, which I believe it was yesterday. I found no evidence of cloud cover and vortices. I couldn't see the wave effect.

351 03 ll 45

SPT

SPT out.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 351-03 Time: 351:04:h7 12/17/73 Page 1 of h

/c5- to 351:05:13 :GMT

351 04 47 40

CDR

This is the CDR at 04:47 Zulu reporting on S233. Missed the 01:25 observation because of the medical conference and we did not an opportunity to take our 233 • pictures during the S019 maneuver or during the time S019 was going on. So I elected to wait until the next norm, l comet-rise in the night cycle. I took the first frame, 60-second frame, focus at 15 feet at 04:32:50. At 04:34:08, I started the 2-minute frame, focused at infinity. I would estimate that it was probably 20 seconds after comet-rise 20 to 30 seconds. The first frame I initiated at 32:50 and at - I initiated it the instant

i

I could recognize the comet in the Earth atmosphere. As soon as I recognized it, I hit that frame and then, as I said before, the 2-minute frame was activated at 34:08 and I decided not to do the third frA-_ because it was obvious there was not 60 seconds of darkness left, was already getting quite lig_t at that time. 80 1 terminated w_th two frames and the total francs taken for the day were 6. Four this morning the first frame, I think I explained before, the shutter closed as soon as it opened_ and I think it was because I did not press the mechanism hard enough. Frames 2, 3, and h - Actually, the first fr--_ was frame number zero in the camera. Frames were this morning's i, 2, and 3 233. Fra-_s

I

Dump Tape 351-03 Page 2 of 4

4 and 5 were tonight's exercise. So we start tomorrow morning with frame _mher 6o 351 Oh h9 52 351 04 53 09 CDR CDR CDR out. This is the CDR at 04:53 Zulu. Subject is handheld photography or Earth observations. The site requested was the Galapagos Islands. The time was 00:58 Zulu. Unfortunately, Earth observations was _pstaged by solar observations. That was about the time we were getting our first good look at a solar flare. And so we did not get a chance to take a look at the Galapagos Islands at night to see if any of the volcanic activity could be seen.
±

351 Oh 53 h8 351 Oh 54 13

CDR PLT

CDR out. PLT at oh :54 Zulu, reporting the initiation o5 squeezer bag dump back at 04:h5.

TIME SKIP

351 05 OZ 53

CDR

is the CDR at 05iO3 the results of limb

and
?LT : of the left 20.7, :25.8, 27.7, 16.6, 25.5, 26.0, 29.0 on , _I • Day rol_e, 17.8, 18.8, 22.8, , 26.3, 24.5 26.0, 26.4, 26.9, 28.1, 17.6, 16.8 20.1, 22.9, 26 27.5, 26.8, 26.9, 3.66, P.5. That's 19 arm. Left leg, 20.2, 21.2, 23.3, 25.5, 32.6, 34.0, 33.1, 31.0, 350. _

Dump Tape 351-03 Page of4 3

.

42.2, 45.7, 46.8, 48.5_.8, •T, 50.4. Right ie_21.6, , 20.4, 22.5, 2_, 27.6,

m

J

335;t was i0 is 33._3._31.2,
34.2, 33.7,_2, 50.0. N_k

35- Cor_ion -

9 32.5,

,a •
34.5,

m

38.1, 42.8, 35.3;

measd_s,

92 •5_waist 71. O_^hips, e_er ozmass, z_'.,9 een'clme%'lBs, CDR subject is the CDR, missi 31. Limb vol_,m_. Left 15.7, 17.1, 18.5, 20.7 24.3, 24.3, 25.8, 25.4, 26.0, 25.6, 25.6, 27.0, 28.5. That' Now the ri_ arm: 17.8, .6,17.0, 18.1 22.6, 25,5, 26 26.8, 26.5, 24.5, I, 26.9, 27.5, 27 27.3, .4. That's 19 positi¢ go to the legs with Lons each. Left leg: 20.4, 20.5, 22.3, 24.1, 26.3, 28.2, 32.4, 31.7, 30.2, 30.6, 31.6, 34.1, 33.8, 34.8, 36.8, 40.2, 47.2, 48.9, _0.6, 51.0. g: 21.2, 20.0, 20.4, 21.8 29.5, 32.0, 33.8, 32.5 31.4, 30 32.0, 34.2, 34.8, 34 35.0, 36.2 ).4, 41.2, 44.3, 50.0, 51.2, Neck, 3_.5 that - 37.: , 101.2; expired, hips. 8Y.5; cent of 22.9 • 27. CDR The SPT, there were no measurements taken on him today. There was not enough time allowed in the schedule. And we suggest that it he rescheduled. CDR out. _,_

-

V

351 05 08 42

\

Dump Tape 351-03 Page _ of

CDR

This is the CDRwith an addendum to the previous report on leg volumes. The IR photos were taken. The e.g. mass - or the center masses were taken. And the SPY will report that with hie measurements of limb volume. And the sterophotos were taken. CDR out.

351 05 09 18

CDR

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 351-04 Time: 351:14:30 12/i7/73 Page 1 of 1

to

351:15:38

GMT

351

14

41

26

SPT

This is the SPT at 14:30. h2411, 23227, 38298. Out.

PRD

readings

SPT

SPT at 15:06. M071. A blue dye markers were taken on mission day rather than day 31. SPT out.

32,

351 15 16 16

CDR

Okay, this is the CDR at 15:33 Zulu, debriefing the $233 pass this morning. The first exposure was taken at 15:25 on time, for 60 seconds and 15 foot focus. The second exposure was taken at 26:19 with a 120 second exposure. With an infinite focus and third one was taken imediately after that. These I guess they were frames would be. 7, 8, 9, and the i0,

351

15

33

31

CDR

We've shot 6 frames yesterday and 3 frames this morning. Looks to me like maybe the next day or so the comet is going to be occulted by the strut that's out in the are_ there, and after about tomorrow pictures. we'll be unable It's getting to take any very close.

351

15

33

50

CDR

CDR

out.

_D

OF TAPE

i-_

Dump Tape 351-05 Time: 351:16:53 to 351:17:18

EMT

12/17/73
Page 1 of 6

351 16 55 36

PLT

Okay, this is the PLT. on my mark.

Time is 16:55:40

351 16 55 40

PLT

MARK. And I'm waiting for 16:59:10. I have ROTATION 201.5 and TILT of 23.1. I have filter A-I in position now. l'm trying to see comet. Okay. Okay we're in position and I don't see a damn thing in the air. I never have. All I can see is a fuzzy white blob, maybe that's it. Filter, all the way on. See if that takes care of it. Okay now, this did not have focus. So that's not the problem, I've got the mirror down, I checked that. Flat no way you can tell it until you get there. Well, l'm kidding myself I guess. I'm Just going to take them on time. Okay.

CREW PLT

... No. No, that's okay. Coming up on 58. I can't figure this out. When I first looked in there, it seemed all right. There's nothing - no circle to use. Well, it looks hopeless as far as trying to center the nucleus. Next 58. Okay, I want a 28 now. Screwed up my exposures trying to diddle with the ROTATION/TILT. Okay, ROTATION is 201.5. TILT is 23.1. 30 seconds starting at 16:59:10. Well right now I don't have much confidence this camera is going to work right, but we'll give it a go. Okay replace filter and standby. God damn ... Okay, here we go. Stand by for 59:40. Have MARK. and filter at 17:60. Okay on filter A-1. Okay A-1 ..., 3 seconds, starting Stand by.

351 16 58 40

PLT

351 16 59 42

PLT

351 17 O0 02

PLT

MARK. l, 2, 3. Okay .... change filters. ... Charlie 3. Charlie 3 is in position. Now stand by for 170h5. Stand by. 15 seconds to go. This will be 90 seconds. Stand by.

Dtunp Tape 351-05 Page 2 of 6

351 17 O0 51

PLT

MARK. Okay, I'ii put the A filter up. up on 45 seconds on my mark.

Coming

351 17 01 33

PLT

MARK. Okay, 45 to go. Now filter Z-I ... 30 seconds to go. Okay, standby. i0 seconds to go mark. 3, 2, 1 MARK. That's so. And ... filter. ... Bravo i. Okay and at 13:02:55 coming up shortly. 60 seconds on ZI. Yep. MARK. 17:02:55. Starting a 60-second exposure on Bravo i. Okay. Okay. You gave me 5 seconds to center the nucleus. And I don't think I can quite do it. I'll try. There is - one exposures on time and the maneuver pad executed as per pad. Looks like I have about 5 seconds to pad. Stand by. MARK. Take the filter out and see if I can see it. I can't see a dog gone thing, it's light. Okay, I finished them on time. All through? Yes. Okay, frame count start with 18. Frame count at end is 22. And I never did - I never was confident that I saw the comet. I did have a fuzzy white blob in the field of view. Very indistinct, and I don't know if it was the comet or not. And only as I say executing my exposures for pad and with SPT executing the m_euver per pad, there was only 5 seconds time remaining to perform the required centering of the neucleus and from - even though I looked in there it was too light. There was light alreadyOkay, I 'm going ROTATION jump 0 and ROTATION 0. ... Yes, well actually I can't find m_ - my little camera mount, so it will probably take a half hour to get it all rigged up.

351 17 02 18

PLT

351 17 02 56

PLT

351 17 03 59

PLT

CREW PLT

CDR

"_--_

CREW PLT

Dump Tape 351-05 Page 3 of 6

PLT 351 17 06 50 PLT CC

Okay, PLT out from S019. And correction that's 063. ... pad ... give you the exact data •.. towards that time• Okay, good enough• Jerr, I don't know whether you meant advise or not but we would like to give you a brief run down on what tomorrow looks like and see how it suits you. What we have scheduled tomorrow morning is .•. EREP with an early get up .... 10:00 will be the wake up time in order to do it. And we Just started ..• - but we have to wait until it gets dark for the comet and we have two opportunities, one for tomorrow and one for 2 - 2 days later and it's an even earlier wake up. We try to keep it within 2 hours of normal set up. And at this same day tomorrow evening, we got 201 op - scheduled and because of that we can't get you to bed before your regular time. That will be a pretty long day. However tomorrow day will be scheduled ... Try to make some of this up. Okay, let me get this straight. I think tomorrow morning we will be getting up 2 hours earlier, and staying up until nor_1 bedtime. And the next day we'll be able to sleep in. Roger. The next morning will give you one extra hour of sleep (laughter) which will mean that would be a 9-hour period. And we think - we did tR1_ ..• into moving the rocket launch for the 201 tomorror night. We're going to try that again at •.. again running out of windows on that thing. We're losing our opportunities now, Jerry .... in the interest of schedule a little bit, we wondered if it was okay with you to go ahead and do this.

CDR CC

351 17 09 36

CDR

351 17 09 50

CC

Dump Tape 351-05 Page _ of 6

351 17 lO 20

CDR CC

Okay, and we'll just have

... for it.

All righty. And we're about 30 seconds from LOS. Coming up on Vanguard at 06:05 and I believe we've got an ATM conference there for Ed. Roger. PLT, Hank, and Just thought ... call ... S063 ... also I only had 5 seconds from the time I finished the nominal exposures. And on top of that there was ... wasn't able to perform that last item ... We copy, Bill. Ed, are you recording, or did I have the recorder on? The SPT at 17:12. Debriefing the ATM pass which began at 15:29. Everything went as planned for the building block 1 I was a little late in getting the whole production started because of the conflict of the $233 up in the MDA. Looking at the corona I saw that the area above l0 o'clock, a helmet streamer which was in there yesterday, now it's very much more pronounced relative to what it was yesterday, also relative to the surrounding corona. The region above 00 is now full with corona again, although I do not see - there's a couple of small streamers imbedded in there, but no real major featmres, other than Just a general enhancement of the corona in the picure I have, out there around 2 1/2 solar radii. Contrasting yesterday where that area of the region appeared to be depleted. That area of the corona over on the west limb, the area between B and B:BO, looks now like - essentially Just a band running with the same - l0 degrees wider. So Just running straight out. It's not a helmet type streamer, but Just a band of corona which

CDR PLT

CC 351 17 12 17 CDR

SPT

B51 17 13 07

SPT

B51 17 13 19

SPT

Dump Tape 351-05 Page 5 of 6

has straight sides running straight out. I imagined this is due to 98 being rotated over - active region 98 being rotated over - to the edge of the disc .... now. 351 17 14 lO SPT At the end of the building block l, I went - I gave a set up on building block 24 with the SLIT rolled tangent to the limb. 55 at line l0 looking right at the brightest point which in oxygen VI came up to around about 30,000. I set up for the FLARE ... on 54. So I gave a PATROL SHORT and 55 received a - about l0 minutes worth of MIRROR LINE SCAN then a MIRROR AUTO RASTER truncated at forty and then picked up on the MIRROR LINE SCAN again. 351 17 lh 34 SPT And 56 did receive two PATROL SHORTs and that it. Essentially a shopping list item 2 with a MIRROR LINE SCAN thrown in, well kind of combined if you will with a building block 24. The end of the orbit showed that mother nature managed to do it to us again. That with approximately 4 minutes remaining, - I say approximate because I had the the maneuver keyed into the DAS and I had the last maneuver keyed up with no ENTER and I could not see the time although I could keep reasonable good track of when ESS was. That was about 4 minutes remaining. Sure enough, along comes a flare again, and right where we were looking. And I got to a_m_t that I did not get - I was not looking at the scope at that moment. Let's see. The scope ... the m_euver calling up and I was starting to powerdown for the dark side. However, I had 55 running in MIRROR LINE SCAN looking exactly where the flare was. 56, I gave them another PATROL SHORT. SO I think SS received same good data on it. The PMEC got up close to 600,

Dump Tape 351-05 Page 6 of 6

I don't

recall

the exact

value,

and then

we got into the atmosphere to fade out. 351 17 16 43 SPT SPT out. END OF TAPE

and it started

Dump Tape 351-06 Time: 351:18:02 to 351:19:56 (_4T

12117173
Page i of 5

351 18 03 02

CDR

This is the CDR at 18:03 Zulu, with a message for the M509 Const,mables people. PSS number 2 and nis-ber 3 after cool down have up to 2200 pounds of pressure in them. PSS n,,m_er 4 is holdong 2500 after top off. CDR, out. SPT, debriefing the pass which began 8t 07:22; and observing time and looked for a flare. Was successful with hslf of one scheduled orbit. Over in monitoring oxygen VI, I was able to find the hottest spot. I used the MIRROR the AUTO RASTER to find the line it was c_ and then searched around in that area and finally found a temp up around 3000. And it was in a H-ALPHA. The plage which went between - through the loop. It went between. Excuse me. It went

351 18 05 25

SPT

......

between two spots which I have to - I did not really have time to look into it in detail, but it appeared these spots in H-ALPHA and I did not get the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY. I'll have to verify that, however. During the course of monitoring it, I got same counts up as high as 57,000. So there was some transients going on in there. I was mostly here in the South Atlanatic anomaly; I could not see what was happening there to the PMEC .... stepup I could not notice - I could not see a great enhancement in H-ALPHA. And the II_T_SITY count remained low, below i0. SPT out. 351 18 08 33 SPT SPT at 18:09. Handheld operations. Tsking now at the F-1_land Current the associated plankton blooms. And Just going by the wardroomwindow, I noticed the Fslkland Current again right off the coast of South America. And ... the first time, and clearly able to distinguish the eddy which is Just north of the F_]kland Islands. I could see the plskton

-

Dump Tape 351-06 Page 2 of 5

blooms

which

we've

sll discussed

very

clearly. Narrow and well-defined planton coming down from the north and Just north of the island, turning out to - to the east. And there is same plankton blooming south of the island, although it was scattered clouds, and I could not see too well down there. 351 18 09 30 SPT The eddy Just to the norht of the Islands, that is, I could not see any direction. rotation direction. But there was Just a thick aggregate of plankton bloom with some random spirall coming off of in various directions ....... elements and then some plankton again to the east. SPT, out. 351 18 19 40 PLT turning and going

PLT with the time here 18:51. Recording the six pack temperatures. X-RAY , 82 degrees, X-RAY 6, 81 degrees, yank 5, 82 degrees, Yankee 6, 81 degrees, Zulu 5, 82 degrees, Zulu 6, 82 degrees. PLT, out.

TIME

SKIP

351 19 47 IX

SPT

SPT again, at 19:47. ATM; picking up again on the debriefing notes. Established again after P29. That's 15 - 18:42, the flare wait. Okay as I was saying I went out to the limb and looked at a tighter roll so that I could put the bottom on the MIRROR AUTO RAS'I'EHbelow the limb. Teh active region at the top of the MIRROR AUTO RAST_ has a SLIT on it. •.. the SLIT. However, the roll contraints did not allow me to do it. So I went back to putting the SLIT tangent to the limb, which would give the best 82A, and also if we did get a flare, and monitored it the same way as I did the previous orbit. Unfortunately, the PMEC remained down very low - below 300 a good part of the time

Dump Tape 351-06 Page 3 of 5

because we were already getting into the South Atlantic anomaly. I saw no significant changes in the - the ZUV or H-ALPHA. I got a call then toward the end of the orbit to go over to perform a shopping list item., and let me mention that I did shopping list item 1 at the beginning of the orbit, and then I did one at the end, followed ip up with a standard mode, which ... dind't go below 400K ... below 200K in order to complete it. 351 19 48 52 SPT One frame or so, perhaps, one or two frames, I don't know which it's best to go s.head and at least can get it in and you Just be careful in looking at the data. I then looked at it with the TVs, and I'm not able to notice anything ... And not knowing exactly what the -what's going on 'cause it's something I could not hear clearly. I was looking at the whol corona trying to detect changes, and I will say I Juat didn't see anything. I did not have had time to get out the photographing frame up here, so I'm - did not see anything over there where lll blew off. WEll, now he Just gave me solar 49 again which is at 0.1 - no 1.O, and I could not see that go off. I was assigned to corona; I'll take a good look at it next time we come around and compare it with the photograph, ... out and Sun centered. Okay, let me go on now. It's - S054 CRT mail list Just came up. And I'll go ... pretty much as written here. Okay, now to - ... CRYSTAL set to l; I'm gonna counter test and hold. And the array of ... four by four up there shows up at the top. And it is - Well, let me take this to circle, three circles, actually; a very small one center, one medium way out, and one, I believe, it was 48 areminutes one. And the line between those circles and at the top the four - the

Dump Tape 351-06 Page 4 of 5

square ray is centered in UP/DOWN on the horixontal line between the outer circle and the middle circle. A LEFT/RIGHT, it is about two elements to the left. That's two elements to the right, one to two. They've both been running to the right one to two elements I think must be centered LEFT/RIGHT •.. mark. B51 19 52 l0 SPT also, on that horizontal

in

Okay, now going to 16. Mske a test hold. Okay, and I'll give you a locatin now of three sides that I can see of the RASTER. The left hand side is exactly tangent ... circle, the outer circle, the _8 arcminute circle. The right one is - falls a little bit short. And I would say that if ... the distance between the intermediate circle and the outer circle is about 80 to 85 percent from that distance out. So it's not far from the out circle but maybe 80 percent, and I guess there are two ... now, an UP/DOWN in the ..., and there it starts with the very top all the way, and only comes down to the horizontal pic mark between the bottom of the square box and the intermediate circle. That is, in going out from the center downward, and the small circle, a box, and pic mark. It makes it down to the pick mark.

351 19 53 52

SPT

f

... point that I did notice ... oh, about a week ago or so. And it was in - it was working properly, and I guess I should have reported then, although through an oversight, I believe I was working and concentrating on the operation and I did not. And then we Just noticed when I called down the other day, it had gone back into tis mode of operation. It is degraded, but I did not think that it that serious a degradation, unless we start having a two or three active regions on the disk at oppositesideswhich at about very potentially could flare. And we used this as the break point for determining

Dump Tape 351-06 Page 5 of 5

which one we should be doing. Right now we use the XUV MONITOR ... andH-ALPHA Grated, larger field of view would help a little in that sense, but I don't feel frankly, we're handicapped by this m_Tfunction or anything else .... restored •.. happy• 351 19 55 02 SPT SPT, out.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 351-07/D-319 Time: 351:21:05 to 351:21:54 Page 1 of 3

GMT

351 21 07 29

SPT

SPT at 23 flare wait SHORT, no the orbit

- correction, 21:07. ATM, which began at 20:15. luck. At the beginning of I went over to Sun center.r

Took a look at the corona and also gave a standard. SPT Excuse me, gave them a continuous for i minute and 56 a PARTORL, SHORT, shopping list 1. Then went over to the active region rolled - active region 00, rolled to plus 9568 - must have been 180 whn I - where I was before. It's a little tangent to the limb. Did this set at the bottom of the MIRROR AUTO RASTER with the - looking toward the other activity, active region99. I know of course it could cover all it, but it would certainly ... hopefully see some ... going in that direction. I gave them two MIRROR AUTO RASTERS at a GRATING of 772 which is optimum for putting neon Vll in DECTERTOR 6 which may show up in the loop. 351 21 09 37 SPT Then did a GRATING AUTO SCAN in that position. Now, let me first say that I chose that position by maximizing in carbon iii which is the itermedlate line and should be a little bit further down than oxygen V1. I'm gonna repeat that. I believe this block should be - should a little bit further than exygen V1. 351 21 lO 25 SPT be

down in the atmosphere

I gave 55 nearly two MIRROR AUTO - two GRATING AUTO SCANS. And then at detectors at position - at grating position 0000 started them - gave them a MIRROR AUTO RASTER in that position, full MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And then went to the stop mode and maximized using oxygen V1 and found the maximum was different but I think the appearance in H-ALPHA was somewhat different too. So rather than having an up of plus 3 and ... right of plus ... zero ... maximizing in carbon iii. The oxygen VL gave a

Dump Tape 351-07/D-319 Page 2 of 3

up of plus ii and a right of ... And the active region had certainly changed is the difference in the lines. 351 21 ll 51 SPT

...

Toward the end of the orbit, I found that the oxygen VL was fluctuating fairly fairly greatly. I was at about 20,000 and I went up to 20, or 30,000, 35,000. Then I had to be a little reposition to make aure I was on the maximum. This led me to think there might be something coming up in central - or in the South Atlantic anomaly. I couldn't . .. So rather than going back Sun center again and picking up that last shoppign list itme l, I stayed where I was, hoping that I'd be able to catch a - a flare rise, but unfortunately nothing developed. 56 operation. Oh, correction, let me go back For 52, they did receive a standard at the beginnign of the orgit. 56 ... received a SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 2 for 5 minutues and unfortunately at the end I moved before I had closed their shutter or cycled on to another frame, secret free hope that 2 35 minutes again. Un so I'm afraid that particular exposure fortunaly at the end I know that why I had close is not the usual term. I then had 56 in AUTO, SHORT for the So - so - so - we got different exposures that duration except for one time when I stopped it when I had to switch position to maximize in oxygen V1. I guess old Sal is Just perverse and isn't gonna show us her stufff when someone's looking. SPT out. This is the CDR at 21:49 Zulu with the report on $233. The exposures were taken on time. at 21:38, the second exposure at 21:39:17 and the third exposure was taken at 41 - be 21:41:3_. Exposures were completed before sunrise and the situation on exposures now, is that we are sitting on frame12. I'ii recap it. I think I was a little bit vague this morning when I did it. The exposure are as follows : last night I took only exposures 4 and 5 - frames 4 and 5, this morning as

B51 21 12 44

SPT

351 21 l_ l0 351 21 49 14

SPT CDR

_

i

Dump Tape 351-07/D-319 page 3 of 3

frame 6, 7, 8, and this aft - this afeternoon the frames were 9, 10, and ll. 351 21 50 l? CDR Hyst visually observing the comet, there is definitely a brightening around the nuclus and streaning back from on the nucleus I would estimatee i0 percent of the tale, is much as - the front lo percent is much brighter now. The comet no longer looks like a ... point in a long tale diminishing in - in brightness all the way out. It now shows the nucleus rather brightly and then extending back from the nucleus is a - a wedge fo light that's you know, included in the tale that is almost as bright as the nuclsu itself. And then the extending on back beyond that wedge, the tale begins to look more normal, that is it - as you get away from the comet the tale becomes less bright. I didn't notice that last night. I think it took the rem-_ks by Bill Snoddy this afernoon at the science confernce to make to cue me to be more conscious But now that I look at it a little bit, it most definitely is brighter today than it was, say last week when, as I said, last week it was sort of a bright dot with a uniformly diminishing brightness in the tale all the way to the end. And now we see the - the wedge of brightness extending back from the point. I would estimates about l0 percdnt of the lenght of the tale CDR out.

of.

351 21 51 2h

CDR

351 31 51 52

CDR

END OF TAPEup

/

Dump Tape 351-08

0 GMT _

/_

Time:

351:22:!7 to 351:22:22 12117173 Page 1 of 2

351 22 17 45

CDR

This is the CDR at 22:15 Zulu. Reporting on handheld photgraphy. The assigned sites were - were scheduled for 23:0 - 23:07 Zulu Correction, 22:03 and 22:07 Zulu. THe sites were HH33 Alia-5 and HH30-21. HH33 Alia-5, the coral Sea area, was impossible to see because of cloud cover. Just as soon as we crossed the southwest - Correction, the southeast coast of Australia, we in_nediately went into a brokento-overcast situation on clouds and could not see any of the ocean at all And it pretty much stayed that way until we got over New Zealand, over the northern part of North Island, at which time we found a break in the clouds and a large open area that extended from New Zealand to the Chatham Islandsand it was clearto scattered. I did not get a chance to see anything of the Caspian Sea, but I was rather interested to see that on the east coast of New Zealand, approximately oh, rough guess, 200 miles, I found a line which crossed the path of our orbit almost 90 degrees. And on the landward side of this line, the water color was the normal blue that we're used to seeing. And there were not much in the way of signs of current or anything like that.

351 22 18 39

CDR

Now the important thing is that when I got to the side of this line, the water abruptly changed colors from a dark blue - a deep blue to a, oh, let me call it a smokey blue or, in other words, it 's the dark blue but it had a path filled smokey - a little white added to it so it became a lighter blue. And there were mauy, many white dots all over it. Now, I don't think it's far enough south for that to be

i

Dt_np Tape 351-08 Page 2 of 2

ice. And I'd be surprised if I could see whitecaps through the - through the binoculars, but it gave me a definite impression that we - It gave me the definite impression that I was looking at whitecaps and that it was a very windy situation down there. The clouds were aligned parallel to the line, much like clouds streak. And, you know, what few clouds there were; it was a scattered situation by the time we got there. The water looked very much like - like roiled water, that is, you know water that's being popped-up essentially by the wind, and it turns a little lighter color. ANd I think what I was seeing was a wind situation and not a current situation, although I may be wrong on that. At any rate this situation lasted - this coloring lasted ,Imost to the, oh, about 100 miles or so west of the Chatham Islands. And then by the time I got to the CHatham Islands and watched them very closely, there were no si_as of any island wakes like we had seen before on a previous day. I think Ed Gibson saw water and reported it to you. And the water around the Chatham Islands looked pretty much normal for that area. I did not see any booming or anything like that anywhere in the area indicating current or upwelling or anything like that. But I did think that this particular straight line of demarcation was rather peculiar. I probably shoudl have taken a picture of it but I didn't. I spent more time looking at the patterns rather than taking a picture. 351 22 22 56 CDR CDR out.

f

_D OFTAPE

D_p

Tape

352-01 to 352:02:09 _MT

]2/17/73Bh8:00:29 Time:

i ;

(Day 3_8, verified by DATA C00RD. as the day on Master tape. However, dm_ changes to 3_2 on page 2.)

i _I _ _ ,! :_

3h8 O0 29 O0

SPT

SPT at 00:29. ATM pass began at 23:16. Went throug,h building block 28, J0P 6. No problem and looked certainly TV downlink. We went over at the ... page 59 and it is a goodie. Very extensive,

it covers a ... to the ground no ... H-alpha ... by now, I imagine. It certainly is very extensive, extendingat the top, perhaps maybe 3 arc minutes I cannot see the top of H-alpha tho_,-a I can certainly see the seat of it and I would say up to ... is missing. We chose to work at the ... I hope which is the most dense. We can try to get the ... there. And we figured that'll be rotated aout to the llmb, first. ... shopping list ll. 56 ... for 8 minutes. 55 for shout 6 minutes. 82B, with the sensitive film in there I had the exposure normal and I looked at 3 arc seconds off the limb ... to out.

!

the

- changin_

to the limb.

• 3_8 00 31 17

CC

Skylab,minutes. Houston. 7-1/2

We're

AOS Madrid

for

SPT

... limb pointing. Exposure 7 arc seconds off the llmb.

normal there, Exposure

:

and I had to truncate the last exposure because in Ii arc seconds off the llmb of _OOK. normal 348 00 31 31 Sl°T 55: ... with Jo!os for 82B, is parallel

i oi .... _i!

to the limb and also to get man,nun amount of prcWinence on the slit.• I would say the sllt was ... by 82 center with %-isible pr_,_uence on H-alpha. So what I did thl_re was give ... 55 to

...

mirror auto r_ter at 00:28. And then came back and set 55 mirror UP and DON3 and that llne 27 _ve me the maxlmtm_ 1_nich

:i

_ _

•__

_

_:?! •

_i.U

" •

i i

Dump Tape 352-02 Page 2 of 15

was of- Almost i00 or so in ali_ment data and then I moved it one out from the limb, Just to get away from any limb effects. So we ended up doing a grating auto scan at 07:24. And it ... I think one of those things we ought to be doing in the next few days - the reason I had looked at this this morning. 352 00 33 00 SPT I think I got a little ... on getting a good flare out of region zero zero. And what ... would have been to study this film I ... I set as many experiments up as I could for the flare mode. And this one went off. I treated it as a the work on the flare requires long time exposures that would allow a fair ... flare. Many of the - much of smount of attention ot he devoted to watching for a flare .... longitude has come around like them. 352 00 33 46 352 O1 30 O0 SPT CDR SPT out. This is the CDR at 01:30 Zulu. On the EREP C&D panel, S192 has gone to CnHCK and MONITOR Delta 6 reads 68 percent. CDR out. Okay, this is the CDR on the READY 2. 5, end of ... and ... had more

_

1

352 01 31 ii

CDR CDR

verification check. S192, power's ON, ... HI. S191, CALIBRATION 9, P_F_wE_CE S190 is in NA, XTC is 193, ANGLE is 0, POLARIZATION i, 93-Alpha, ... in a MODE RANGE 61, and AUTO B on 194. (DR

i
i I _, i_ _ I_ i

Okay, at the T minus i0 point, we 'ii go ahead and get - get going on some monitor readlngs. Alpha 2 is 60, Alpha 3 is 86, Alpha h is 7i, Alpha 5 is 65. Alpha 6 is O. Bravo 2 is 56; Bravo 3 is 76; Bravo 4 is 71; Bravo 5 is 75; Bravo 6 is 50; Bravo is 58. Charlie Cherlie Delta 2 Delta 4 is down MONITOR 7 is 32; Bravo 8 is i; Bravo 9

Charlie Charlie44; Cherlie 3 is 88; 47; 2 is _, 71; 5, 83; Charlie 6, 7 is 52 - _e that 51; and is reading 86; Delta 3 is 8h; is 80-72; Delta 5 is 15; Delta 6 to 57 now, and Delta 7 is I0. On Delta 6 ...

T

i , _¸¸

i

I ¸

Dmnp Tape 352-01 Page 3 of 15

CC

Skylab, Houston, copying you on ... through Texas for about 16-1/2 15-1/2 minutes. Okay. Just Well, finished Crip, the monitoring check. for you.

CDR CDR SPT CC SPT

I got two questions

Go, Ed. Okay, in the first maneuver in the y, shouldn't that have been a plus ... ... right here. ... in the entry is the same, but I think the ... the gratings should have been plus 4.36, and, secondly ... Acapulco's over to the left. going to do after this That's the last flight the SI. Is that one ali_-_nt?

i
W 352 01 49 08 CREW SPT

352 01 49 17

CREW SPT

... what we're one coming up. maneuver before

_

for ... or for experiment ' i SPT PLT 3_2 01 50 04 PLT PLT CC

That's - for going back to the offset attitude to get the principal axis ... to the gravity metric. Oks_, th_ you.

Ed, do you mind if we kill the lights? Well, there's Acapulco at night. at this.

Come here and take a look See ... down there? 0h, yes. Beautiful. _Y_ co City coming Mexico City. There

9
CDR PLT CDR PLT ! PLT

i

up next. it is.

God, it's really

great.

Dump Tape 352-01 Page h of 15

CDR PLT CDR ! PLT CDR CC

Holy cow. Look at the visibility. Most of MexicoCity lookslike a big five-ointed star. There's Yes. Sounds pretty Yes. Oh, God, Crip. Terrific. like you guys are getting view. a GuadalaJara ... to the left.

CDR PLT 352 01 50 30 CDR

Mexico City's lights are laid out in such a w_ - or the city's laid out in such a way -that it looks like a five-pointed star. We can even see same beacon flashing down there. Maybe it's a search light. For the SPT. course there? Ed, did I understand your On the first Y time manuever, is supposed to be plus

i 352 Ol 50 36 PLT

:_ i i

CC

the 50644, t_at 4.20 degrees. SPT ...

! , i
A_

CREW PLT

Thank you. nothing. I'll tell you later ... bright spot down there is Acapulco? That very bright spot.

CDR

Yes ... el4m_nated

church

people.

!i
I i_ :_i

CDR

HA,
Take a look here. Wait

and see where

we are coming

CDR

Okay, S192 door is OPEN. The d_v light is out. Or the door Closed lig_ht_S OUT. for READY light.

f

Dump Tape 352-01 Page 5 of 15

352 01 52 Ol

CDR

READY light is ON. MDDE's going to c_.'CK. S190 heater switch OFF light is OFF. 17 window ... pushed the test okay. Okay, let's do the free operation configuration. Tape recorder is ON. READY light is ON. 92; POWER is ON. READY is out. MODE is checked. DOOR open. 91 is ON. READY light is ON. The COOLER is ON, and the door is OPEN. 90 is OFF. The READY is OUT. And stand by, and the door is - is OPEN because we've rubber necking

CDR

i _i 352 Ol 52 45 352 01 52 h9 CDR CDR

through it. 93 R. Stand by. READY, OUT.

Scatterometer, OFF. READY, out. Altimeter, OFF. READY out. 94, ON excuse me - ON. READY off. Okay, Texas come quick - you can see the whole coast from Brownsville to Houston, - oh !

PLT

Beat_nont, Port arthur, CDR PLT , Oh, heck.

Look at that.

There 's Brownsville and ... around the coast you can see Galveston Bay outlined by the darkness. Yes. San Antonio, Austin. se Fort Worth. Okay. I can't I told there. Sure quite crane my neck far enollgb. out Let's see if we can

CDR PLT

CDR PLT SPT

you it was pretty

weather

CDR PLT CDR

is.

Sure is. ,.,

i

Dram@ Tape
)

352-01

F_e 6 of15
i PLT 352 01 53 31 CDR Trying to see the dome. Okay, I'm 45 seconds from my first action here. You have approximately

1

!

5a:15.

325 01 53 37 352 Ol 53 40

PLT PLT

See New Orleans

down there? This only looks is

Gosh, what a tremendous view. Just like the one over Europe better. The whole Gulf Coast clear as a bell. Yes .... Yes. the wells what

CDR ii i i __ CDR PLT

on the water. about it.

That's

he's talking

There's I don't Okay,

quite a few of them over there. see any on fire though. it will be 54:15.

on my m_k

! i "i
J

352 O1 5h

15

CDR CDR CDR

MARK. Stand

by.

J
i CC PLT :!

The altimeter's going to STANDBY. The radiometer's going OFF. Next mark will be at 58:15 with an EREP start. Think you're going over Pensacola. to pass Just about

Yes, we have the whole Florida in sight. All the way down to Miami's lit up. Look at - you Miami Beach. Tsmpa, St. Pete Oh,boy. You can see the whole ... Just down there thing. the

Peninsula the Keys. can see ...

CDR PLT CDR

around

everglades, it's the only place there 's no light. _ PLT PLT Tallshassee. That 's right.

that

Pensacola. Where I first learned to fly. And we ...the wholeeastern seaboard, too. Look.

Dm_p Tape 352-01 Page 7 of 15

CDR

Well they're got snow in Washington. So it's got to be cloudy up there. Coming up, Atlanta. Say, you can sure m_e major highways ... out the

PLT ! SPT

PLT

Yes. Well that main route there goes all the way up to Atlanta, see. Tallahassee Yes. ... cow. Look at that. You can see that - you can see the interstate highway all the way down the center ofFlorida. That'sright. Right downthe middleof it like a backbone. There's Yes. Orlando ... the Cape. Se the cape plain. ... Altanta.

i

CDR PLT 352 01 55 22 CDR

_ 352 Ol 55 28 PLT CDR

/
,_ ,! 5 PLT CDR PLT

i
'_

i _.

CDR PLT

MerrittIsland- the whole smear. Cocoa Beach doesn'tseem - yes, it's litup fairly ell. w

!

CDR

... you guys are gettingall the good looking and I've got to watchthis darn C and panel. D Look. Yes. Jacksonville. The east coast now is still clear.

i i •

PLT CDR PLT

i

CDR

(Laughter)

Beautiful.

Dump Tape i

352-01

Page8 of 15 CDR That's down. PLT Yes. Thats right. ' Charleston coming up. far behind. got to be Savanna. Straight

!
i

I'

CDR PLT

Cape Hatteras

can't be

i
CDR That's got to be Colt_mbus in there. And Augusta. ... it's too bad you can't take picture f this. o a

PLT _ i ! i •i _i ° _:_ _ 352 01 57 01 !,_ _ 352 01 57 12 CDR PLT PLT

This is very good demographic data. It's Just too bad you can't record it. Whatwe - whatwe needis an IR ... camera. Look at the exquisite detail down there. The right - with the right camera you couldreally do a properJob. We can see Lake - gal, you can see all the way to Lake Michigan. Chicago. Starting to pick up a few clouds now. Oh, yes.

PLT

i ; _i_ _ i /

PLT CDR

Wait a minute. clouded over? Let's

I - is Washington It looks to me like Just going over -

-

see, we're

is that Wi!mlngton? PLT ... Yes.

i

CDR

... that city ... to the left. That's New Bern, North Carolina down there. Cherry Point. If you get over here you can see all Over here where I am you can see

/_ _

PLT

_

Chicago.

_i

the way over to

Lake Michigan.

D_p Tape 352-01 Page 9 of 15

SPT PLT

... Oh,yes. Okay, now we're starting to pick up cloud cover. Okay, I - Washington's got to be right down there. Yes there's Norfolk down there. Look at that - Langley Norfolk, the whole area. Now this here, is Washington it? Baltimore. right over

CDR

PLT .! 'i CDR

isn't

Yes.

Washington,

ii !

SPT CDR

Look at there. What is that ... Tellyour ... Baltimore folks they can - your Washington folksthey can go home. The clouds have cleared.

! l i: i

PLT CDR

LoOkScloudsPrettYbutI see some - clear. Okay, I got an EREP start to do here. I'm going to need some light, guys. Yes. I don't know.

!_ _i :_ 352 01 58 21 i _ 'i

PLT CDR

I'ii see if I can do withoutlight. Stand by for EREPstart. MARK. EREP start at 58.21.

CDR CDR PLT CDR

...Delaware Penisula. Altimeter ON. I got behind. is Altimeter went ON at 31. The EREP start 21. at

!
!
J

i :_ i 352 01 58 46 !_t_

PLT

We're screwing up Jer. Let's stop it. Okay, light's coming on. CAn you guys verify for us that we did get the FLOWof the valve- the EREP valveto the FLOW,please.

CC

,ii

Dump Tape 352-01 Page l0 of 15

352 01 58 54 i

CDR SPT

Verify that, Ed. Okay, it's gone to FLOW not get there. Put it there it. It 's there Okay. for us. now. It did

CC

We'd appreciate

SPT CDR

now.

This mark will be 02:01

and 45. CDR ! I've got anxALTIMETER LOCK light, ON but I've still got a BEADY light. Okay,it Justblinkedand went out. Now it's back on. Now it's out. Jerry,you can delay your 183 Alpha st andby to 02: 01: 55• CDR CDR i CDR Okay.

.... _ :_ii_ 'i,

CC

We'llpick up that i0 seconds I lostat thebeginming. Okay, we're passing on 145. On my ma_k it will be 01:55. Stand by. MARK. Altimeter to STANDBY. EREP stop. Changing the altimeter RANGE to 63. MODEto 2. Radiometer has goneto

'
,3

352 02 01 55 CDR CDR

_ i CC

STANDBY. We enjoyed the - the ride over the clear coast there with you guys. I'iitellyou we did too. I'm sorry I let it get to the C and D panel and I was late. But it was worth it. No sweat. No problem at a11.

CDR

CC CDR

I don't believe I have ever seen it that clear before. And ... the opportunity to see it from up here is Justfantastic.

i
i

Dump Tape 352-01 Page 11 of 15

PLT

It is, and it's - it is Just so seldom, of course, you're in ZLV only in the EREP pass, that you can look out the big picture window. Boy. that was tremendous. I think -

PLT i

the whole Southeast quarter, a little bit mere ... was clear.

CDR 352 02 02 _9 CDR

Yes. It looked like a spider web with water droplets on it. Yes. Hey, Crip. You could see every major artery _nning .11 over the whole east side of the country. Yes, it must have cleared up considerably therefromwhere up considering you guys sold a VISUAL OPS VTO. they were having that snow and -

11
:_I 352 02 02 5k

PLT SPT

CC

I CDR PLT

Very good. Yes. It looked like the clouds

started Just to the south of the DC area and, right over DC, looked llke a - there may have been a solid over if you were looking fro_ the city but from up here, it looked llke they had about 6/10. You know, integrated over 100, 200 mile area. CC We're about 30 seconds from LOS. We'll pick you up again at Madrid in about 5 minutes, 02:08, and we'll be doing a data/voice recorder d_wmD there. I tellyou, Crip,it really was a shame thatwe didnot have a camera out with some high speed film, because those demographic studies could really be_nefit by a,. l_l,ss like that one.

SPT %_

._

'.

"I _ ! I _! _

D_p Page

Tape

352-01

12 of 15 CC CDR Roger. This would have been a - a good opportunity for a camera with that sensitive film super •..

!
:J CDR PLT

Yes
Some of that at night. for taking pictures It's a rare opportunity when you get cleararealikethis - get the country clear. CDR CDR Yes. Don't you think population ... the people, the

b

352 02 04 05 '
:r ! --

PLT

If they had a democracythey'd go right out of their courde looking atthat. And those folks studying the metropolitan areas. Yes. All of the HHI01 M_ sites.

CDR

' •
T

352 02 04 i0 352 02 04 13

PLT CDR CDR PLT

i_

is one of the sites.

It wasn't...but it still was much better ...

,_ CDR

Mexicocityis one of the sites andwe were looking rightdown atthat. I couldn't get over how much Mexico City looked like a star. Did you see that? Yes. Yes.

_

CDR

j
' i '-_ i _ i_l PLT PLT

I didn'trealize that Atlanta was that large. _, that's Just a bit city.

Dump Tape 352-01 Page 13 of 15

CDR

It is.

Z1
i

PLT CDR

Sure

see GAlveston

Bay outlined.

!

Sure could.

PLT i _ i_ ,
i ,

here. I've got everything set Let's see, I've got nothing Okay, to do except ten seconds excuse me - ten degrees of tracking. Ckay, 14:40 to 17. I Just moved 5 degrees up, and let it track 5 degrees down. ... to put over this. Yesh.

PLT

PLT CDR

_ _

You know, a pass like that ; se_,s to me llke, would have been worth using up someof course I don't buess we had any 16 black and white movie film - 16 millimeter. so. how much you

I.. 'i_ CDR PLT , !i] SPT PLT

I don't think

I 'm Just wondering could get. What kind of

... film do we have?

i__
_i_ _ Well, I think that is black and white, sensitive film. but I don't think we have much of it, I think its Just for 183 and ... All the stuff we have is A11 fogged _i • PLT up. to burn is -

CDR

Yes. It 's already ... But I was wondering if I could get regular color interior on something like that. No ? /

PLT CDR

I don't think.

Dump Tape 352-01 Page 14 of 15

352 02 07 41

PLT

Open and wide open and 1/60 of a second. I guess that's as slow as you can go. That's as slow as you can go.

CDR 352 02 07 4_ PLT

_

If you took a roll of that, and they specially processed it. No. Get .11 they could out of the emulsion, Yeah, well I think they could probably get some data out ofthat.

I !

SPT

Probablycould. I don'tthink you'd want to spend the whole roll for something likethat,though, is the trouble. No, you wouldn't have to. Two frames a second would be fine, where we've Been.

i_i _ i _ .... _

PLT

for

PLT

I mean if we could get it at all, it would be Just as good that ... No, what I'm talkingaboutEd, if you develop the whole roll that

i_

SPT

...
!!_ _. _i!_ '_ PLT CDR PLT Okay,

it.

Oh,yes. That's true. coming up on 9 minutes.

On second thought, I think it would he worth a whole roll of film. I imagine it's all -1located. ... back with you through Madrid for 7 minutes doing a data/voice recorder dump. Roger,Crip. On m_ mark it willbe 09:00. Stand by.

. i

CC

i ! i SPT

Dump Tape 352-01 page 15 of 15

i
352 O2 O9 00 i_ _ ! SPT SPT CREW MARK. Scatterometer's coming up Stand by. EREP start 55 seconds. ...

1
_. _D OF TAPE

/!
_J

:I

!

J

Dump Tape 352-02 Time: 352:02:16 12/18/73 Page 1 of 7

to 352:03:21

GMT

352 02 16 04

PLT

- 5, off and high h3 5, off. high 54, off. On my mark, it'll be 16:44. Stand by MARK. l, 2 *** by for m_ mark MARK. 16:50; 192, MODE to STANDBY. Scatterometer to STANDBY. RADIOMETER, STANDBY. One more swath. A little bit S191, REFERENCE to 2.

On

CDR

352 02 16 44

CDR PLT CDR

352 02 16 50

CDR

352 02 16 5h 352 02 16 55

CDR CDR PLT

past 17 minutes, but I'll and let it finish. CDR CDR/PLT PLT 352 02 17 08 352 02 17 l0 352 02 17 ll CDR CDR CDR

go ahead

On my mark, it will be 17:08. Stand Off. MARK. The ALTIMETER is ON. by -

194, MODE to MANUAL. RADIOMETER is going OFF now. And, Bill I want VTS AUTO CAL at 4h. I'll give you a countdown.

PLT CDR PLT

Okay, at the 20 - 17:hh or - Right. - - or 23?

Dump Tape 352-02 Page 2 of 7

CDR PLT CDR 352 02 17 43 352 02 17 45 PLT/CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT

17 :_h. Standing by. Okay, l0 seconds. MARK. AUTO CAL. Okay. NOW what **_ see? Nothing. You'd think we'd be able to see something over to the left. I guess we're looking right in the middle of Med right now. Stand by -

CDR

We should see Africa off to the left, if we haven't already passed it. Athens and cypress. Let me use that map for ... - ... Oh, yeah. There's Athens right down there right below us I'll bet you see. I don't really know. Time is right. That 's probably it. That 's the only big city. Oh, yeah, probably. Or Constantinople place is now - Istanbul? Istanbul. That should of Athens. be well of to the left or *** name of the

PLT CDR PLT

CDR PLT

CDR PLT CDR

_k

Dump Tape 352-02 Page 3 of 7

PLT

Yeah. I could see something down there but it didn't look as if it's big enough to be Istanbul. Okay. Next Dig city we'll go right over will be Alexandria and then Cairo. Cloud cover over Ned [sic]. About 2-1/2 minutes, we will he over Alexandria and 3 minutes to Cairo. I think that's Malta straight down there. *** like a harbor. Mala - Malta - Let's island of Crete. Crete? Directly Okay. under us. see, Crete, the we are looking at

CDR

PLT CDR

352 02 19 03

PLT

PLT CDR

PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR

Well, maybe it's too big to be - No, Malta's clear over by Italy. That 's right. Okay, Ed, you got about 30 seconds to maneuver time. Okay, here we go. You can see ... over to the left. Get down here, Jerry and take a look. Let me turn the lights Do you need the lights over there, Ed? See, you can see the curve. Yep. Going up around to the Holy Land. Couple of big islands there.

PLT

PLT CDR PLT CDR

Dump Tape 352-02 Page h of 7

PLT

I see Cairo; where's Athens? coast, right under us. That' s right. There's Cairo right up ahead.

... on the

CDR PLT CDR PLT

The big island

was Cyprus,

Nicosia.

That's right. Okay, now look over to the left, there's ... And one of those - island from ... there, the lighest point, that's Just at Jerusalem. Beirut, where is that?

352 02 20 39

CDR PLT

It should be on up a little bit further. Well, I'm not real sure about that, but Bierut, Damascus is inland from Bierut. Yeah, Jerusalem and then inland is AE_nan. That's it. I think I have it. light came on all

CDR

PLT 352 02 21 00 CDR

Okay, the S191 READy right. EREP, STOP. to STANDBY.

352 02 21 06 352 02 21 l0

CDR CDR CDR

ALTIMETER

Okay, that's the pass.

the termination

of the - of

352 02 21 25 352 02 24 02

PLT CDR

you can see the Sinai Okay, S192, Bravo DOOR,

Penin

-

7 is reading CLOSED now.

32 percent.

CDR

Wonder why we didn't run out of tape recorder. You didn't have 192 running, did you?

PLT

Dump Tape 352-02 Page 5 of 7

CDR PLT CDR PLT

Yeah. You did! Son of a gun, very long?

Well, let's see. I - I wexpecting a tape change here after last batch. It ran for nearly B minutes .... is it C-8 is the tape recorder. No - yeah, tape remaining. Let's see what C-8 is. ... Yes. Okay ... gimbal angle zero zero. VTS POWER, I got it there. There we go. ... power Okay, the DOOR CLOSED light is on. Through looking out the window? Yeah. Get that door closed. ... power, off. Stow lightweight headset cable, camera. Discontinue hot mike. I'm through recording, Skylab too. That's supposed to be two ...

CDR

PLT CDR PLT

CDR

PLT CDR PLT

CDR CC

TIME

SKIP

B52 0B 08 _0

PLT

Okay. it's the PLT. The time is 19:09 Zulu, reporting on upwelling or at least coloration to the northeast of Chatham Islands, estimating the distance between 50 to a 100 miles.

Dump Tape 352-02 Page 6 of 7

Looking at the ocean current map and also looking at the surface coloration on the water that we saw, the following sounds like a reasonable explanation of what we've seen. In this area, there is a general northwest - southwest flow indicated on the ocean current map. And if there is a landrise to be north of northeast of the Chatham Islands and this current sould - depending on the depth of it, this would indicate bringing lower depth water up to the surface in this area and because of the interference or resistance or friction, it's got to be with the landrise or perhaps Just a - a backwater eddy on the back side of this landrise in the Chatham Islands. We're seeing an awful lot of mixing. There does not seem to be much order to the pattern, although there seems to be sort of a general serpentine path to the south and southeast. This is what you asked to report on. This is the first time I think that we were able to sort of discern a directional pattern to this. Before it's Just been sort of a general area of coloration the water, more or less nondescript with no directionality or progression - direction - progression implied by the pattern that we saw. Again this looks to be a pretty slow flow, almost stagnant, a lot spin-off eddies. We saw one rather large clockwise eddywhich apparently is was generated off of the main stream of the flow. But all of it's varying, very nondescript and with a very little discipline or order to the pattern of the flow. 352 03 i0 43 352 03 18 47 PLT CDR PLT out. SPT at 1 - 03:17, ATM operation after the Z-LV pass. I decided to get a little

Dump Tape 352-02 Page 7 of 7

better pointing as we had a misunderstanding where the pointing sould be at the conclusion of the last A_4 pass. So we now got the good - relatively good pointing. The MIRROR, AUTO RASTER will cover Just about all the prominence, although it's pretty tough to squeeze that in there. It's really a large prominence. And we are in ROLL of minus 5400 right after the nuZ update. SPT While we were Sun centered - Well I did go back to Sun center first and gave 52 a STANDARD MODE and 56 a PATROL, SHORT and 55 also received a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at grating of MECHANICAL REF 102. Then I went out and did the repointing and they received a partial MIRROR, AUTO RASTER although ... optics cover for the prominence. I did some moving around ... stop the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER and moved and then started it again to get a little better repointing for the unattended. 352 03 20 15 SPT SPT OUT.

END OF TAPE

q

Dump Tape 352-03 Time: 352:10:09 to 352:11:59 12118/73

GMT

Page 13 1
352 i0 09 12 SPT SPT at 10:19 [sic]. PRD readings: 42425 2323 38305. SPT out.

TIME

SKIP

352 ll 09 h8

PLT

PLT at ll:09 Zulu. reading 56 percent.

Delta 6 is

352 ll 17 53

PLT

Okay, and we're going to record. ... minus lO. Okay, I'm reading monitor. Alfa 2 is reading 59; Alfa 3 is reading 86; Alfa h is reading 70; Alfa 5 is reading 68; Alfa 6 is reading zero. Bravo 2 is reading 56; Bravo 3 is reading 76; Bravo 4 is reading 70; Bravo 5 is reading 75; Bravo 6 is reading 50; Bravo7 is reading 32 ... ; Bravo 8 is reading l; and Bravo 9 is reading h8, Bravo 9. Charlie 2 is reading 45; Charlie 3 is reading 88, and it's a little high. No, it's okay. We got the attenuator installed. Charlie _ is reading 71; Charlie 5 is reading 83; Charlie 6 is reading 47; Charlie 7 is reading 51. Delta 2 is reading 86; Delta 3 is reading 85 ; Delta h is reading 72 ; Delta 5 is reading 13, good; Delta 6 is reading 57. Go back to Charlie I was trying - ...; that's right. Okay. 91 ... 7, that's okay. Okay, I'll go CHECK the ALIGNMENT is OFF. The - yeah, see, that's may be - now it's okay. ...?

352 Ii 19 48

PLT

switch

352 ii 21 30

SC

much better.

We

CREW

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 2 of

PLT PLT 352 Ii 22 h0 352 ]I 22 45 352 ii 22 49 PLT PLT PLT

Uh, no. T minus 5. 192, MODE to READY. DOOR, OPEN. Waiting

Door closed; lights out. for READY light ON. Okay, thank you.

CDR 352 ii 23 56 PLT

Okay there's the READY light; MODE's going to CHECK. 91 HEATER switch OFF; light OFF. It is. PRESS to TEST. Both of them, good. Waiting for T minus 3. Let's see. Francisco. won't 58 step starts over San Yeah. Looks like I rubber-necking.

352 ii 24 00 --

PLT

CDR

get to do much

CDR CREW CDR PLT

... ... 36, which is right at - San Francisco. preoperate.

93 verifying Config pad.

voice/record

352 ll 25 19

PLT

Preoperate Config, the tape recorder ON. READY, on; 192, ON; READY out; check. DOOR, OPt; 91, ON; READY; ON; COOLER, ON; Door stuck open; 90, OFF; READY, out. Stand by - DOOR CLOSED; 93, RAD to STANDBY; READY out; SCAT, OFF; READY, out ; ALTIMETER, OFF; READY, OUT; 94, ON; READY; on; TV input station, 133; POWER, ON; VIDEO SELECT, ... Ed, would you verify that TV input station 133, POWER is ON; the VIDEO SELECT is to TV over there on that other switch 1327

352 ]1 25 27

PLT

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 3 of

S_T

oo.

PLT 352 ll 27 07 PLT PLT

Thsm_k you. Okay, we're all ready.

Okay, on my mark it will be 11:28; ALTIM_f_:H will be going to STANDBY. Stand by MARK. STANDBY. Okay, Jer, at 31:06 I'll give you a call; I need AUTO CAL. Okay. ... Okay. What was the time on that VTS? 31 :06. Okay. On my mark it'll be 31 minutes to START. Stand by MARK. EREP, START. AUTO CAL, Jer. Stand by. On my mark. MARK. Okay, you got it. VTS, AUTO CAL MODE, MANUAL. MARK. Stand by for 31:14 ... Stand by for VTS ... EREP

352 ll 28 00

PLT

CDR PLT CDR CDR PLT CDR PLT

PLT 352 11 31 00 PLT

CDR PLT 352 Ii 31 06 PLT CDR PLT

352 ll 31 14

PLT

194 MODE to MANUAL.

"_

Dump Tape 352-03 Page h of

PLT

Stand by for 31:40 for a RADIOMETER, Stand by MARK RADIOMm'±'ER;OFF; and I will switch postion 6 on the down. Switch position 6 is on the downlink and standing by for 33 minutes.

OFF.

352 ii 31 40

PLT

PLT

Kill those lights for a while, if you want to, Jer. There's nothing to see right over the water. Stand by on m_fmark it'll be 33 minutes. 193 ALTIMA'I'_:Ris going ON. Stand by. MARK. ALTIMETER, ON; I have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Stand by I'll watch it. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is out, Just blinking now. Staying out, good. Bill, we're reading you loud and clear and got you stateside, 14 minutes. Ah, good, Story. Standing by for 33:46. Okay READY light cam_ on at h5 ; REFERENCE, 6. Stand by for 3h minutes even. MARK. SCAT to STANDBY. looking good

CDR

PLT

352 ll 33 01

PLT

352 ll 33 21

CC

PLT PLT PLT

352 ll 34 O0 352 ll 34 06

PLT CC

And your vehicle's from down here. Thank you, Story.

PLT CDR

Story, would you clarify that that f setting was 1.2? I believe you said wide open this morning and I copied 2.0.

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 5 of

CC CDR CDR

That's

f/2 and shutter

speed

now 1/125.

Okay, thank you. Okay 1 minute to go on the nadir step. Standing by for 35:18. MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. stand by MARK. 35:24; RADIOMETER to STANDBY. And 35:30. MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. And standing by for 35:39. *** 192 MODE to READY. Stand by MARK. 192 MODE to READY. Tape motion green light, good. ALTIMETER UNLOCK, okay, that 's *** MARK. At 36 we started the nadir step. Tracking through zero. Okay. MARK. It's minus 5; going to plus 5.

PLT 352 ll 35 19 PLT

352 ll 35 25

PLT

352 ll 35 31

PLT

352 ll 35 40

PLT

352 ll 36 O0

CDR

CDR 352 ll 36 12 352 ll 36 21 352 ll 36 32 CDR CDR CDR PLT

MARK plus 5. MARK minus 5. Okay, Story, it looks wide open again and we're getting some good data. Okay. MARK plus 5. MARK minus 5. Standing by for 37 :lO. *** Nadir.

CC 352 ll 36 h2 352 ll 36 52 CDR CDR PLT

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 6 of

352 ii 37 00

CDR PLT

Mark.

Plus 5.

Nadir.

Stand by. MARK. Mark. RAD to STANDBY. Minus 5. SCAT, OFF; RAD; ON.

352 ll 37 lO 352 ll 37 ll 352 ll 37 16 352 ll 37 19

PLT CDR PLT CDR CDE

Okay, 16. Mark. Nadir. MARK. MARK. MARK. MARK.

Plus 5.

352 ll 37 28 352 I] 37 37 352 ll 37 h8 352 1] 37 55

CDR CDR CDR CDR PLT CDR

Minus 5. Plus Minus Plus 5. 5. 5 .... Nadir. Nadir.

Taking some good pictures? Sure am .... minus 5 .... We got it.

some good coverage for him. Got every major artery and every small town along PLT Great. Too bad we didn't have that c_ra last night. Mark. Plus 5. Yeah, boy, I'll say. - that was Just

352 1] 38 17

CDR PLT

Man that's tremend a tremendous view. Nadir. MARK. Minus 5.

CDR 352 ll 38 28 CDR SC 352 ll 38 36 f 352 ii 38 h6 CDR CDR

Everything's

looking

good here.

MARK. Plus 5. down there. MARK. Minus 5.

Lots of lights

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 7 of

352 ii 38 51 352 Ii 39 02 352 Ii 39 i0 352 Ii 39 21

CDR CDR CDR CDR PLT

MARK. MARK. MARK. MARK.

Plus Minus Plus

5. 5. 5.

Nadir.

Minus 5. by for 39:hh. 5. Nadir. to CHECK.

Standing MARK. MARK. MARK.

352 ii 39 33 352 ii 39 43 352 ii 39 45

CDR PLT CDR PLT PLT

Plus

192 MDDE Minus 5.

... tape motion. Okay. MARK. Plus 5.

352 ii 39 53

CDR PLT CDR

Stand by on my mark Nadir. MARK. MARK. MARK. MARK. MARK. 40 downlink to OFF. Minus 5. Nadir.

352 ll 40 00 352 IihO 04

PLT CDR CDR CDR CDR PLT

352 ii 40 12 352 ll 40 22 352 ll 40 30

Plus 5. Minus 5. Plus 5.

Nadir.

And, Story, I'd like to confirm one thing. MARK. Minus 5.

352 iI 40 40

CDR PLT

I turned the ALTIMETER to STANDBY at 35:18 and I'm not turning it on again until 44:32. MARK. Plus 5.

352 ll 40 50

CDR

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 8 of

CDR CC 352 ll 41 00 CDR PLT

Nadir. ... MARK. Minus 5.

Makes me suspicious because of a change in SELECTION at 42:12. Probably right, but I Just want you to check. MARK. Plus 5.

352 ll 41 lO

CDR CC PLT CDR

44:32 is verified Bill. Thank you. Nadir. MARK. MARK. MARK. Minus 5. Plus 5. Minus 5. Nadir.

352 ll 41 21 352 ll 41 33 352 ll 41 43 352 ll 41 52

CDR CDR CDR CDR

MARK. Plus 5. Must have picked up a little sunlight. Standing by for 42:12. MARK. MARK. Minus 5.

PLT 352 ll 42 04 352 ll 42 l0 CDR CDR PLT 352 ll 42 12 PLT

Plus 5.

Standing by MARK. 192 MODE to READY. plus 5. Nadir. Frame 65. MARK. Minus 5. on the ALTIMETER, ALTIMETER,

CDR PLT 352 ll 42 21 CDR CC

44:32 is verified Bill.

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 9 of

352 ii 42 29

CDR PLT CDR PLT

Plus 5. Okay. Nadir. Thank you, Story. MARK. MARK. Minus 5.

352 ii 42 38 352 ll h2 42

CDR CDR PLT CDR PLT

Plus 5. looking good.

Everything Nadir.

Tape recorder is *** MARK. MARK. MARK. Minus 5. Plus 5. Minus 5. Nadir.

352 ii 42 53 352 ii 43 01 352 ii 43 12

CDR CDR CDR SPT

*** sunrise, Story. MARK. Plus 5.

352 ll 43 21

CDR CC CDR SPT CC

Hang in. Nadir. Sunrise. Ccompletion of photos.

Thank you. MARK. MARK. Minus 5. Plus 5.

352 ii 43 32 352 ii 43 42

CDR CDR PLT CDR

Coming up on 4h. Nadir. MARK. Minus 5.

f-

352 ll 43 52

CDR PLT

Stand by -

Dump Tape 352-03 Page i0 of

352 ii h4 00

PLT

MARK. 192 MODE to STANDBY; tape motion ... MARK. MARK. Plus 5. Minus 5. I_:18 on n_ mark at 20 Nadir.

352 ii h4 01 352 ii 44 i0

CDR CDR PLT

Stand by. MARK. MARK. MARK. 26 NADIR. MARK. MARK.

352 ll 44 18 352 ll h4 19 B52 ll 44 20

PLT CDR PLT PLT

SCAT to STANDBY; Plus 5. RAD to STANDBY.

r 352 ll 44 26 352 ll 44 30

CDR PLT CDR PLT 352 ii 4h 32 PLT

RAD, OFF. Minus t.

Stand by MARK. ALTIM_'I'E_, ON. on. Green. MARK. Plus 5. READY light

352 ii 44 40

CDR PLT

ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 41. Still have a READY light. Nadir. ALTIMET_, ON; light is blinking. It went out. Good. MARK. Minus 5.

CDR PLT

352 ll 44 51

CDR PLT

We still have a READY light. MARK. MARK. Plus 5. Nadir.

352 ii 45 02 352 ll 45 12

CDR CDR

Minus 5.

Dump Tape 352-03 Page ii of

PLT

The old ALTIMETER's there, looks like. MARK. MARK. MARK. Plus 5. Minus 5. Plus 5.

hanging

in

352 ll 45 22 352 ll 45 32 352 ll 45 41 352 ll 45 53

CDR CDR CDR CDR

Nadir.

Nadir.

MARK. Minus 5. That's the end of the swath. On my mark 46:10, it'll be REF 2 on 191. Stand by MARK. REF, 2. And, Jer, in about 1 minute I'll need a VTS AUTO CAL. I'll give you a call.

PLT

352 ll 45 l0

PLT

CDR CC

All right. Skylab, we're a minute from LOS. About ten minutes to Vanguard. Be d_mping the data/voice there. We'd like verification if you did go to EREP collant valve to flow? That's affirmative. We did, Story.

PLT CC

Okay, and we'd like you to go ahead and enter the maneuver time back to SI, so we can take a look at it over this station.

SPT PLT

Okay. I got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK now, but I still have a READY light. Okay Jer, I need a - I'll get it.

PLT CDR PLT

All right, I'll get it. Stand by. 47:20. seconds yet. Okay, 5 seconds. MARK. VTS AUTO It's fifteen

PLT 352 ll 47 20 PLT

Stand by CAL.

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 12 of

CDR PLT PLT

You have it. Thank you. Okay, I still have - of, now it Just went out. This ready light went out at 26 on ALTIMETER; I'm turning it off. Now I go to STANDBY at 50 seconds anyway. I'll to ahead and get a little bit more. Got a good maneuver time Skylab, see you in about ten minutes. Okay, Story. And ALTIMETER's back on and then

CC

PLT PLT

I get an ALTIM_'I'E_ Unlock light and about time to go to ALTIMETER STANDBY. 352 ll 47 50 PLT MARK. Range 68. And at 48:06. Stand by on my mark 48:06. MARK. UNLOCK 48:11. 193 ALTIMETER, ON. ALTIMETER light blinking at ll seconds It's out now. Good.

352 ll 48 03

PLT

PLT PLT

And it's staying out.

ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is staying out. This really looks like a very good pass. The UNLOCK - ALTIMETER UNLOCK - lock light came on late in the previous ALTIMETER swath. Stand by 50. I do not have a 191 READY. At 06 I go MODE, MANUAL. There's the 191 right on time. Stand by. MARK. 50:06, 194 MODE to MANUAL. Now the ALTIMETER UNLOCK light came on at 50:10 but the READY light is still on. Just got a 194 MALF light blinking. That was at 50:38. Nothing but clouds. Okay, I Just lost my READY light going to STANDBY ...

352 ll 50 05

PLT

CDR PLT

Dump Tape 352-03 Page 13 of

CDR

We were - we were so busy we didn't get a chance to look down the light.

at

PLT

What's happened is that this thing is going - I'm - I'm finally losing my READY light Just about, oh, h0 seconds before the end of the swath. ... MARK. Back on. I got a READY light on the ALTIMETER. And - See South America, Peru.

352 ll 51 Oh

PLT

CDR PLT

I do not have an UNLOCK light; it's hanging in there and I got about 15 seconds to go in the ALTIMETER swath. Lima, Peru. Peru. Stand by.

CDR PLT 352 ll 51 35 PLT

On my mark it'll be 51:35.

MARK. And EREP to - ALTIMETER to STANDBY; EREP to START - STOP in at 11:54 which is about 3 - 2 minutes from now we'll go to start fine maneuver. Okay. Fine maneuver first. No, okay. Okay, RECORD switch is going OFF.

PLT 352 ll 52 24 PLT

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 352-04 Time: 352:12:11 12/18/73 Page 1 of 4

to 352:13:00

GMT

352 12 ll 28

PLT

PLT, time is 12:11. Bravo reading 32-1/2 percent.

7 is

PLT

PLT - PLT recording CF tape at 5.8 centimeters.

TIME

SKIP

352 12 46 i0

SPT

SPT at 12:46 ATM op after a EREP pass only had around lO minutes left of day. We got to the center fo the sun and gave it a shopping list item 1. Took a look at the streamer structure. The one over T59 is larger at the base than it was yesterday and as strong in emission further out as it was yesterday, so it has essentially Just grown a little bit at the base. I also see a little point of structure to - close to the base further south than the center line of that streamer.

352 12 47 09

SPT

Another good streamer is, although not anywhere near as intense, is located over around 2 o'clock on the east limb, correction the west limb. The XUVmonitor shows the active regions which disk quite well. we have on the

352 12 47 34

SPT

96 shows up, 97, both of which are relatively weak. 00 shows up exceptionally well. And 01, and I believe there is another one right at the limb. 8o looks like we've got a real o_plex system coming around, right next to 00.

Dump Tape 352-0h Page 2 of 4

352 12 48 00

SPT

Went over then and looked at the prominence and again that certainly has extensive light. I'd love to see that one blow off. We rolled so the MIRROR LINE SCAN was tangent to the llmb and gave it a MIRROR AUOT RASTER and got to 400K Just as we were going through 09, 15, 16 somewhere in there. So we got one good MIRROR AUTO RASTER grating of zero.

352 12 48 34

SPT

Detectors all looking at the prominence. It's probably not anywhere near enough in order to get a good look at it, but that's all we could squeeze in. SFT out. SPT at the 12:49 reporting some observations, visual observations. A plankton bloom and current structure in the South Atlantic. Okay, at the conclusion of the EREP pass, we came across the east coast of South America, came out right over Montevideo. Due to clouds I was not able to see the plankton bloom very close to the coast ; however as we moved further out, let me describe to you what we saw. We were heading essentially southeast to east a - at an angle of 120 or so relative to solar n - relative to Earth north.

352 12 28 43

SPT SPT

352 12 50 54

SPT

Okay at 12:06:30 we saw running perpendic__lar to our path essentially northeast a very faint but discernible plankton bloom, very low contrast in intensity and the fairly discernible green, and it seemed to ... as a stresmllne okay, rttr_ningas a streamline to the northeast. At 12:07 to 12:09 we saw a fair amount of plankton blooming although extensive in area, it was again very low contrast, low color difference. I don't have the Forel scale

Dump Tape 352-04 Page 3 of 4

here, but I would - as best I can remember - that we were looking at the 4 or 5 contrasting with a 2 or a 3. 352 12 52 13 SPT We saw several things, mostly eddies. One eddy I noticed at around 12:08, which again was slightly to the north of our path, as most of this material was; it was counterclockwise. the others were pretty much random. We could not notice any specific direction. The clouds which were further north, at the very base of the clouds there appeared to be a little brighter plankton blooming by base I mean Just leading into the clouds fr_ our vantage point, and it leads me to wonder whether the clouds are associated with the bloombs themselves, blooms representing the colder water and thereby cooling the normal ocean air blowing across it, with a - them bringing the dewpoint down to where we formed clouds, or bringing the temperature down close to the temperature where water will condense. I've seen this on a number of occasions where I've been frustrated because all of the plankton bloom appears to be Just starting where the clouds start, and usually there is a relation. Okay, ..., can you look further out at around say 12:12 to 12:14 and at this point we are moving pretty much directly east. We saw tow things, one is a wave pattern in the water. Showed up quiet well and the contrast or the sun angle we had. The waves themselves were running parallel to our path at east we st.

352 12 52 51

SPT

352 12 53 31

SPT

352 12 53 48

SPT

Dump Tape 352-04 Page h of 4

352 12 54 24

SPT

Now over a very extensive distance, over hundreds of miles both along the wave and pependicular to them. And then also, a little bit to the ss_v around 12:l_, a little bit further east of the major portion, we could see the waves real well, we saw cloud streaks. These clouds streaks were in the same direction, that's east-west of the wave, so apparently the wind and the waves were parallel at that point. Whether there is a relationship there, I'm not sure and I'm not sure what what caused the waves at that point. Cause too very small angle of our explanation, the cloud streaks which were fairly long and linear were parallel with the waves, which were very long and linear so, coincidence or cause and effect I'm not sure, or both effect of the same thing.

352 12 54 45

SPT

352 12 55 29 352 12 56 03

SPT PLT

SPT out. PLT at 12 - 12:56 subject is S183 Carvisel. I have the 292 ont and I found the two alignment marks peperdicular to the line of the film wide opening, and I have rotated it counterclockwise which has the easiest way that it went. Very difficult to rotate the other way, and I moved it to line up with the film hatch opening slot.

352 12 56 32

PLT

END 0T TAPE

r
i

"_

Dump Tape 352-05 Time: 352:14:19 12118173 Page 1 of 4

to 352:14:33

_T

352 14 19 47

SPT

/F

SPT at 14:20. The ATM pass began at 13:50. Building block i - Bravo. The JOP 4, step 4, building blocks ll and 28 really went with no problem but I found I was a little rushed in getting the pointing in. That is, to try to find a maximum as well as to get the Slit off the thread. Took a little care and patience, and I find I got a little rushed. I think we got good data and I got in what we wanted, but it put it pretty close. These threads are very visible - using the H-alpha monitor. One thing that will show them up better is not Just use the low contrast brighten and a relatively high brightness, that is a contrast of 3, brightness of 7. But if we also move most of the - solar image off the end of the tube, and the - gain in the TV will compensate and bring out the structure even more. And that's worked to real good advantage to get visibility. With that, I am able to see the whole beautiful prominence structure which really has, as I looked at it, - a little complex - array of arches and features. Let me Just start at the very north part - I'm not trying to give you dimensions of them; big and smal I. The - northernmost part has got a relatively small arch, fairly bright at the frist foot of the small arch, that's coming from the north. And then we have the most - brightest point in the cromin prominence, which is - the feet which I guess peopl are referring to it as the north foot of the prominence.

352 14 22 21

SPT

/

And that's fairly intense as well as dense and I do not see very much thread structure there. Then I see the prominence as I go south looping out and perhaps the largest arch of all, which is part of what's been called the major portion of the prominence and I can see that - at least, low lying

Dump Tape352-05 Page 2 of 4

thread of that going from one foot all the way across to the other; Just as I reported that was open - where I could not see that. Today we're trying new technique and also making some changes in the prominence. I haven't been able to check that. I can see it quite well. ..., of course, arches above that, which I cannot see. And the restriction line mentally I would say is probably an minute or so off the disk. Okay, so now we come to the end of that long arch and there is a - foot there which may be called the southern 00 which is attached to the disk. Except, well, maybe a very small fraction of an arc minute. I can not see it on the disk. I'm not sure what the - the cause there is - the reason is. But it's - does pretty close to being right down there at the very bottom, so I do believe that one is, in the - the normal sense of the word, attached to the disk, There is where all of the beautiful vertical thread structure is. The structure itself, or that is, the numerous threads encompass a fairly wide area, maybe an arc minutes or so across in multi vertical structures. This is where I did the pointing for building block ii and building block 28. There was one nearly vertical structure for building block ll; that's l-l/2 arc minutes off the disk. I did not measure but that's an eyeball estimate. 352 14 24 33 SPT And then I chose one which was - with a top which declined slightly to the north, maybe 20 degrees or so, for the building block 28. That's right a adjacent to it, the - first one. I think - I know to line it up a little bit better, and I'm taking a little bit more time. But in looking at the intensities in Lyman-beta, I found that within that range then they did tend to change a little bit but not as much I might think from looking at the H-alpha display. Then looking at the width of the 5 arc second aperture all though I - I

Dump Tape 352-05 Page 3 of h

doubt that; that's still relatively small for what I was seeing in H-alpha. They look as though there is more in the Lyman-beta and I would suspect that most of the higher ten_perature lines than anything we are seeing in the visible I suspect that's quite a bit broader than the thread structure we see in H-alpha. The Ly_-beta count we are getting in that structure was - 300, 350, which is quite quite high, as - as I understand it. I looked for the one we looked at a couple of weeks - a week and a half ago or so. That's prominence 39 or 37 when it was on the east limb. Sorry, the west limb. That was only 200, and that was considered relatively dense. 352 lh 26 18 SPT Okay. Continuing further south in this description of the prominence, there is another small arch, which I can see quite well. And it's at the southern foot, then coming into a series of relatively low-lying filament structure which is I'm sorry, prominence structure which is fairly dense but low-lying and there's one or two arches in it; seems like al] of them are seal1, one ... So in general, then I see four feet and I broke the one up mentioned ... to the south; I can probably find more of them. I think we have an excellent tool for doing the Sun from turning for a little while. Building blocks themselves mechanically were carried out with no real problem, except for at the very end, 55; I was at mechanical REF and wanted to maximize Lyman-beta again and went to - 130, and for some reason I could Just not get anything out of the detector; it was Just laying down there around 20 or so. And I suspect for some reason that I had a grating position that was off. This was coupled with the fact that when I gave a GRATING AUTO SCAN in building block ll, I put it GRATING 3 SCAN. I had a mechanical REF

352 14 26 5_

SPT

p

w

Dump Tape 352-05 Page 4 of

and - was indicating all zeroes. I don't believe I was really in mechanical REF .... not sure what the problem was here. Most likely it was residual but I cannot unravel it. And then before we did building block 28, I had to take another lap around the GRATING to get mechanical REF, zero, stepping up to 102 and I did get a zero AUTO RASTER down to line 16 which did encompass the filament before we got to h00 K. 352 14 29 03 SPT Descriptions of XUV MONITOR and WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, that's given on air-to-ground. I won't waste SPT out.

352 14 29 14

SPT

END OF TAPE

r

Dump Tape 352-08 Time: 352:19:39 12/18/78 Page 1 of 2

to 352:20:34

G_T

352 19 31 28

PLT

M092, subject PLT. Left legband, Charlie Juliett; right legbandAlfa Quebec. Out.

TIME

SKIP

352 20 32 02

CDR

This is the CDR at 20:30 debriefing the 19 - debriefing the 19:35 ATM pass. The first was a JOP 10, building block 2. No problems with that. Wasted about a minute and a half or so trying to get the VTR work done. I elected to wait in order to give you about 30 to 40 seconds of white light coronagraph. Okay, then we got to J0P 25A, building block 10. You specify roll of plus 2000 and the best I could get was 1915. And I didn't want to leave the canister in a roll to stop - up hard against, so I backed off to 1900 and your data then was taken for JOP 25A - was taken at a roll of plus 1900. And then at the UP and DOWN and Left and Right coordinates that you specify on the pad.

352 20 33 06

CDR

One the third one, I seriously considered going up 250, instead of down 250 arc seconds, but I looked at where that would take me and I decided that really wouldn't be in your best interest. So I went ahead and - and did the lesser of the two evils and kept the roll where it was and followed the other pointing coordinates precisely. We got down to JOP lO with l0 minutes to go and actually only had 8 minutes to go. And by the time I got 55 to the right grating position, we did not have enoughtime for a full MAR, so we had to truncate at line number 45 in a MIRROR AUTO RASTER, DETECTOR all GRATING zero. The other two experiments, 56 and the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, yes, both got their exposures complete before we hit the 400K llne. And looking at the -

352 20 33 51

CDR

SL-IV Time: 12/18/73

MCI081/I 16:04

CST

33:22:04

(;MT

PAO 4 minutes Greenwich that at 4:30 p.m.

This is Skylab Control at 22 hours mean time. With a reminder to the today central time we'll have a press

press

briefin_ envolving Dr. George Withbroe. That press 5rlefln_ will be in buildin_ number i, room 135. Dr. Withbroe is associated with the Apollo telescope mount activities. Space station is about a half sec - half a minute away from acqllisition through the Canary Island trackin_ site. And we'll stand by for the call up from Spacecraft Communicator, Bob with Crippen. CC through going Good afternoon, Skylab. Crippen team

you CDR was just on TV. CC there. up

Canary for 12 minutes. Crip, strange it should be to announce that we finally have I The mon think last we might have time we showed the

to you, I the moths

(Chuckle) was in

a small problem that the TV switch thing all over

there CDR

1 and not TV. I went through

whole

again

Crlp. I think we _ust completed the whole tape. CC Okay. Understand you got it. Have we seen any new moths? SPT Yeah, I think I saw 1 possibly 2 new fellows orawllnR around there today. They only last about a day or two so the ones that are crawling are usually fairly recent. CDR You guys better start thinking up some names, Crip. CC I'm not good at naming things llke that, I thought you guys were. All these are in the wild ones, none in the tame yet. SPT Yep, all wild ones. SPT There's got to he a moral there somewhere. that CDR condensate CC CDR holding We'll Crip, how does our holding tank? Checking it. How does the Delta tank? It's coming tell you later up we when Delta P look across

P

look

across

the it it

condensate CC connected. we do so. CDR SPT in our CC answers

want to leave to disconnect

if

up No

YX's as

on yet.

Okay. Hey, Crip. Any thought rate gyro number 2? We're still lookln_ at And I wonder if we could

on that

the one

singling Ed. how

find

out

Dump f_

Tape

352-06/D-326

Time: 15:48 16:31 GMT 12118173 Page 1 of 5

352 15 h8 50

CDR

This is the CDR at 15:h9 Zulu. The subject is Earth observations. The first target suggested today way HHI06 at 11:57:24. We just flat missed that one we got busy cleaning up after the EREP and Just missed our opportunity to look out and see that one in the window. It looks like it was probably pretty good for that too. The next two opportunities, for me anyway, were at 15:28 Zulu, and that was HH77 and 78. Again all three of us were busy with other Jobs; didn't get a chance to look at it. I did however, get a look - a short look-out the window at about 15:33, and I noticed it was awfully cloudy in that area anyway. So it may be because of clouds we didn't lose much anyway. We did, however, get some good

352 15 49 17

352 15 48 50

Earth observations in, and stand by a second. Let me get a map to refer to. PLT CDR PLT How you going, Jer? Yes, I'll be down in a minute. Okay. Okay. The observations I'm referring to were done this morning at approximately 12:00 Zulu as we were on the Earth resources pass and coming out over Montevideo and the Rio de la Plata harbor there, _he area where it - where it comes into the ocean. We got out over the ocean and remembering that this is the point where the Falkland current and the south equatorial current come together and head out in a southeasterly or east southeasterly direction, it Just happened at that time we had very good sun glint conditions.

352 15 50 26

CDR

f_

Dump Tape 352-06/D-326 Page 2 of 5

352 15 51 20

CDR

And so we - Bill and I started poking at the water. I with binoculars and Bill unaided, and noticed nothing particular in the - in the wave forms that would indicate any current. However, we did notice after we got a good 200 miles offshore, that we picked up some very faint plankton bloomings that were light green.

352 15 51 _7

CDR

It was nowhere near as pronounced as what we've seen in the Falkland current and at certain other areas. But there were definitely hints of it out as far as 200, 300 miles southeast and east southeast of Montevideo. We looked at it and took several Hasselblad pictures and Bill will report those time. The frame numbers and all. at another

352 15 52 16

CDR

There were no intersecting wave patterns or anything like that to indicate where the edge of the current was. That was not - not too easy for us to find. However, we were surprised to see so far out at sea, away from land falls, the - again the indication of plankton blooms. And this as far as we were concerned indicated that the - the currents were - were coming together in that area.

352 15 52 46 352 16 00 O0 352 16 01 55

CDR PLT PLT

CDH out. ... this is the PLT.

Okay. This is the PLT. The time is 16:01, coming up on 16:02, and the reason that I did not get a voice recorded was because of a couple of interruptions, one of which was a master alarm wlth a problem with rate gyros. However, the exposure was started on time at 15:_8. ROTATION. and I'll check it on the gauge, 016.2, TILT. 09.6, and everything was started on time so except - with one exception and that is that _ it was when I started the exposure it went to slate 13, and I had - I set 12 in when I set up the experiment.

Dump Tape 352-06/D-326 Page 3 of 5

352 16 02 36

PLT

So I'm not quite sure what's going on or if it's Just an indicator problem. In any event Just about the time the all the clicking stopped _aud the exposure started, I assume, on this is field Charlie 99 Alfa, Alfa, that the plate indicator advanced to 13. I'm going to check it in the next exposure here. We'll see how the time works out. About 5 minutes to go in this exposure.

352 16 03 05 352 16 05 08

PLT CDR

This is the CDR at 16:05 Zulu with ambient food inventory data so far. Test number 1 was frozen food locker F553, canister number lO. The contents are 2 prime rib, 2 filet mignon, 2 pork loin, and 5 vanillaice cream, ii total,i missing. Okay. Step number 2 was inventory of locker 561° 2, and 3. Locker 561, front, number 31/ number 10; number 26/ - now let me give you the code here first. Number 31 means canister number and the slash and then the ten means the tenth item is missing, or the number i0 item is missing. So we'll start over again now. This is locker F561, front. Number 31/10; 26/9; 25/9; 20/8; 17/lO; 15/9; F561, rear: number ll/9; 16/9 and 10; 21/9; 27/10; 25/9; Locker F562, front. 16/2; 17/h; 21/6; 26/9 and 10; 27/10; F562 rear: 21/10; 18/9; 16/9; 15/9 and 10; and ll, i0. In some cases the slash nines were the bottom ones and in some cases the slash ten was the bottom one. I don't see - I think your records probahlytell you how many are in there, so I think Just the number should be adequate. Now, we have F563 to go and we have the overage ambient inventory to go, and you're going to have to schedule us with extra time for that.

352 16 06 05

CDR

352 16 07 00

CDR

352 16 07 43

CDR

CDR out.

Dump Tape 352-06/D-326 Page 4 of 5

352 16 ii 04

PLT

Okay. This is the PLT, 16:11. It did advance to plate 14 and I'm saving up for field Charlie 38 Alfa, and that'd be ROTATION 2119. 2119 and TILT is 05.7. Okay. 205.7, it's plate 14. in 0° 300 at 0, okay. Okay. Exposure

352 16 12 20

PLT

Start. And that's about 12. in work.

And we're

352 16 18 h0

PLT

Okay. This is the PLT at 16:19. Completion of that 300-second exposure on field Charlie 38 Alfa. And I say again thzt was plate lb, 13 and 14 were exposure on these two. Not 12 and 13. I don't know what happened. I set up 12 Just like it said in the procedures. Anyway, in time available after S183 exposure complete, would like you to point at two reference stars with no photos, to calibrate the .... Point at the following stars ... reticle in the crosshairs. Canopus 225.4 and TILT 16.6.

CREW 352 16 21 08 PLT

... Okay. By Canopus centered, I've got 225.3 and 16.9. Okay, Regulus 139.8. 139.8, 01.2. Okay. Right in the center. ... Okay. Regulus 0140.2 and 001.8, and I will now call that down to ground. And PLT out. I'll be settin_ down the experiment as soon as I call this to ground, real time. This is the CDR at 16:28 Zulu reporting on $233. The first exposure was to have been at 16:17. Started having camera problems agains. I pushed the remote control on shutter release and the shutter opened and then promptly closed again. So I checked - checked the shutter speed and

CREW PLT

352 16 22 39

PLT

352 16 27 57

CDR

. A

Dump Tape 352-06/D-326 Page 5 of 5

it was at B. And so I tried it again about 12 seconds later, and this time pressed firmly on the button because I figured the last time it happened to me because I didn't press hard enough on the button. And that didn't help either. 352 16 28 h2 CDR So 13 was wasted. So I went to time-T, tried it again and got nothing. That is by nothing I mean the shutter opened and closed again immediately. So I went back to B, and by that time I was approaching 16:18:52; so at 16:18:52 I went ahead and took the 120-second focus infinity exposure, and luckily that one worked okay. Then I tried number 16 frame came at 21:0h, I believe it was, and that was no problem either. It was well before surnrise. So essentially what we have then is 5 frames used and the last two were successful, the last two normal frames of $233. 352 16 29 37 CDR CDR out.

352 16 29 13

CDR

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 352-07 Time: 352:18:51 12-18-73 Page i of 4

to 352:19:18

GMT

352 18 51 52

PLT

PLT at - - 18:52. Debriefing an ATMpass that started at 17 - Houston, we are i minute.

CC PLT CC

- - 18:03. ... Guam, at 26 and were sehedt_led to dump data recorder there. Rog. Han.

CDR PLT

Okay, the Solar wind, excuse me, the lunar libration clouds was run with the exc okay except for the fact that I had the S05h - the S054 experiment was in high 64 and I ran it through several sequences 8/Id before I noticed it. We had entered lighting all turned down on the panel and I Just flat screwed up. Okay, and your next on was the ma - maxirasters. That all - one, two, three, four of these were completed. And - except I had to use roll plus 1992, I couldn't get 2,000. Jop i0, building block two, step one at the end was - completed - per pad, and truncated at six, looked at the white light coronagraph before and after; looks like a very nice corona. I'm sure it's been described to you already, but north at the top we got a good helmet streamer about 9:30, i0 o'clock, two very faint streamers, one at about 8:30, one at about 7 o'eloek_ maybe 7:30. And over on the west limb at about, oh, 2:45, almost 3:00 o'clock, a nice - a very nice heist streamer, and a very faint one down at about 4 or 4:30.

352 18 53 45

PLT

I did not notice any change. I looked at the WLC during the first JOP l0 and the last JOP l0 and I could not tell any difference. The activities on PMEC on inage intensities averaged around 250 on the PMEC and noise level one, two, maybe

Page

2 of h

"

/

/

_

_-

three or four on the inage intensity count. The - I never got an aperture change in beryllium. I got several X-ray, triggers ... triggers on the flare. Used the XUV MON and the helix intensifier scope. Did not see any brightening it looked like one spot came up. At least it was a little brighter on the INTEGRATE at time, but no particular ... on I think it's zero, zero. 352 18 5_ 36 PLT SFT PLT out. Hold on ... back over this way ... Okay. Let me get ... this pocket here. Hello. Welcome to Skylab Ill and the land of the moths. I have right here in these two vials, essentially our growing number of companions. These are two vials containing eggs of - 50 moths; one is tame and one is wild. That means a laboratory species and one's from the wild. The objective of having these along with us is - is to see if we can prematurely induce by having them in zero g, a production of the moth or diapause, hatching of the egg. The normal hatching for these fellows that I'm holding right here, on the ground come about February or March. We've been up here a relatively short time, and they have not expected to see anything - I don't think - quite this early. We have in vials essentially five to six moths which are visible, and perhaps an equal nl,m]_erof partially hatched or partialy emergents from the egg. Now if we can find a way, such as use of zero-g prematurely inducing their hatching, then this opens up a way of producing them in large numbers and understanding what some of the mechanisms maybe. It will greatly aid the laboratory rearing of these animals or moths, if you will. And enable people to produce large quantities of sterile moths which can be

352 19 04 38

SPT

352 19 06 12

SPT

Dump Tape 352-07 Page 3 of 4

used to decrease the moth population where they turn out to be a great nuisance. What I'd like to do now is move in a little closer and give you a close-up view, as close as we can, of the eggs and some of the moths. These eggs turn out to be about the size of poppy seeds, and even with your eye right next to the vial, they're pretty hard to see, but we'll put a close-up lens on the TV and give it a try. 352 19 13 00 SPT SPT at 19:14 for M171. Start of the run of M092 with the PLT as subject. It started at 19:10. SPT out. This is - - This is the CDR at 19:15 zulu with a note to the food people. Yesterday, in my - in the status report I forgot that there was a little bit of variation in my water usage. It was occasioned by one of those blankety-blank food - Apollo food packages splitting. The - What it actually did was, it didn't split, it was mainly caused by the little check valves; its -where the nozzle goes into the bag - on the side of the bag, there's a little hole with a flapper on it, and apparently that flapper stuck closed and would not allow the water to go in with the food. And the pressure from the dispenser finally split the side of the tube going to the bag, and we lost that water and I ended up having to open the bag and put the water in with my water gun. I've already repressed what the food was, so I can't think of that. But anyway, I do remember that it was 3-1/2 ounces of water. So if you really want to get get the details correct, subtract 3-1/2 ounces from m_ water gun reading and apply that toward food reconstitution and the 3-1/2

352 19 13 l0 352 19 15 40

SPT CDR

Page h of 4

that the table tried to put in the bag Just kind of went all over the workshop. So chalk up 3-1/2 ounces for the workshop. 352 19 17 i_ CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 352-08 Time: 352:19:39 12/18/78 Page 1 of 2

to 352:20:34

GMT

352 19 31 28

PLT

M092, subject PLT. Left legband, Charlie Juliett ; right legband Alfa Quebec. Out.

TIME

SKIP

352 20 32 02

CDR

This is the CDR at 20:30 debriefing the 19 - debriefing the 19:35 ATM pass. The first was a JOP i0, building block 2. No problems with that. Wasted about a minute and a half or so trying to get the VTR work done. I elected to wait in order to give you about 30 to 40 seconds of white light coronagraph. Okay, then we got to J0P 25A, building block lO. You specify roll of plus 2000 and the best I could get was 1915. And I didn't want to leave the canister in a roll to stop - up hard against, so I backed off to 1900 and your data then was taken for JOP 25A - was taken at a roll of plus 1900. And then at the UP and DOWN and Left and Right coordinates that you specify on the pad.

352 20 33 06

CDR

One the third one, I seriously considered going up 250, instead of down 250 arc seconds, but I looked at where that would take me and I decided that really wouldn't be in your best interest. 8o I went ahead and - and did the lesser of the two evils and kept the roll where it was and followed the other pointing coordinates precisely. We got down to JOP l0 with lO minutes to go and actually only had 8 minutes to go. And by the time I got 55 to the right grating position, we did not have enough time for a full MAR, so we had to truncate at line nnmher 45 in a MIRROR AUTO RASTER, DETECTOR all GRATING zero.

352 20 33 51 •

CDR

The other two experiments, 56 and the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGBAPH, yes, both got their exposures complete before we hit the 400K llne. And looking at the -

Page 2 of 2 352 20 34 lh CDR

F:::_'_fl STAND BY -

_/'/&_'g7

/3[_/

.. :J7

,_,,_,-'t,_ J

)(5C/Cs:'_ /7 <_/_,

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 352-09 Time: 352:21:12 12/18/73 Page i of i

to ]52:22:39

GMT

352 21 ii 30 to 352 21 28 22 SC

This voice segment duplicated within dump tape 352-10.

verbatim

It's right in the center of your screen. ... the little guy is right in the edge of the vial there where the light transmission is distorted. Wait, and I'll write down the vail, get that .... And I hope ... resolution and your monitor is better than mine. I'll Jsut leave it out here for a while and in that ............. for you. I got rid of that glare for you. This certainly has provided a little bit of divension for us. Filled with filled with observations; learned a lot about ourselves imedieally, man in general. And we've been viewing the comet, northern light. And doing a lot of maneuvering, all on 2 CMGs. So life has been interesting and this has been one - one additional feature. Hope you've enjoyed seeing it. I'll keep you posted on what happens.

352 21 36 30

SPT

So long for now.

TIME

SKIP

352 21 45 15

PLT

PL2 [sic]. 4.41;

Percent 02 is 73.07, percent H20 , C02, 2.02. verbatim

percent

352 21 49 59 to 352 22 37 14

This voice segment duplicated within Dump Tape 352-10.

END OF TAPE

f---%

f

Time: Tape _52_i0 352:21:00 D]_p 12/i8/73 Page i of 6

to 352:22:39

GMT

_

352 21 03 05

SPT

SPT at 21:02 _7!

[sic].

M092/171 CAL, N2,

run. 02, C02, 1177.

data on PLT.

CAL, N2, H20 , 1256. is 5.145. The PRECENT CABIN AIR,

CABIN AIR PRESSURE PERCENT 02, 74-33; C02, 1.96.

H20 , 23.27; 6.197;

PERCENT 6.19

Vital capacities, and third, 6.083. 352 21 03 47 352 21 03 54 SPT SPT SPT out.

- 6.159;

SPT back in again with MI71 information to finish the MI71. For the MI51 people, on the run on 171 which was concluded at 21:02. SPT out. Jet, just go ahead and turn it on. Okay. Okay, let's ta - have our close-up look at a few of these moths that have emerged. I'ii vary the distance back and forth here so you can come up with the best focus. On the bottom of your screen are the ones that are wild. And those are the ones - I wish we had some hatching. And the ones on the top are tame. And from which we have not seen anything yet. And I think that I think it's probably good right about there. Now let me point to an area at the very top here in the cotton. There are a few clinging. There's a couple who are there who have once clinged [sic] who can cling no more. They had a short life. And are the few which have emerged recently. There's also a big ball, a cluster, if you will, of these. Let me see if I can move it

_

352 21 04 ii 352 21 i0 19

SPT PLT CDR SPT

f 352 21 13 02 SPT

awayfromthe cotton here. There it is, down there. Now, the only way we can see these is to hold them up

¢

Dump Tape 352-10 Page 2 of 6

to the light and get rather close, right as - far as - close as your eye can until it goes out of focus. Then you can see some of the little fellows crawling around in there. Okay, maybe I had that off the screen at that moment. Let me point again. The whole cluster where they all are is right here. And a few up at the top, a cuople alive and a couple who have bitten the dust, or in this case the cotton. That big cluster is a cluster of some who had partially emerged, or partially hatched, as you will, from the - from the egg. And some which have emerged all the way. Very minute. Look about the size of a pencil lead, very thin pencil lead, maybe even smaller than that. Hairy. And they don't do much except roll up into a ball occasionally, or crawl around. Life is hard enough when you're first born, but to find yourself in zero g, that can be doubly confused. 352 21 14 51 SPT Now let me try one othe/ thing here, and then you can change the zoom which I have set on 35 right now. And I'll slowly increase ... And, as you can see, I can focus on the main type very well. But the depth of field is so shallow that - and the object that I'm looking at on the monitor is so small, it's kind of hard to tell when we h_ve it in focus for you. 352 21 16 l0 SPT Let's go over to the wild. Okay, you can see tha little cluster of them. Let me take a lok a minute and I'll try to identify some for you. Okay. Right in about the center of your screen, right at the vdry top in the cotton, the center of the two which I've rotated now, yo
S

w

Dump Tape 352-10 Page 3 of 6

Even if you can't determine the exact number or see the specific ones tha have hatched. 352 21 19 19 S2T Okay. Well, that's it. Both trying to keep the people tha are interested in moths informed as we go on here, between all the good Earht resources and solar observations, medical work, comet viewing and looking at auroras. We also keep an eye on our moth eggs for you. And especially if we see anything with the tame ones coming up, Ole Pickle will let you know. Okay, SPT here again at 21:27, and we'll try this whole mothe egg spiel again. Last tiem we managed to get a switch into ATM buff i, rather than TV. So all we got all the good words, hut no picture. So now I hoep we will get both of them at the same time. Trying to get set up here, and we'll be ready to go. Okay, Jet, you ready? Yeah, I 'm ready. Okay, flip here on. Okay. you got it.

352 21 19 39

SPT

352 21 27 i0

SPT

352 21 28 14

SPT CDR SPT CDR CDR

Time Segment 352:21:28:35 is duplicated verbatim

to 352:21:30:40 on D-331

352 21 31 02

CDR

This is the CDE at 15 - correction, at 21:58 Zulu. Last 183 operation. The SAL is OPEN. The mirror's extended.

f

Dump Tape 352-10 Page 4 of 6

The ROTATION has been set at h0.8. The TILT is zero 3.3. The first plate is 15, not 14. And Bill Pogue, the PLT, briefed you on that earlier. exposure s are 00 and 1260. 352 21 59 00 CDR Teh

The field is Charlie 24. Experiment recorder number i is running, go ahead and operate the DAC. We've had it's now shady. 12 per second. Okay. Now we're down on ... adm we're at 1/6. That's verified. Okay, coming up on 16 - correction - 22:00 right now. Be in about i0 seconds. MARK. 22:00. Okay. The available tiem is 22:01. I'm going to start it then and right 22:02 we ought to be taking the first exposure, which is Sunset. These lights don't have to he out, do they? Okay, STAND BY at 22:01. MARK. Sequence start. I reverified The MIRROR is OUT and, the TILT and ROTATION are properly set. The DOOR is OPEN. Exposure is 1/260. Everytime I hear this thing clickity' clacking along it makes me thing of that peter Pan. Te story about - with the alligator the clock in his stuffing. Okay. 3 seconds late. Teh - I just turned a frame. The DOOR pop open and frame came out .... light for alternating left. (Laughter) Okay, whatever star field Charlie 24 is in, there's three stars right in a row Now, I'm wondering if it is Orion's belt. The right star is out at the fouth mark. I presume that's on actual 4. Millde star is down on octal 3. And the left hand star is in the lower left side, ray

352 22 00 00

CDR

CDR

CDR 352 22 01 00 CDR

CDR

CDR

f

Dump Tape 352-10 Page 5 of 6

down in actal 7, and left in actal 4. That just may be Orion's belt. I don't have a field - a feel for what the field of view is at this rascal, whether this one has got a much smaller field of view than the S019. That's right. I don't see Orion's sword hanging from his belt, so it must not be it. 352 22 04 07 CDR Okay, we're still looking at plate number 15, so it didn't screw us by advancing the plate. 1260 seconds. That's 21 minutes, l'm not going to stand around here with this stuck on my head all that time. CDR going off for the moment. Be back in about 15 minutes. This is the CDR back up on the loop again for S183 operation. Standing by for termination of the first plate, which is plate number 15. On star field Charlie Let's see. The exposure started at 22:02; that's 21 minutes long. It'll be 22:23 when it terminates, and it's just passed 22:22 right now. Stand by for 22:23. MARK. 22:23. it goes. Come on machine. There

352 22 21 44

CDR

24.

352 22 22 53 352 22 23 O0

CDR CDR

CDR

Okay, it's just sequenced up to plate number 16; exposure's complete. I'm going to change the ROTATION to 205.6. And LOCKED. The TILT is 21.2. And LOCKED. Okay, reverifying: and 21.2 is good. 205.6, good;

352 22 22 08

CDR

Okay. This is plate number 16. Number 16. The star field is Kohoutek - Kohoutek I guess it's pronounced. Exposure is 160.0; and O. The SEQUENCE switch is in STANDBY; l'm wait for the available time of 22:31 to throw the switch. And that's coming up - it's a little over 5 minutes away.

Dump Tape 352-10 Page 6 of 6

352 22 27 55

CDR

Time is now - coming up on 22:28. Stand by. MARK at 22:28. This is the CDR, S183 operation. time is 22:30 and 12 seconds. The

352 22 28 00 352 22 30 04

CDR CDR

CD_

Okay. Reviewing the bidding. We're looking at Kohoutek. ROTATION is 205.6 ; the TILT is 21.2; the exposure will be done on plate number 16. Teh exposures are 160; 0; and 0. And the available time is 22:31. And that's coming up in 8 seconds. Stand by. MARK. SEQUENCE, START.

352 22 31 O0

CDR CDR

Right now we're looking through the air glow. MARK. Exposures start at about 5 - i minute and 5 seconds later. Okay Kahoutek - Kohoutek is in sight.

352 22 32 09

CDR

CDR CDR

It's way off to the left in that field of view which I expect is probably correct. In order to get the right position on the picture - or on the frame, I beg your pardon. All right, Sunset time is 36. We're coming up on 35 now. We sure be done in short order. All right. Sequence is completed well before Sunrise. Okay. We now have plate 17 in the window. The SEQUENCE is gone to STAND BY. Exposure is all gone to zero. Setting the TILT to zero; setting the ROTATION to zero, and LOCKED. RETRACTING the DOOR. the MIRROR, and LOCKED. CLOSING DOOR LOCKED. A_-id didn't I

352 22 35 54

CDR

do you a favor I; didn't do your camera for you. However, I think the purpose is probably only to get some film between the exposures, so I'ii go ahead and go it now. And tha's complete. Okay, this is CDR terminating the experiment at this time. And I'ii be doing this from ... ston. CDR out.

END OF TAPE
L

Dump Tape 352-II/D-331 Time: 21:11 to 21:34 GMT 12/18/73 Page i of 2

Time Segment 21:16 verbatim on D-330. 352 21 28 31 352 21 28 35 PLT SPT You got it.

- 21:30

duplicated

Here we are looking at a - at a close-up view - at our companions on our 85-day flight. It's not much, but it's all we got. On the top of the screen there's a vial containing the tame moths or larva, those which were bred in the laboratory. And on the right are ones which are wild. The ones on the right are in a - excuse me_ itts on you_ bottom. The one on the top is the tame and the one on the bottom is wild. The ones on the bottom are the ones which have hatched. A relatively small percentage of them have hatched, but it's still a significant quantity. There's about five or six which have fully hatched and have been out crawling around or have ... to crawl. And the other five or six are partial emergent, that is, they got part way out and that's as far as they got. Now, - first of all, the ones on the bottom, you can see the large aggregate, as I shake these around. The large aggregate right now is right behind the tape. I'll try and get it to the bottom there. Now on the bottom of the tube - you can see the contrast of the one - the vial which has not hatched at all. They're spread pretty - pretty much uniformly as you'd expect ... to spread out. The aggregate comes from those which have hatched and are crawling over their potential brethren and those who have Just partially hatched. They all tend to stick together in the little world of moths. Now we'll zoom in a little bit more and I'ii try and show you some of the details.

Dump Tape 352-II/D-331 Page 2 of 2

SPT

And - aw, phooey. I'll pick you up here about time to give you a reasonable focus. So Just bear with me until I get all the way moved in here. I'll try to move in and give you a reasonable picture. Okay, at the right side of your picture is the top of the container and we've got some cotton down in there. Now there's one which is on the cotton but I'll have to rotate ... mildly. So bear with me. I'll be right back. Okay, right at the very center of your picture is one who has emerged and begun to crawl around ....

352 21 32 33

SPT

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 352-12 Time: 352:15:50 to 352:20:35 12/18/73 Page 1 of i

GMT

352 15 49 25 to 352 16 22 39 352 16 24 34 SPT

This voice segment duplicated verbatim within Dump Tape 352-06.

All right. The first and last one I've ever seen, but it was very definitely green. This voice segment duplicated verbatim within Dump Tape 352-08.

352 20 32 02 to 352 20 34 12

END OF TAPE

_f

\

_"

D_mp Tape 352-13 Time: 352:21:03 to 353:01:00 12/18/73 Page 1 of 4

TIME SEGMENT 352:21:03:05 to 352:21:19:hh is duplicated verbatim on Dump 352-I0/D-330. 352 21 19 45 CDR SPT Ed, Damn it. ... ... time to fail. Fuck with

CC PLT SPT CREW 352 23 h6 55 SPT

Skylab,

Houston

...

Scrry about that, Ed. Fuck ... ... SPT at 23:47. ATM pass which begin at the 23:51. Okay, again, I got you what you wanted in build block 37 JOP hA on the prominence D59. But because I didn't have the time to sit down and really think in detail though ... before I started I got off to a falsestart. By that, I mean I took the 823 slit and put it along a thread and our first roll to what was specified - which was minus 3200. Saw that we were working at the north foot of the prominence number 52. And then took the JOP ... literally and tried to put UNIFORM ADMISSION, which I interpretated as a single thread, along the 82B slit, which I was able to do but I came up with a roll of around minus 1800.

352 23 48 26

SPT

I started the experiment off and then saw that what they really wanted was something which have the 55 MIEEOR LINE SCAN axis, change it to the limb, so that when we move the foot position or the aperture _osition in the mirror, back and forth,and LE_Vf-RIGHT ... roughly at the same altitude. _md so I completed at a roll of

352 23 29 Ol

SPT

f-J

Dump Tape 352-13 Page 2 of 4

1800, with the 82B slit lO arc seconds off the limb and .... I completed one segment of the building block and that is 82B, with a WAVELENGTH SHORT, exposure normal. 55 with a GRATING AUTO SCAN and picture of the PATROL SHORT. Then I went and repointed and went to the JOP, or the building block, ... essentially ... 82B was again pointed l0 arc seconds off the limb; that is the tip of the slit in the white light display was - was moved from 1023 up to 1033. No, I can't say those are exactly the numbers but it was moved up 10. 66 received one extra PATROL SHORT. GRATING AUTO SCAN limb is tall, except that I used mirrorpositions different than what were called out in that I believe the ... assembly ... rate of 32 rather than3B. B52 23 50 36 SPT So I went into work at 1033 for the first part, 1031 for the second, 1035 and then 1037, which I think give you your lO arc second implements
o..

352 23 51 00

SPT

I was somewhat surprised by the small count in final data. That is, the count was down from nlmost 250, 300 this morning to around 50 or so now. And I didn't slew around. I thought that maybe we had a problem with the mechanical reference so at the end, as you'll probably see in the data, I stepped the aperture down under the disk so I could get the optical pulse and get our optical zero. And then went to a grating position of 28 and I ... unnecessary lap aroundthe grating with it and checked it again and, sure enough, came up with the same values. That surprised me.

B52 23 51 20

SPT

f •

Dump Tape 352-13 Page 3 of 4

352 23 52 02

SPT

Okay, block

at the end of this building 32 and I think I was further

on completed that one at around 150 today. I took a look at it and reported - well I noted on air to ground - that is that the bases of the streamer overlying T59 appeared broadened to the shelf and it could have been either another streamer structure coming up or asymmetrical broadening. I could not see with sufficient resolution or determine which it really was. Also left the TV monitor on WLC as I went into sunset and at around 40 seconds remaining we started getting a brightening from the bottom of the display and it ... rather intense at around 37 seconds remaining 352 23 53 14 Sl°T at which time I cut it off.

There was a - sort of a V-shaped brightening with the tip of the inverted V - with the tip of the inverted V - extending up towards the occulting disk, Just about reaching it. And Just a general overall brightening. I could not see detail of any atmospheric structure of the earth at all or the limb of the earth. SPT out. SPT at 00:55. With a report on the handheld photos taken this morning during the local vertical pass going over northern California. They were taken on ... It was on BV as Bravo Victor, 43, and they were frame numbers - and they were frame numbers 4_ down to 22. They were all taken of the lighted areas along the coastline, that is city lights and country lights, lights along the road, and

352 23 53 29

SPT

353 00 54 46

SPT

353 00 55 26

SPT

Dt_nn Tape 352-13 Page _ of 4

essentially what stood out was the major arteries, major cities, small towns, and intersections of arteries, and occasionally, other miscellaneous lights .. • small towns without any major arteries connecting them. What I tried to do was to encompass as much of a total layout as I could. That is, I tried to put as much and as many ... pictures as I possibly could, so that you'll find two or three shots of San Francisco and and that's it. But you have a large number of shots covering the out laying areas - those which are leading into the Bay area. B5B 00 57 05 SPT In other words, if you want to make a mosaic ... and that's essentially what I tried to do, with those areas which were well-lit. As we ... whenwe passedoverthe ...the previous night I was impressed by how well the major highways and the major cities are marked by lights. California has certainly the major coastal arteries. The one running down off the coast, inland about 200 miles down by the San Joaquin Valley .•. we could see the major arteries ... just like a road map. 35B 00 57 54 SPT ... running down the center of Florida ... directions •.. toward Orlando, essentially a major artery ... the country, the United States road map putting lakes along the highway and the major intersections ... certainly ... in sharp contrast to what I saw in - especially Italy •.. where you have interlacing towns but not very much ... not anywhere near as well organized as our own country in not a very over all or gross sense. SPT out.

_D

OF TAPE

Dump Tape 353-01 Time: 353:12:06 12/19/73 Page i of i

to 353:12:07

GMT

352 12 06 49

SPT

at 12:1

END OF TAPE

.I/ Dump Tape 353-02 Time: 13:32 to 15:12 GMT 12/19/73 Page of6 i

.... _ '

353 13 35 ii

S-?T

SPT at 13:35. ATM pass beginning at 12:38. Unfortunately there was not enough ... under there when we got up this morning, so we'll see. J0P 26, portion to the right; this is the look at the prominence, or what ... equals the ... At the corona the large streamer was shown above the - the prominence P-59 with - there is no longer very strong and completely different exchange. It's no longer ....... a helmet streamer. There is initially the para - parallel sides encompassing the l0 degrees or so at the inner edge of the occulting disk and landing straight out until it becomes a little bit stronger to the prom [?] side of it. Last thing when I looked at the coronagraph, the corona, I could see the helmet streamer and corona a little to the south of the -

__

- ..... _,

_. . _ ._

f

of the - I think it's not air-to-ground .... And perhaps that was the startof its movement out to which we had been up .we would have been able to follow it. Okay, through 03, building block 2, which we're on, I ran not exactly at the same roii which you gave althoughthey were approximate in ... site. 353 13 37 43 SPT What I did was to go to the first roll of minus 10550 and look around and I found the largest remnant of of prominence which was located at a minus 10328 and did the 82B work there, gave a 10-second from the limb, where everything sure is cruising normal. And then I also did the 30-arc second one there and I stuck that ... inside ..... the ... Intensity out at that distance. Very often do another short exposure ....... normal at that same roll. 82A got a wavelength long at that point,

_ ..... ! _

353 13 38 19

SPT

• --_ "

_T_pe -353,-_2

e_ge of _ 6
55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER, /fY2 ,at ._ ..... short. I then went roughly in _DD-

900-arc seconds, oh, _exause m_,
900-arc minutes in the direction _in roll. Point to 10497 on the limb, at the top of it Plus 10497. There's no evidence of a prominence there at 10-arc seconds OFFSET, 82B got a clear and a short exposure all the way on 82A. WAVELENGTH SHORT, exposure hO MAR skipping out at 102 and PATROL SHORT ..... Then at minus 9hB3, 10-arc seconds OFFSET, 82B with a WAVELENGTH SHORT exposure NORMAL and ... 55 and 56 as before. During the course @f_:this,I:mam_ge_ to get myself ....... _nto a fal_e ]_E_iLARM. The PMEC started to rise. I% _s _ing through 500 and came Jtm_ng up to 6. I looked up at the aperture positions. One of them "said 3. I quickly initiated the 54 and 56 in the FLARE MODE. Looked for the flare,couldn'_ find it in any displays. Then realized that I had Just turned on the high voltage BERYLLIUM and ALUMINUM, BERYLLIUM had stepped - stepped all the _a,y down to _, but the ALUMINUM had not. so that's when I saw the 3. I should have stayed' oft the BERYLLI-GM_ anyway but instinctive r@get_on got the better of me. So I got two false indicatiOns,'cm_ On "_ '_' the South Atlantic anomaly and the other hysterisis in the ALUMINUM aperture that trapped me and I got, I estimate 10 minutes, no more of flare data on the nonflare of the two .... 353 13 41 23 SPT I went over and did a shopping list, item 2 on the 82B SEQUENCE on active .... region zero zero. I put the 82B SLIT along several break points, and essentially plage runningalong a there. It was not quite parallel to a neutral line, however. And that moved slightly limbward which ... the oxygen VI reachout. So that even - I ., .

',

-

.

.-

f

:_

_

. J _,,,.

'

_..._

Dump Tape 353-02 Page 3 of 6

would look as though I was a little bit to the left of my display of the actual bright plage in H-ALPHA, but it did maximize oxygen VI in ... toward the limb. So I thought that's why I'd give you the maximum also of most of the lines ... looking at in 82B. There - 82B got a ... SHORT EXPOSURE ... 1/_. 55 got a MIRROR AUTO RASTER ... at the GRATING of 102, although we did not complete the RASTER before h00 K and oxygen VI ... around 6,000 or so. 353 13 42 h3 SPT Just at the very end I wanted to go back to Sun center and take another look at the corona. Obviously I was I was a little bit rushed at this point. Got back lined up at 125 to go. Actually, I had 225 to go. No, correction, it was 125 to go when I actually started in the CONTINUOUS MODE. And realizing it was getting a lot of atmospheric effects, I thought well, maybe the 90-second exposure at the beginning would be useful to you for coronaspheric studies and the other two for atmospheric. Yesterday I noticed that in the scope at around - 30-seconds or so to go is when they start to see some increase in intensity and that ... shape which I talked about was coming in ... So I figured at 125 you might be able to see a little of that with a 20-second exposure. Then we went from 125 down to 25, in time remaining. And I cut off the CONTINUOUS MODE at that point. 353 13 44 12 353 i_ 09 57 SPT PLT SPT out. PLT reporting satisfactory execution of the 233 pad. That good 2-minute exposure starting at 2:5h whatever it was and the second ... 020hSh and the horizon ... was definitely brightening toward the end of the exposure, however, there should have been a good full minute and 15 seconds of

/

F-

Dump Tape 353-02 Page 4 of 6

integrated light without too much horizon lighting prior to that time. Stand by Just a sec. 353 lh i0 52 PLT And that was at lh:0h:6h that the 2 minute exposure started. The first exposure apparently was for background purposes. The third exposure, 60-second at 15 ... was taken with a very bright horizon and I think we explained already what you want that one for. PLT out. This is the CDR at - at 15:06 Zttlu, debriefing the 14:21 ATM pass. The JOP, building block without any great problem was essentially the JOP and the building blocks which was JOP 6, building block 1A and B. 1A went with no problem, the GRATING was sitting at 102 and MECHANICAL so I went to OPTICALand set the GRATING at 732 in order to give them the 0630 that you needed. I went ahead and did the work on that, and decided to hold off the VTR until I was complete. And right at the - at the end of the building block 1B, I went back to the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH - and or Just prior to the end of that I think he gave me about 2 minutes of XUV MON and then I put - went to WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH and - showed you some of that and then ROLLED 90 degrees back up to a ROLL of 0000, using a little bit more of WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, and back to the XUV MON. And as time went on with the XUV MON it became rather apparent that the active region zero zero was starting to act up. And there was one point in XUV MON that it was starting to brighten significantly. 353 15 07 57 CDR So I gave you an extra 2 minutes, I think, of the VTR of that in order that you could see the brightening in XUV of that point

353 lh ii Ii 353 15 06 18

PLT CDR

f"

Dump Tape 353-02 Page 5 of 6

and then I - when I completed - building block i Bravo, I maneuvered over to the area, to active region zero zero and centered up on the brightest area, and started a flare wait, building block 24 program with 56 in AUTO LONG and 55 and MAR detectors all GRATING zero. And I set up 54, ready to go, on high 64. As we were sitting there waiting for something to happen, nothing happened. It began to kind of fade off and then suddenly just like popcorn, a piece of H-ALPHA plage, about 20-arc seconds above the bright area I was looking at, Just popped very bright. And it - I - I do indeed mean it was almost like instantaneous. Very, very high rise time. It Just went up to bright. It caused no effect on the beryllium aperture or anything else; I didn't notice any increase in the PMEC, but it very definitely popped and then started to fade out again and this - the brightpoint I was looking at in XUV was beginning to die out. 353 15 09 28 CDR By the way, this is H-ALPHA point that popped, did not show on XUV, although it was so close it probably could have been included in part of the old one. At any rate, it was apparent that the the flare wait program was kind of a waste of time. So I terminated it and went into a shopping list number 7, and I laid the SLIT over both bright areas and then Just did shopping list number 7 until 400 K. The 56 PATROL SHORT and the XUV SLIT timed exposure both timed out before 400 K, and I got two truccated MARs in by 400 K. And that was about it. All the action was at zero zero zero one looks rather diffused. And in wait filament number 60 you've got called out at 260 at point 8. It's more like 240 at point 8. I think that's the filament you're talking about. And looking at the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, we still have nice wide

f

Dump Tape 353-02 Page 6 of 6

streamer structure area up around Papa 59 and nothing else of any great significance that I can see on the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH. That 's about it. 353 15 i0 58 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

/

J Dump Tape 353-04 Time: 353:19:35 to 353:19:44 GMT 12-19-73 Page 1 of 4

(Music) 353 19 35 53 CDR This is the CDR at 19:35, the subject is Earth observation. On this particular pass we came up over the southwestern end of - through the southern end of Chile, and kind of swept right up the entire eastern coast of South America. And I'll start with when we first crossed the - the shore at Chile, the fiord area was exceptionally clear today, and I took one photograph with the Hasselblad with a lO0-millimeter lens and an f/8 1/250. And the target was Isla Guayteca, [?] Isla Guayteca and Golfo del Corcovado. This particular area was extremely clear, and unfortunately the there - the Sun angle wasn't such that you could get the Sun glint and see any of the currents or anything that could be in that fiord area there. (music!) The - the water there was extremely blue. I looked to see if I could see any indications of - of waking or streaming in the fiord areas. I tried using binoculars, but as I said, the Sun angle Just wasn't right; everything looked nice and blue and clear and smooth. We proceeded on in over the coast over Well theresa VOR there called Castro, and that's Just about where we went over. It's right on the south end of one of the larger islands there. And then we proceeded on up Just over the northwestern tip of Oolfa San Matias and _ust inside Just to the west of Bahia Blanea. We got a good look at all of the ranch land and the wheat land that lies down there in the Pampa. I don't see any great change in color as yet. There's alot of green and a lot of gold - tan. And I was not at - not aware of any great change in color.

/_

Dump Tape 353-04 Page 2 of 4

353 19 38 18

CDR

Now as we were crossing the - the River Parana - the Rio Parana which flows into the - the Bay of Rio de la Plata, where Buenos Aires and Montevideo are, I looked out to see, and I got an absolutely perfect picture of the confluent of the Falkland and the South Equatorial currents. So I took a picture. It was a Hasselblad 100, f/8, 1/250, and it's frame number 130 - frame number 137. You're looking right out the bay - the big hay there between Buenos Aires and Montevideo. And if you're looking out to the southeast, you can see the FAlkland Current coming up from the South, and you can see - not quite so clearly - but it's plain to see the equatorial current coming down from the North. And right straight out you see from the - from the city of Buenos Aires - in fact, actually a little bit south of it - you can see where thesetwo currents meet and head straight out to the southeast. The current from the South, the Falkland Current, the blooming that you can see there, the stringing, the long serpentine coloring that you can see there was considerably more green, and the current blooming the chrorophyll blooming you can see coming down from the South Equatorial Current.

F

353 19 39 59

CDR

If I were to characterize the colors, I would say that the colors down south are more of a powdery, aqua, toward the chartreuse; whereas the currents coming down from the north are more of a deeper blue, turquoise, or aqua. Where the two meet and headed out, yon had a mixture of the two colors, and it was very streaky, much - very taffy-like, and serpentine. And then as they came together they - they and pointed on out toward the southeast with a very long, rather straight, but slightly curved serpentine, - you know, undulating. A

353 19 40 18

CDR

Dump Tape 35 J-04 Page 3 of 4

]cng st_'ea_ler headed out to the southeast, and it had striations or layers of color, between botn the darker and the ligh_en green. The water itself was a was a good blue, typical of the blue water we see just about everywhere else. Let me grab the Forel scale chart, see if I can give you some figures. 35J 19 4i 29 CDR Okay, the Forel coloring chart is a lousy - Forel. I guess it's - it's too bad we didn't bring - b_'ing something a little better. But the water that you know, the general sea water was about a Forel 6 or 7. Well, actually it could're gone as fas as a 4 or 5. qais thing is so bad. But at any rate, ohe w_ter coming up from the South was moL'e of a Florel [sic] i0; whereas the watec coming down from the North was more of a Florel 8 - Forel 8, I would say. I would guess that the current coming up from [,heSouth, it could be almost down to the Falkland Islands, and you could see that it was probably 20 - 15 to 20 m_les wide, not the current, but at least _ne - the blooming that we can see. i_ow that blooming coming down from the IQo_'Lhwas more di±'ficult to see, and it w:_s m<_±'elike 5 to i0 miles in width, and yo_ could not see it extending as far No_.im. Probably i00 miles north of _'1_ate'.:ideo, you ccu]d no longer see it. ._ continued to watch as we proceeded on to the northeas_ to see if there was any indications of the -- South Equatorial Cu_'re_t up along tlxe more northerly ccoast of South America. And I - As we moved _!ong we - it became less and less apparent to the point where by the time we got to Sao Paulo, there was no indication whatsoever of any current ouz in the water.

35_ 19 I12 21+ (:JR

Dhm_p [L'a.p ¢ Page 4 c,"

',

I *,

,'_q]o; , .,tL,;_t

It, iP-

bti_c, en] _.>5 , it appears t.h_ mo'_mt_,iE: c.Jlmtry,

to the

hilly

! ,lhtqi , ;_,-:_ that'> :J¢)rtheast of S&o , Jo, i _, i, s_sme !_;_" strong indications , f - c.! e_tensi',c F,.,:iting, in the ,:rln_si _ Jt le<:k'.i to me ]ike the _'_:_i.s _'_:_tJ_J]l_, _.ei'e headed east and ,_: (;, A _d il,'s -- j_'_; .,eget3ted ar'es. _i_.i tL_ _;iH ang]e _)_l_jilst right, so _hat ::u] i s,. that l,Ieoc _as a greet - great ,. _s _' _- 3,_' rather :9t'_ight lines i_ ,._ m_h_.uh]s, all [,_:<'.leX to each . _q<:-," _,_d he3ded c,,si !k_est, f)_ ]9 4 ' )h i J: iz_ _ ><, ,)_I_.

S

-

&

I_,,mpTape 353-05 Time: 353:19:51 to 353:21:31 12/20/73 Page i Of I0 ..........

GMT i

353-19-_----Uros_Aha_/-on 3 5 = _^_ -_ - ; -: :_ ; _, :_ % ! i_ _! -: _. _ -" :_" -7 i -_ _9 i _ i -- _ _ -_=i"" >_ 2. I.... _ 14 _ -= I 2_ ! 27 [_ ;_ _ --_2 -_ _5 _: _._3 .?'_ 4_ 41 _Z ! 43 z5
I 27

the 152 per tape to the left end up. And I closed the door there immediately. And in about that moment all of these are going automaticdoor close signal, and they all closed; at least 55 did and the 82B. They all had 56, also off them. I'm not sure that all the DOOR CLOSE signal's were at the exactsame time. I'ii tell you it was something to get all that straightened out. I got back and redid building block 2 and building block i0 on active region 4. At this squeeze it in. No time for observing time. Okay, let me pick up on any subject, JOP 18D. I really should say - the plane test can be worth no where near an 18D. That's Just *.a_ing general eoww_ent, and that is that where there's a lot of hand work, calculations, and Judgement required in determining the displays as opposed to Just keypunching, I'd llke to see the procedures up here at least a half a day ahead of time. Like if I had had these yesterday afternoon and a little time to look_at them, I think thing would have gone a little faster this morning_ and we zllght have gotten into actuall_ doing 18D. Although we'll talk about some of the problems that did come up which were not associated w_th the late arrival of that pad. I think if we Just pretend we're going to do the 18D a certain day and then slip it in i, maybe everybody will he ready. Okay, we're picking up on the steps we went through the maneuvers. Take step 7, no problems, 8, 9, i0, no problems.

i 1 I , I ; j '_ _

C 0_ ,._ .4 _

t_

_.

_

O nl .; -_. (D

--. --

!

Dump Tape 353-05 Page oflO 2

I

When : S : 5 ! 7 ? _ _" "_ _-• I_ !_. c "_: :_ 2_ : _ 2_ Z_ i-_ _ 27 z_ -_ L2 _C 3_ 25 2_ "_ J ": -'_ 4 _, :? 43 _, 353 19 57 46 45 SPT ! i I J. : 353 19 54 44 SPT

I got there,

could

not see

the comet. I looked back over to see what we could have omitted, and I looked at our final attitude, and we ended up with a final of 3.0, 342.1, and 351.5. And in the ...of 25, 1.6. I was a little concerced that the X shows a little- shouldhave been 3.1, and i should have been 342.2. But again 0.I degree error. think we had been fine maneuver. we had no other there in only And I didn't putting in the I I C _ ,_ -_ --

But at that point alternative -

-= -_ -. _

Just couldn't see it at all, so I Just put the fine m,neuver in, even though in Y it was 0.8 degrees, We couldn't see it again, and I realized that somehow we ended up in the wrong location. And I'm going back to solar inertial by hitting the SOLAR INERTIAL switch. I Just happened to notice that it grazed the very bottom of the tube. And then when we got back to solar inertial that it was a little b it in a left and bottom, which we could only see by putting our top of our heads 'up against the ATM panel and looking down over the middle edge Of the TV restraint back onto th_ tube. We made two m-neuver to " get it up to where we can loot at it - now both fine _neuvers a 52021 with a 50070, 50,000 50,000. And a second one wqhich was 52021, a 5100, 50,000 50,000. And ended up with a value on the crosshairs of plus 114 and in X, and plus 32 in Y. Okay, then I made order to actually a third msneuver, in try see the comet.

t_ r_ O -_ -4 --

(D _._ _, C Y_

Dump Tape_353-05 _ page 3 of %0 __•

{ t And actually I should say what

i : i 5 i i

I was ... all this time was a star. a little bit - star a little further out - with the hope that the comet'd be relatively close to it, I'd be able to see it ... Hoping where it is at the higher transition that's out toward the edge. Okay, Xp, Yp were the _ _-_ -_ _. __-F 5650.

:s i _._ _6 7 " z_ . _ /__ _,_ "9 -"-2 _ 1353 19 39 h6 15 i 353 20 01 02 _" i _ _: .. "_ ___!

plus ll4 and plus B2' desored was plus 130 and zero. I added

appropriate co_nd that ended up that plus 133 and minus 002. That was at around 16:29,that ,_neuver was made 16:33. We tried another maneuver and again we had the ROLL set up on the display up to this point as suggested from the ground, that's the initial roll. SPT SPT - - of plus

z_ -_

Let me back up a bit . .. so hard to interpret. I'm trying to get test on ... the bookeeping. We did do the building block 30 as called out and that vas done before the third maneuver. So that the third maneuver, which I gave you, where we ended up at plus and a minus 002 was done after building block 30. 33 the

"£_ t_ --_ C

_i _. .. _ 41 .. 43 : i _'5

SPT

Ok ay, I eel i e d out initial position after the building block 30 maneuver of plus 33 and minus 002 position i. I went to position 2 maneuver at 13 and 35 - 13, 33 excuse me. A element desire of minus 75 and 000. We achieved a minus 105 and 000. Now, let's go back. 0.2 again we desired was minus 75 and minus 002, Just wanted to make a change in X.

"<

I

Dump Tape 353-05 Page_o#3.0- -

I
; t We-e-nd_up_-w_ minus 105_--sh_d plus 000, so we had a little movement along Y. We changed the roll to plus 5710, Made a maneuver now of 220 in the X-axis so that when we started the maneuver, our XP3 YP were minus i04 and minus 003 respectively. We made a _,nevuer of h2021 and 51220 and achieved the attitude of plus llh minus 004 - Excuse me, we achieved the attitude of plus 120 at minus 00h. llh is what we sould've ideally got_ we actually got 120. SPT We So of to also moved a little on Y. we changed our - Tried to get the Y provlem. We then went plate h, or number 4. We rolled C _ ._;,_

5 7 _ £ _ -, I i •
-r

I-

"_ !353 20 Oh 29 r : .'_ " ;_ ;_ -"" 27 !

-[" -_ JS -'_ -----

--/< -. __ "_ -"'--

these things to 5750, Xp5 and Yp5 were minus 104 and minus 005. We put the manevuer in of 42021 at 51220, 50,000 50,000, and a changed a minus 122 and minus 003. Then again some move in the Y. Went to a roll of plus 5700. The _5 Yp5 were

%< _-

7__ "_ ' -" -' ___ _ _ _ - 1353 20 07 23 -; -" .." 4_ _ 4_ -'_ _ -_ SPT

minus 122 and 006. We ended up at minus 102 and minus 005. Had a little movement in Y; we did not change roll, it came back in the opposite direction with a 5.0 52021 and a 51220. Okay, now talking about, point get to. I
l

'.9 -_. Z 2" "<

6 we tried

to

Okay, going to point 6. We started at up minus 0 - 102, apparently a little drift in there from the time we got to that point to the time that we got to making the m_neuver to other desired and here - this initial was . .. roll to _X_' Yp was minus Yp was minus a plus 005. 102 and The desired They tried was

120 and 005.

Dump Tape 353-05 Page 5 - ofi0

i , " I 5 I _ 7

-%-6-_et--tB-tl_&_ing point, so we ended up at minus a 126 and plus 002; and we concluded we had more rolls out. So we went 56 and i0 again. Tried another m_neuver a roll is 5610; initial positions _i _ were minus 124 and plus 002. Yp was up, X ... was - -

353 20 09 ll

SPT

Okay, forget the desired all we did was put in a command to load 220 octal AUTO units in - in X. We ended up with an X of plus i00 and a Y of plus 0.005. So we ended up with another overshoot. We then said the heck - the heck with changing these rolls anymore 'cause it looked as though we were Just not going to narrow down on them anymore. We took the roll of plus 5700, which seemedto give us the best results, and we stuck with from here on - there on and I suggest we do it from here on out unless you can see, looking over the data, that there obviously is a better one. I think we're getting down into the granvlarity of the whole procedure right there. -_ ' "_

-_ _ _ '_ _ :_ _. ;_ _z .. Z2 t -" --.. _D _ _ _

---

--

-_ "_ -J --_. [_ __: T

,.... 27 -_ iA .. 353 20 i0 35 [ _2 _J _R "-_ ;_ _? 4_ 41 12 _S SPT

I'm afraid all of the futzing around we've done here, moving back and forth with this, essentially, we found out what our granularity was. Okay, we moved to a position 8, XTYT of minuss i00 plus O05J Desired was plus 120 and 005. We !got to 124 and 00h. We then went on with the - remainder of the check - test. XT for the - for the next point that we moved to and the XT was plus 124, YT plus 004. X desired was plus 74 and a Y of 0Oh. Essentially a delta of 30 units in Y. Y. Then we achieved what we were after plus 74 in X and plus 00h in Y. We had a little hope we were getting, getting close. We then made a Y manuver to point i0 X was plus _4, YP was plus 004. YD was minuss 70.

"<

z"_

....

....

I

!

F

Dump Tape 353-05 Page 6 of i0.................

i

! J

3 4 5 7

IS "_ _3 _5 _6 [ v ! _9:353 20 I _'" 22 _ 2_ I Z_ "S 2_ 27 _'_ "_ 7_ _ _2 _ 34 _ _ _ xC 41 -_ _,z 45 _ c _3 20 15 20 SPT


_

And we ended up with a X_ of plus 7h and plus 7, oh, excuse me, minus 76. So we had a big overshot in Y. And lastly a maneuver to point ii XF - was X desired and Y desired were minus 120 and O. Our initial values for the manurer were plus 7_ and minus 76. We made the maneuver and ended up at plus 121 and minus 001. So my conclusion from all this is that 5700 is really about a good as we can do. And maybe you can do a little bit better after looking over the data. But we dod have that scale proble m in X. I looked at it, a couple of the initial ones and figured we had something like - out of 220 octal units and octal air of around _ or 5
°

C _ --"4
.a.

-_ _w_

Next to the which gives us a relatively small percentage error. I suggest something - ... something like moving the target over onto the X-axis, finding out what the m_euver we have to mate is in octal, conoert it to decimal, multiply by 0.97 or 0.96 and then into

'_ ---m C

-_" _-

--

your third -_carry out the three digits .... Convert ithat back to octal and make the maneuver. That can be done fairly rapidly. When you got the HP35 here and the octal to decimal conversion, then it - it's not a big thing. I think the hang-up we had today in all of the work we did was - one is the granularity of the system was getting to us and we spent a lot 6f time Just fighting that instead of figuring out what it really was, that is, your abilty to line up the display and parallat and reading it and which you should try to eliminate as much as possible by putting your head parallel to the screen wherever you're looking. The s_-ll motion which occurs up around 0-01 arc se,.'ondsor so, or 0.01 degrees I mean, over a period of time - like 3 or 4 minutes as we've seen in the display here whether that was due to having - the ROLL in MPC ENABLE for _per_L O_ _im_ fh_e. _not -_e.

----

_ --

1-,_

/

f

Dump Tape 353-05 Page ? of i0 ._

• 353 20 17 0--_ SPT _ I !

And lasttly, I think-we could have carried out all these maneuvers and given you perhaps a little more understandable data. If we could have made ourselves up a log of all the pointing you wanted to get to XP, YP, _U), YD the deltas and the commands, then I think we could have gone through this thing - much - in a much more swift manner. Also looking for the comet posed me a problem or the stars. I'd be interested in knowing what the magnitude of the star was relative to the comet. I'll hold on to these records, confuing and I hope that it 's all not to you. I know there's going

.

o : T

_= _ ' "S .!
q

C t", _ -4 -,_ :_ U

"_ _ -v -= '_ ZS s=_ _-" -:1 27 _ :: .: _ $2 i Ss _ 353 20 19 24 $3 :_" 353 20 57 01 _; :_ -_ _ .? i CDR SPT CDR

_ c,__ -_ __'_

to be some points that we moved to and from whre there might be some discrepencies. If so, I think everthing else was consistent either throughout those points or give me a call and I'll hold on to the data and try and straighten it out. Going back with no problem; disappointing, but no problem and I think we can carry out a JOP 18 D and everybody understands the inaccuracies of the system. It's kind of like trying to fix a watch with a sledge hammer, but some day we'll look out and get 55 on it. Certainly 82]3 could get some useful information in observing the tail. And I hope will be able to do that. SPT out. This is the CDR at 20:55 Zulu with the M092. The subject is the SPT. The run started at 20:30. The subject's left calf is 13-5/8, the right calf is 13-1/2. The legbands, being used are Charlie Juliett on the left Alfa X-ray on the right leg. CDR out. leg, I we

_ __ --

_ ---_ -:

_

"Z

_ 353 20 57 26
_D

z_< _7
f /

Dump .Tape 35.3-05 page 8 of. 10 ....

353 21 21 27 _ 3 i 4 i 5 _ 7 •

PLT

_0 , r_ IS : _=_ _6 ._" _ -"7 _ _9 i$ ?_ 22 -_ -5 _._ 27 _ ; _'_ "_ ._Z :1 _ _5 : _ :_ -'_353 _'I -'2 43 _. z5 21 23 53 PLT 21 23 06 353 PLT

PLT debriefing the ... ATM pass started at 20-hO. JOP 6, step 2, building block 32 was loused up; I had the wrong roll in. I did give you a shopping list 1 at the completion of JOP 2 Bravo, step 5. JOP 2 B, step 5 building block iO was completed as scheduled. 2 Bravo, step 5, building block Ii was completed as per schedule, and I interpreted the exposure 02.5 to be 2-i/2 seconds 2nd tried to give you my best estimate of 2-i/2 seconds. I used the observing time to look at the rather bright streakand let me go see the number of it. Zero one or zero two, actually, the largest active region on the disk there, since I don't know - don't know quite how old that - those ... coordinates are. Anyway, there appear to be rising and ebbing of the brightness of certain spots. Then I put in one grating auto scan DETECTOR i and 2, and the hottest spot I could detect in that region. Took a look at the corona - went back to _ 5t ._ _-_,_ l" -

_.

___ _-

Sun center and looked at the looked at the corona. The coma looks much less active than it did previously, was very faint. On the west limb there appeared a sort of pyr-_dal corona then - rather than a helmet streamer. A helmet streamer is what is is, but the lines don't curve any at all. The borders that - are -Smost straight lines appear to be! ... at about that I carried I got straight lines that good to 2:30 or 3:00. At 9 and i0 o'clock two faint coronal streamers integrated light So that ... the way around the disk. About all I Can on the corona, the two regions, the 01, I think, and 02, or maybe O0 and 01, I can't quite tell here looking at the cards, or something I'Ll look at them again and see if I can get them straight. The two on -

0_

il

_ ^ -7 -

-

_7

Dump Tape 353-05 Page of i0 9 ....

:

i

: _ _ 5 I _"

that have Just come across the east limb - the largest one appeared to be fairly active and the smaller one appeared to be active also. A couple of times I got very faint what looked like bright, you know, on the XUV MON, using the ... scope, but the image in 1050 count stayed down around 2 to 8, mzybe 12 a couple of times. , i PLT The PMEC count got above 600 a couple times, but it - it was very erratic, and there were no sustained high levels on the PMEC, above about 350, which seem to be about the ground 350 which seem to be the gorund basing or base, even maybe a bit lower. Several maybe at that lower several peak above 500 in the peaks above 500, and then I saw two right above 600. On the PMEC, of course, nothing PLT PLT out. - no change on the Beryllium aperture. --! i I

'__ "! ! _-_353 21 2h 37 _5 ;_ _ '_' :: _ _--_ _ "9 _'_ _'

O9 __ --_ _ C "n

--

ZZ 2_ -- -- -_

"_ _ _ _" --

?s 353 21 25 54 27 _ i -_ : _; -_, 7-." -

CDR

This is the CDR at Zulu. 21:25 Correction, 21:26

Zulu. The LBNP M092

_h

_' _ __ _ _ -_

terminated at 2h and run with the SPT as the that's 21:2h Zulu. subject was And we had to terminate early with 7 minutes 30 seconds remaining. Subject's blood pressure got _down to the high 60's and it - it hit it t_-ice and we terminated on the second time it hit 69. There'll be a separate recording where the SPT will t_]k about his symptoms and all that. We saw the blood pressure drop to 85, stayed there for a little while, and the subject said he didn't feel too well, and when it dropped to 67 he said he didn't think he felt that bad and stayed there for another count of 69 and that's when we terminated. For M151 we're running behind. We got in such

I

-'_

z} _l T z3 _ _
7

\

J

Dump Tape 353-05 -P_e i0 of 10

i _ D _" 353 21 27 13 ?

a hurry-_o-ge_-ou_--6f the LBNP an_ get going that we didn't turn your csmera on and get the subject egressing LBNP. CDR I frankly don't see what earthly good that little bit of data is to you, anyway. I think the first part's more important. CDR out.

the

!"_ 353 i".353 _ : /_" --r-_ -__-__ "_ __ "_ -_ .-_ -_ 2_. ._ _-_ 2_ r÷ 2?, -: -" 11 _l _ "_ ---

21 27 19 21 i7 37 -

CDR SPT

SPT at 21:28. M092. I did not have a successful run today only factors that I contributed to. First of all symptoms _re sweating a slight along the back of the head and amount of dizziness. A little

,

£_ _ __ _, _ -

tinging in the hands with the accompanying reading of the blood pressure. Probably the onlything'sI can attribute it to is the amount of sleep I've been getting recently, and late and all last night, looked reasonable like 8 - a little over 8 hours, but I guess a couple of nights were not too good. And I'd be kind of overtired. Last night,because of the heat in the workshOp and being able -[imable to get to sleep for a couple lof night. I had a in order to get a good night;s sleep I don't know whether that medication has any effect on the run or not. I did not take any excessive amounts of water before the run. I had kind of a action-packed morning. I Was searching hard all the time. No other factors that I can think of would influence it. SPT sPT out. -_

--! ; tq "_ -

--

1 1 _ I

_ _

L-_

2_ 7353 21 28 5h

/

_2 4S

,_

OF TAPE

1

F

Dump Tape 353-06/D-339 Time: 353:21:22 to 353:21:40 12/19/73 Page i of i

GMT

CDR

030. The subject's left calf is 13-5/8; the right calf is 13-1/2. The leg bands being used are Charle Juliette on left leg, Alfa X-Ray on right leg. CDR, out.

TIME

SKIP

352 21 2i 27

PLT

PLT - debriefing. at 20 :h0.

The ATM started

PLT

JOP 7 ... building block 32, plus the last dump I had the wrong roll in and I didn't give you a shopping list for it at the completion of JOP - JOP 25. JOP 2B, step 5, building block l0 completed as scheduled. 2 Bravo step 5, building block ll, was completed as per schedule, and I interpret that the exposure 02.5 to be 2-1/2 seconds. We'll try to give you our ... after 2-1/2 seconds. I used the observing time to look at the lunar brights - number of it. Zero 1 and zero 2 are actually the largest active regions on the disk. I gotta I don't know quite how old those coordinates are. Anyway, there appears to be a rising and ebbing of the brightness on certain spots that I put in one GRATING AUTO SCAN detector 1 and 2 on the hottest spot I could detect in that region. Took a look at the corona - went back there looked at the corona. The coro - -

352 21 22 39

PLT

END OF TAPE

--

_-.-

_

;

Jr. -- :/.!_i_/i _ _

_• •

ape353-0/D- 0
i_ _ { ] Time: 353:22:28 to 353:23:53 GMT r-I j 12/19/73 P-g_eI--_-15 ............

_ i i _i ! . I_ . _ :_ , i : ' ', i

zz _8 h4

_LT --

i ii !

_'.'f zZ:29 _eDrie-T- de_efing a_ teh ATM pass start at 22:01. The 2 - JOP 2A, tep 6, building block lO's wE s performed as per pad with the exceptionthat I took the option at Jirston the first A execute of b_ila!ng block iO because ther_was no referenct to 5_ in the pac. Aud so I got that straightened out with the ground and I took a 256 sequence after two - After i_o 64 sequences. So in thatfirsi! JOP2A,step6, building blo(_ iO, there were two 64 sequences '_nd one 256. JOP the second bl [idling block i0 was per pad plus Bhat 25_ operated in a 256 mode, We powered down early for the maneuver. PLT out. One other note, the PMEC was hitting occasionally iabove 600, IMAGE INTENSITY occasionally iaround 16, mainly around 8 to 5. There were no changes in BERYLLIIR4 APERTURE. The area looked Just like - _egion on last pass4 looked like it was G_ M -_

i ( P" i
! !

:_ i

:! ........... _ I '-':

_ -- -4 :. --

I -

'

B53 22 30 07

PLT _

PLT out. TIME SKIP This is the (DR at 22:h5 Zulu with a message fo] the M509 palnners and for FAO. It looks like it's senseless for us to try.' to do an M509 prep the day before b__ause the cameras as well as the light_ getting grabbed and away for use in some other experiment and there 's You know, the other experiments _n't indicate that you should bring _hem back. So I think probably wha_ we better do for at least a setu_ done by the test pilot,

(0

353 22 46 0}4 CDR

__

; .,

..................................

r

.....................

,

<-

I

i

i_•_ _ !;

Dump Tape

353-07/D-3_0

_; .... _ :_i _

t-hat is, th ._etup of the cameras said the high int,_nsity lights, we might Just as well put that off until Just before the _;09 operation itself, because on bc,th occasions now, we've gone all the nd setting up the high tro%%ble of setting up the cameras within a cou _e hours, somebody had to come and ake them and go use them somewhe _ else. And we might • 353 22 _7 25 CDR PLT that 's being Just as well CDR out. Okay, this i_ the PLT, 8019 operations coming up. ._imeon my mark will be 23 - excuse 353 22 51 30 "' PLT MARK, me, 22:51:30. - 22:54:30, Stand by. '_:'_ _I C _I -- -_ wasted. save all that (n C m __

,_

_

_

time expended

:i i *.:_ .i _

353 22 50 4_

22:51:30

we started

first exposure. I have ROTATION 47.7; TILT of 17.1 dialed in, field 221. 270 selectro _t 'll be 270 widened, i is in position. The

: .......: [I_ _

• t
3_3 _ 1 " .... _l _5 CREW CDR ... 353 22 52 21

m f pump - pump Bravo is p CHarlie, I think we ome consideration he pumps at night. pump fleW _ndpoint, better than Charlie. ill putting out a - a ht now. Also, Crip, as has as p_ should give to securing Okay, from a Bravo is - i Charlie is s good flow ri ... Jer, would Okay. _xu elabortae ! bit? We that - everything everythings on us ... - -

1. "_"

; 1

" ....

CREW "i _ _! 4 ,i.i _ ._ _ .i _ • :_ CC PLT CREW

- - Just a i ttle we're hunky lookin_ -

at shows

I

i ¸,_- _

-!

_.T ..........

_,

i,,_._ _J......

-

_ -7 T

Dump. a__e_..35B-OI/D-340 T
I Page3 of 16

f
CC 'i Jer, would y_u elaborate little a bit on that _ump noiseness? Looking

i
; ! i _ ,i i ._ i; CC PLT 353 22 53 30 PLT PLT CDR

ahead-I
... 30, on MARK. ... pumps reale a lot of noise. Just a minute, I'i i put it on ICOM/PTT and m_ke nex to it and you can hear it. Good. Stand by, on my ma_k. mark.

C m I

:! i i
/_ " BSS 22 54 15 _-/, ;; _i • _'_ "" -_

CDR PLT

Can you hear !that? Okay, it's 5_:15; at

...

,_ C m ... get m_ __ _1 4 --

5_:30, I will

go into SHU'I_R CDR

OP_.

Stand by Just a second, cord a little longer. Okay, Jer.

CC i _:i " .... PLT SPT

s - is that thing

bother-

ing you at n_ ght trying Standy. b That's affirz bit noisey. MARK. field 17.1. SPT ... thermal _roblem | Okay, 221. Crip.

to sleep? I

It is a little

-a

L_
_i : _ 353 22 5_ 32 PLT _tart of 270 widened, 3TATION is 0_7.7, TILT is

.u
-<

there.

i i
_i :_ i ,_ i _ .-

CC SPY

Roger. Are talking you had the _m_ off?

about

when

.; !

That's affirm Crip. The other day when they wet e doing the work in it, I had to have the - one monitor on until I coul_ tell any real significance

i I

'i

I

i"

f

_T_.

353-07/D-3_0
b

!
........ " temperature _l_nge.--6ver hour, I coul 4 Just barely difference. !, half an tell the

i
_ I : CC CDR " I ! " CC ! ! CDR CC i _ _ i CC SPT CC " SPT CDR "'_ CDR Here it is. Think

J
That's a - t_at's a good data point. T_an_ you fo_ it.

Bill t, bok some measurements cto -_
m

earlier today, with 487 gear. Let me givyyou a li_ten to the rate gyros while we're _t it. Okay. That 's enot_ i? We couldn't ear it.

t_ _.

I think the problem is, Crip, it's not a localized source of noise, so with the m_, you really don't pick it up too well. Ah, so. Can we hear the p_-T.?

_

_.

_ to Y_

Did you say No, I haven'_ tried puttin_ Yeah, I trie_ it Just won'_

ou did hear the pump? heard it yet. Have you it by the pumps? the p_s, too. get throught. I guess

--' -'_

353 22 56 29

CC

Yeah, could _e the frequency range on it is too - is - is it a low noise? No, it's a i_ irly high frequency_ Let me think now those of - Well, you've been to St. . St, Louis when they were checking out '.the "vehicle. I think you probably _heard them then when

' i "" '_ ;

CDR : : i ! , _

they were going. They sound Just like the co_m_nd module glycol p_"Ts.

_t_ _! • •i ¸

/-_

Dump Ta2e 353-07/D-Bh0

...........

.......... ,

................. j
i

, CDR ! i

and it's Jus_i the !fact that they're so loud that _hey re bothering you. Is that the _rohlem? They sound li_,ethe glycol pumps in the co-.-=nd_o' d_le is all I can tell you. I ha_ni't heard normal ATM coolant

!

romps,apparently.
CC Okay. but th e's no chugging or anything associated with it like what we had prior _-prior to doing that C_D procedurq?

i i

,_ nl

i

_

CDR

a whole lot better, They're z,,-ning No, that's carrect. Just noisy. See much more quietly, and every once in beforethey would begin muchquiet mu awhile,they_erex-mn_ng undulate to and you coul4 - you could hear the changes in frequency ... - -

_, .T _ '_

! f_ I. .......... _ | 353 22 57 24 PLT

Okay, we're coming to 90 percent in a mo_t. ..... afte_ we did the flush and again that they got this

_

CDR

got it rtmni_

i
CC 'i

loud.
Okay, and as !I understand it, the reason that _u want to turn them off at night - Yes. - - is Just _o that it won't bother you while you're _ryi:_ to sleep? CDR
_

--

1
i

PLT CC

i _ CC CDR

Yeah, that's.;right. The workshop is really a ver_ quiet place and now all of a sudden, _it's geting noisy. Okay. We - w_ copy that. Okay.

-

'!l

'I

i

7)I
_ I)qmp Ta_e 353-07/D-3_0 Page_g _" of i_ ..... i ' i

.........
353 22 58 00

--_TPLT

--Stand
MARK. right.

by - i
i00 p4,rcent_on 270. Now _ want All of 50.9, a ROTATION

CC
i

Get it working rlgh and it comes ba - around go bite you, And 32.3, aug I what a 270 widened

PLT
[!

'.

_

on field 811. That's 50.9 - Correction, 32.3 check f_eld 811, 270 widened. Standby m_ _ark at 59. yg a 270 widened, 50.9 O" t_ . m _

i • i 'i : _i 'I " B53 22 59 XX

PLT PLT

Okay, MARK.

stand St

J

That's field 1811, 270 second widened am the ROTATION; 32.3_on the TILT. in progress. The next will be a 270 unwidened. • _53 22 59 _6 i, ' CREW CC ... Skylab, Hous_ _n, we're i minute from

1
i 'i !

LOs, and we'] I.pick you up over Madrid at alx _t _ minutes at 03 -

_

CDR CC

Okay. And, Jer, we _e working on the - the

--

:_ I CDR ! i'I ,' i _53 23 03 09 PLT PLT PLT

lm/m! problem here, Just to make sure 0 we got a corn e_sus.._'_Roger. And through Stand by on 0 percent. mark. _<

i

_:

MARK. Okay, ithat's i00. I'ii have to wait until that thing gets down to llO. I'll t_ist it on over to this side ... widened in this; okay,

|

!

t

i
1

7:
Dun R_ Tape .35B-gl/Dr3hO 353 23 03 19 PLT

I
i
I
MARK. That _s 270 unwidene_. at 03:20, starting 4, 30, 7, 50. a

" 1 • 353 23 06 32 !

PLT PLT CC

Okay

and ... I for _:50. we're AOS through minutes. How do

Waiting

Skylab, Houston, Madrid for 54/2 you read? I

I |

i i

CDR CC

Loud

and clear,

Crip.

C tO m ._ -r

>' :I i " .i i : I "- !i _........ .... • _! ! !_ i i I 1 I i . : i _ ,_ ,: B53 23 09 01 .. PLT '" 353 23 07 XX

!

Okey-doke, w_ had a little line problem ther_ for a while. Regarding Jery's p_vious request, he's got a GO to t_rn off pump Bravo, which we'd appreciate if you could tell us what the difference, if any, in the sound is. And also, maybe if you could give u_ a comparative anal difference between this pump and a SUS pump when it's running. They're the same kin_ of p1,,_.. Okay. i

r_ ,, __ __ cm

CDR PLT

Okay, waitin_for 07:50. Okay 07:50 will be coming up in about 30 seconds. Stand by. MARK. Okay _hat's the termination 811. of Now

PLT PLT

-_ 7. lll -,:

the 270 unwi_ tuned on field

I'm going of _ 237_ that'll58.1, 68.1, be hl, okay. _ .i and 15.2, 15.2, 237 is the i_ _.Id. It'll be a 270 widened and _ 270 unwidened, I got 270 set. I want _o start this in about 15 seconds. Looks like r_m in good y.mar shape. Stanc by ca MARK. Okay, -_3:09 and we're starting the exposure 'oa field 237. I have 58.1 and 15._, ROTATION and TILT, respectively,l 270 widened.

•I
i

m_
i

T_e 353-071D-3_0

............ --_ay,_, _DR
,_ , i

_e'reon p_

Bravonow

and it's considerably quiter than pt_p Charlie. An_ I threw on SUS pum_ i to listen to wh_t it sounded like and it's as loud as pump Charlie was; however it's a loWer frequency than Charlie is. Charlie seems to be running a quite a bi_ higher. CC Okay_ u_aers_ and pu,_. Bravo and c f a lower is bouth

, ii CDR

wu/eter

frequency?

No, pump Bravo is the same frequency as pump Chars ie, except the - you know, it's J_St not as loud good. - -

_;

•_
!

CC CDR

Very

rn

!

- - and the SUS pump runs in a lower frequency, b_t it's every bit as loud as pump iCharlie.

-

i i........... _i

"

CC

Okay,

copy that.

Do you - what --'_: -_ Z 7_

would you about the loudness of Bravo toth_nk_un during the sleep period? CDR Well, let's et it rim for a while like

__ _i_ ,
!

and see how a good idea CC CDR SFT CDR SPT Okay, ... No. ... ... sounds

t does. Sounds ight now. liek e winner

from here. _

!
1

_

PLT CDR PLT

Do which? ••• NO, it Just % Yeah, case there. it's inside the

!

_

r
I P

k
D_p Ta_e 353-07/D-3h0 CDR PLT CDR PLT 353 23 Ii 31 CC ... Which ... Did they ... his two samplers? tankT ] Skylab, Hous on, we're 1 minute from LOS. Carnar on at 26 minutes and

!

'

_. ,_ • '_ i

i

I

23:37, 23:37 j C
(n __ Z In that's_all you got to do ... m_

"/ i .....

PLT

Do you know _ow to do that, Ed? Why done that e_ ry time and it's so I can do in bout 2-1/2 minutes. ... Well,

/ "

SPT PLT

and go down _here time here• Okay, SPT

- Let me check I got - -

_

....

PLT

I know it. ust making sure I 'm not going to for et it. Do yo know Where to get the sample? ... Well, ... Be sury - be sure you close both valves befor_ou take it off. It's a valve Justlllke this on the sa-Tle port. I Water chiller sampler port. You o_en tha one first and then this on_. And it'll push the plumger out.! Then you ma_e sure you turn both oflthem off. no, it s - it's on m_ side. 7

SET PLT SPT FLT

,

_! ' _"

I

!ii Dump Tape 353-07/D-340 Page 1Oof16 ..........

........... _-

e o _m-%ml_-l_a-_mqm-jq_II 'have to lift up t_s little tab - or push it down as the ease may be. SPT PLT ••• Okay, we've _ot Just a few seconds to go here. Go_ a 270 widened. This is on field 737. Stand by. |
I

<

5

!
i

B53 23 13 13

CDR

MARK. Okay,_now 270 unwidene_. MARK. That

I'll he

starting

a C _I

353 23 13 20 ' _I , _ i

CDR CDR

is, at 13:20

That will te _ minate at 17:50. Did you find,it over there, Ed. .. • It's under m_[ sied. You have to --

SPT PLT

_

I SPT _ PLT

open the top_ .. You got a hu_ge accent knob. knob on it - huge -;:

SPT i z I i ! SPT PLT PLT

tot

Great big b1_iwn mother. Took me 15 minutes t, find that the first time. •• • I - I saw thit thing and Just keep saying that iouldn't be it. Okay, we're in the 270 unwidened on field 237. ]OTATION is 58.1 and the TILT is 15.2 Coming up onilT., Okay bout 30 seconds, Stan_ That as in training.

" _,

_!

i :i : ; :_: _53 23 16 _5 PLT

a little les_ than by on my mar_.

30 seconds.

' :

• qC

i
'!

_16
: : : I :f: _/ I _ '_:i i, ! i ' '.ii • '., _: ,355 23-17 56 _--T ....... MARK. Termi;tation Of that exposure. Now I'm sett:u_g up 57.6. Lock - Oh, come c_ ther,,l And 20.2 .... and make that sure it's risht on 270 unwidened excuse me - !70 widened and I'm setting the ulob. Stand by and PLT MARK. Okay, I _t that one at 18:20 We'll see ho!r it turns out. Got Just a little bit behind on that; 57.6 and 20.2. T.ds will be followed by a widened 90 .second exposure. And at 23:24, we're setting it with the comet ops. i._:23 - 2_:_0, so 23 -

i
-_

1 : _ _

353 23 18 22 _' ! . _ _

C _c

i.i
_ _ i ' _

excuse me 23

,o at23-2 I'd
T "-

like to be tl_ough and ready to change the mirror. It's going to take you the plat_ number, darn it. This is

'i. 7

:
t

number PLT OkaY,

31. _hie i

I deal 238. Frame ROTATI0_ number 5T.6

'_i!

__ ._

:,

and TILT PLT

is _0.2.

31.

....
i' i i_' _: 353 23 21 _2 :!

"

And steed by ion my m_rk.

Termination

_= O_ "_

PLT

MARK. for - lsettlng90 0kay, _ay, here Going 90 seconds. MARK. This s plate still on fi_ .d 238. TILT is 20.2

seconds Starting in. we go.

353

23 21 53

PLT

number 32. We're ROTATION is 57.6. -, _"

I i ._ I 'i _ i I ._ • ii'_1 _ 353 '"_' _23 23 07

PLT

Okay. l'm @}ing to have to ... I think we're in pre;ty @ood shape. So you'd have to te_-_nate it by 23:2_ at the latest. I tlLink may - we may be in businessNow w_'re And I want be in goo_l her:. 208.h =-d 22.0. going to shape. Stan _ by on my mark. Termination of 90 :conds.

PLT

MARK. Okay, let me get this come here in view 2320 at 208.4. 208.4 and 22.0. T'_ere we go. 208 okay,
]

...........................

_

,,

1
t

i

!

i

_ii_j_ i

I

:• _ i

end we wan
23:24:40, a minute.

st,

at 2 -

which is a little less than 2_0 s_onds unwidened. Okay,

!
:!

I
" ._ 353 23 34 39 : PLT PLT Stand

by!
by on "_'k. MARK 23:2_:}0. 230, that's 3 minutes an( 50. 28:30. Okay, so that gives -_ iO Seconds of leeway there. 28:3( , (_y let's Just see if we can 8e_ this better. little bit oJ the horizon. PLT See a C m

"

i ;

Boy, you've _pt her nailed. It's in the left fie] d of view. The tail is sticking a!_st straight down and then tapering off!slightl_ the left. to That bright _ar that I think is Aldebaran (?)_, the tail's sticking down towards iit. And as I get better at that- st_r...thatI think thatI see more of _he tail. Okay, I'ii concentrate (n what I better be doing hers. Okay, thi_is fr=-_ 33. And we're coming 27:30. About a little ovel m_', _ to close this exposure. Ol :& _:n:ow I 'ii go in th_ film h_tch. _i_t after we ter_ina%et the exposrue; I think that's what you want. 28. _kay, coming up on 28:30, which will b_ the conclusion of a "--

:.

i

i i =

_! _ ---"- _== _ _

"_ =_ _I _

I

:i _:i/I

l

GO = _. ._.

1 :_ i ; " 353 23 28 30 _:_ PLT

3 minute exposure. MARK. the _y hatch.

and _0-second S and by. Oh bails.

or 230-second

Okay.

That went Film Ding it.

=11

i ,

!

- y_' ell it now. ! again. _8.3' _l_ed

_i ._ _, ! ,_ • ._ _ .... , '' :

Oh shit. Th t i_ a real trap. Okay, lost a frame ou_ of it. Okay, the TILT zero fi: st .... fault it'S your comet hatch thing exposwe. I didn't get the film closed quite soon emo--_. Ew_ryright ¢n time right up to the

end. Went rt _ht past the CARRIAGE RETRACTed1 an_ teh SLIDE I_I-I_ACTED-

.....
:-)J

l

1

D um_ Tape

o353-_/D-3_0 16-,. that's what ' appened. the old ba!] bounces,

__

!

i _ _ 3 i ' i _

That's the way Make your

hardware tha_ wBy an_ doggone, I Just big dumdum lJ ke me will fall into trap. Okay, we're ooklng at plate _. Did the same d_m_ mistake I made before; I went all t_e way from OPENed - I've been doing tl is as a bad habit got in the b_ d habit of doing this when I went o my - to exposure where you have so ittle time between them and I Just from OPEN to SLIDE R_,'A_ACTED an then I would go from SLIDE R_'A'_ACED to OPENed. For the exposure it inimizes the time. But then what - hat happens is you get in a bind that oa te_ hen I did that, I did nation of the Kohoutek. was, I think By the way, I - well I didn't

" _ i _ iI '_ ' t ! I ._! : i_I , _ _, i _ _i " ...... ;

__ I _ !U

Now what I _d wait a mlnut@,

screw all wasted up Koh_u_ek cause I - did. IThe I a fr==_- is what the Kohoutek!was stored, I guess, because I pi_ ked up other frame.

-

_,

_

I :_ :

:=

was screw _o' out bad as I tho _ht. ofMaybe all I did one fr_m_. So maybe - m, ybe it's not quite as But once it _= I have to gO to OPEN amd ackto CARRIAGE RETRAC'r_ b_ ore you can get the film hatch c osed. So there you Sorry it cost you a frame, Karl. go about hat. I;m going to are; ahead and bu ton it up here and stop ... at t. We're _11 buttoned up here exce for closing the door. i353 23 31 13 353 23 31 32 "_ i i ! :'_ PLT CDR PLT out. This is the DR reporting on handheld phc os Earth observation. The 21:01 - r 21:05 passed over La Paz. We missed that - we could not see La PSz because of clouds; it was i00 _reent the _ntire n_rthe_
........................ i

':_ --

---.... _'

.

:

, _ii _ _ •,

:

-

i
_ !_ t !_

i
'

_i_ :
i

overcast end of

over

i

DR

Ta2e SSB-07/D- O

I
i .........

....................

Lake-e-T-itqSa_&. T_-_T6 Just about T I took - I t: led to take a look

it.

at Antofagas _a but realized too late that that w_ one of our i01 targets as well and ,,st missed a chance to look at that and say a few words because it w. s clear down in that area, but it !was too far away when I finally go" a chance to look at it. _353 23 32 19 353 23 35 24 CDR CDR CDR out. This is the DR at 23:36 with a note for the PI o_ the ED76. The neutron - neutron gathering devices that are around t_ e - the spacecraft. I'm afraid tlat we have poorly placed Bravo 3. I in the last 30 days have inadver%ently touched that thing about _ve ti_s. It's in a natural plac$as you come thro1_ the hole from the forward compartment to the experiment compartment. It 's. I reached t_ o_,W. the hole and a very natur_ i place to grab, and and - and grlb and doggone it I've got that da_ sli_e underneath it mY fingers. So I personally have touched it n_ less than five times. -I'm sure the other guys have touched it several tJ_elves, and I'm afraid the dl.ta on that one - is touching degrades it, it is definitely degraded. 353 23 36 20 CDR CDR out. c _ -_; to

_ ,

i

f-_ •I _I..... ;. "_

"_

-I i

-__ c_ -_ '

I "i I ! i • !

"_

t
I TIME SKIP

I
I I . ..i i 1353 23 47 16 SPT SPT at 23:47! Handheld photo observations _for 149-3 Perth Australia. Okay, when l igot directly over the of clouds, b_t shortly before that targetwe we ha_ Just rua into a fairly line time were_looking at some
t

:_ ,

!

l.0f !6 ...
........................... _e_ _c'_t-i_v_te_." By before that time mean maybe I need time reading 15 -!20 seconds, and I feel that's probablythe subjectyou were after. !The land itself was well cultivated, _roken up in to m_ny usually rect$n_,lar ... used a recangleor plots, some of them with not rectang_ar, trapezoidal recangier nonpar-11 el _ides ...... trap door straight sides; each plot having it's own distinctive colors, maybe some of them bein_ the same, but in general showing argr$cultural ... Most of it was light lcolored, I believe reflecting color of the ground. Some of it I

:

!i ! ! _ i J ! :

C O_ m = ,._ -. " '_ . . ,_

could see ,are unifo,
red. The reds which fairl_ extensively with

_I

I
_ ......

some were faSrly dark, a very dark Make that green, which I've taken to be some plan$ which covers the ground

"

green. Now only I chlorophyll,he giving way a - I d_k it I ... could recogn:.ze anything abnorm_ was not from one patch to another, not the colo: "s from one patch to another, hut the: variation of colors within a pat_:h. '_ variations were linear • or the_ is with sharp boundaries. I would assume they were manmade If they were perfectly random ... d scoloration or spotty, then I would have reasont to suspect that nature 'ould be the cause and perhaps infe tation. In the dark green plots did notice ... that in a few inc dents. The dark green gave way to boundaries very ra_ged - edged either lighter green,

.= :_ _ ___ _.

-.

_ 3_3 23 _9 46 SPT

almost a yel_ow, or - or almost an orange. I s_w that in two plots in particular And on the p_ots I could not see any infestation or any particular

:'_i_: _h_:"_!

'

, ! _>_i_: _

_

i

_

_

. ii:_ _

i

"

Dump Tape

353-07/D-3_0

1
;i ii ,4 i_. _._ _ " i : t _

.........................
No-or ezrrere_ee ag _-F_-_ug-in three or four of those green ones maybethree cf them I was able to see a type of discoloration. One them was a ki _ of light orange and o_e was _ yellowish green. I think this p rticulam type of observations really demands that the observer _ave a good feel for what he's i_ ¢ing at, and not having looked at th_ 3 area, either photographs or pr_ wiously with an eye toward the t_pe of agriculture and these paztie,_1-r problems, that being what is nor_l, it's h_rd to spot the abnor-_l _ The only way I could do it is the _ which I have Just mentioned. / 353 23 50 40 353 23 53 00 SPT SPT SPT out. i _ "_ ,'S _.n

iI

_

i '

i 'j, i _ i

_

. % ..... :

SPT at 23:52.; Handheld photo i_9-3 with a note _o - to the previous I did use bl_ _culars. Out.

-_

'_

END

O]

TAPE

-2

"l t
d

'

i

'
4!'_ :

,!
2

_2

_

Dump Tape 354-01/D-341 Time: 354:03:17 to 354:04:21 12/20/73 Page 1 of 2

GMT

354 03 18 O0

SPT

SPT at 03:18. M133. Had to break out a new sleep cap tonight and inject quite a hit of Electrolyte into the dry electrodes. I now have one tube of Electrolyte left, plus with 5 centimeters. another one

SPT 354 Oh lh hl SPT

SPT out. SP2 at 04:15 debriefing the last ATM pass of the day. Scheduled observations went as planned. The observation time was used for looking hack at region zero zero. The 823 slit was put on the straight plage. Oxygen count on the 55 detector was between 35 and 50 thousand, the brightest in H-alpha and the brightest I could find in oxygen VI. The brightest point was a little bit limbward of the brightest in H-alpha At this position, 55 received 3 truncated MIRROR AUTO RASTERS which covered ... 823 received a WAVELENGTH SHORT. Exposur time was one-quarter sequence. And 56 received a - first of all, a PATROL SHORT, and then a SINGLE FRAME FILTER h; about 6 minutes. To make a conclusion of that running, the sllt was moved down about i00 are seconds, so that it was essentially in syne over the radius, hut away from the plage; and a comparative background ..., WAVELENGTH SHORT. Exposure time was one-quarter. And I got on J0P 7 at the end of 55 and slightly pointed the active region in a MIRROR LINE SCAN.

354 04 15 45

SPT

354 04 16 21

SPT

SPT

SPT out.

Dump Tape 354-01/D-341 Page 2 of 2

354 04 18 38

SPT

SPT at 04:19, ... a Delta 14, housekeeping 14G. Concentration, h parts per million. $PT out.

SPT

END OF TAPE

_

Dump Tape 354-02 Time: 35h:14:24 12-20-73 Page 1 of 7

__ to 354:15:20 _T

354 lh 24 59

PLT

This is the PLT. The time is 14:25. SAL, door is unlocked and open. Rotation is 33h7; tilt is 15.1; star field 801; 270/90/30 widened. Mirror is - has been extended. I guess that o_gbt to really be the other way. Film hatch is golmg to open. And there is no crew disturbance. Okay, Jet, we're starting an S019, Just for your information. (Laughter) 0kay, 26 getting ready to come up. We're on 334 point - well, I'Ii get the flashlight out and verify that thing .... We can't read the units. Yep, 334.7, 15.1. And we're reac_ to go. Stand by. 15 seconds. MARK. Plate number 35, field 801' rotation 334.7, tilt 15.1, 270 widened inprogress. Is anybody using ... recording?

354 lh 27 00 j

PLT

SPT PLT

Yes, l'm doing S019, Ed. Let's see, l've got - if you can squeez something in in 3 minutes, gO ahead and talk. Hey, Bill. Yes? ... Can you - well occasionally. of 8019. there are 3-minute period I'm right in the middle

SPT PLT SPT PLT

PLT

Stand by, coming up 100%. Change my habit patern here, I'ii go to CARBIAGE RETRACTED so I don'Z screw up like I did yesterday. On my mark. Looks llke it's going to be about 3 and 1/2 minutes, maybe 4 and i/2. MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, and now we go to - for a 90. Okay, it's 90 widened.

354 14 30 B7

PLT

k_

Dump Tape 354-02 Page 2 of 7

354 14 30 51

PLT

MARK. Okay, I went to SLIDE RETRAuI_D and then back to open. We're on frame 36. Rotation is 3347. Tilt is 15.1. In the middle of a 90-second widened exposure on field 801. Stand by on my mark for 100%. MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTWD. Okay, setting for 30 seconds. Cranking the handle over. Okay, I'm going to SLIDE P_'±'KACTED. STOWAGE. Okay now, stand by. MARK. Okay starting the exposure. Okay, there's 30-second widened 80, 90, stand by.

PLT 354 lh 32 03 PLT

354 14 32 19

PLT

354 14 32 47

PLT

MARK. CARRIAGE RETRAC_I'_IO. And the next one is going to be 018 rotation Hum. 018.0 and 24.2; field 605; 270 widened. And we want to start this at 14:34 coming up. 270 is selected. SLIDE RETRACTED. Ready to go. Staud by on my mark. MARK. Okay. Frame at 14:h0. Rotation Rotation is 018.0; 605; 270 widened. number 38. Started is - excuse me 14:34 tilt is 24.2; field is

354 lh 34 02

PLT

-

354 14 37 20 354 lh 37 37

PLT PLT

Stand by

on my mark,

coming

up 100%.

MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RA"_ACT_D and setting 90 seconds in. Going to widen Knob, minus ... and SLIDE R_t_CTED. Ready, let here go. It's going to be a 90 second widened. STand by. MARK. Okay. Frame 39. 90 seconds widened on field 605. Rotation 018.0. Tilt is 24.2. Mark through that line so I don't do that one again. Hey, well Join the club, I - I still have 1 ATM pass yesterdsy I haven't debriefed. Stand by. Stand by.

354 14 37 57

PLT

354 14 39 ll

PLT

MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, I want 192.7. 192.7, 06.3. 06.3, 192.7. 06.3, field 303. 14:40, stand by.

Dump Tape r-_ Page

354-02

3 of 7

354 14 40 01

PLT

MARK. Frame n_nber 40. Ahhh. Here we go. 270 widened. I hit that pretty hard; there may be sc_e Jiggles in the first part of this field 303. Okay. 192.7 and 006.3, and I barely got that one started on time. Frame number 040. And I'll draw a _A_k through that one. That wasn't the smoothest operation I ever executed on that one. I say I think you'll probably find some squiggles in the first part of that spectra. This was field 303, and that was me not the spacecraft motion.

PLT 354 14 43 i0 PLT

Next

one ... 198.

(Whistling)

Okay, there's 90%. Mark 90%. This next one is going to be field 302. Okay, stand by for m_r _-_k 100%. MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACT_u. Okay. Unlocked. 198.8, 15.6, 270 widened. And I want to startthis one at 45 which is cnm_ugup in about 45 seconds. 199.8 15.6, field 302. It'll be frame number 41 when I put it in position. Okay, I'm going to SLIDE P_'I'I_ACTed now. STOWAGE. Okay, Okay, 270 .... the widening Just a little and hold it there til it's on the other side of 0. Stand by 15 seconds. Stand by. MARK. Plate number - Frame number 41; field 302; 181.8 rotation; tilt is 15.6; 270 widened. All right, let's continue 80 percent 90 percent Stand by. MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Going to 90. Turning knob. And stand by. SLIDE RETRACTED, Mirror's retracted. STOWAGE released. along.

354 14 43 40 •

PLT

PLT 354 14 45 02 PLT

PLT PLT PLT PLT 354 14 49 13 PLT

D_np Tape 354-02 Page 4 of 7

354 14 49 29

PLT

MARK. Okay. Frame 42. 90-second widened, field 302; rotation 199.8; tilt 15.6, and that was started about h4:30. No, that's not right. 49:30. Okay. Next will he a 30-second.

PLT PLT PLT 354 14 50 47 PLT

80 percent. 90, stand by. MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. 30-seconds. A twist of the know. SLIDE RETRACTED. STOWAGE. 30-seconds is set. Stand by. MARK. Okay. Frame 43. 30-second widened; field 302; 198.8; ... 15.6 on a tilt is verified. Stand by, we're at at 50 percent. 70. 80. 90. Stand by.

354 14 51 00

PLT

PLT 354 14 51 27 PLT

MARK. CARRIAGE R_I'I_ACT_D. Okay, now I want 193.2. 193.2 and 17.9. And I've got to get my flashlight out and check that left one. Man, don't give you eno,,v_ light, you can't tell. I got 193.2. Okay, I want to start this at 52, and I'm late. Okay, there's SLIDE R_'I'_AC'±'aD. I want 270 widened. Stand by on my mark. MARK. Okay, this is frame 44. I'm into it about 15-seconds late. Rotation is 193.2; tilt is 17.9; field 318. I should be able to pick up a little time in between these second two, because that requires very little time. Sunrise at 15:01, Good morning, Skylah, Houston with the ATM conference and we'll be dumping the data/ voice recorder here. Over. Bill, perhaps you ought not do that. Bill's right in the middle of an S019 and usingthe recorder all the way through. Unless you you want to see that data.

354 14 52 14

PLT

35h 14 53 15

MCC

CDR

r

Dump Tape 35h-02 Page 5 of 7

MCC

Okay, we'll hold that. And getting in here to the ATM conference, on this XUV MON downling came down last night, We noticed a bright region that was totally unexpected to us. ... rotation, ... 0kay, ... SAL door. ... Okay, terminate recording. Turn off ... tilt ... close SAL door ...

PLT MCC PLT MCC PLT CC 354 14 54 07 354 15 09 42 , PLT SPT

SPT at 15:08 debriefing the first ATM pass of the day. Scheduled observations went as planned, l've given m_, discussion of the displays on the downlink. I've not had a chance to look at them since then. Bill's on the panel now. At the conclusion of the scheduled observation time,in the observing time, which amounted to around ii minutes left ...... to over and look at the active region O0 and I thought that we had a pretty prnm_nent sunspot there, and we had Just been looking at MIRROR AUTO RAS'I'_I_s during the night .... and I tried to get some spectra associated with the spot. And a quick StUvey with oxygenVI showed - with a roll of minus 2028 and UP/DOWN of minus 72 and a LEFT/ RIGHT of minus 392. I was able to locate a saddle point in intensity in oxygenVI. ... around the spot was around roughly 200_ above and below the spot - let's say plus or minus 40 arc seconds, very low, say approximately 20, although fluctuating quite a bit. On either side, there was plage, quite point bl-n_ to the left, 2000 or 3000 at least, and 13,000

Dump Tape 354-02 Page 6 of 7

on the right. So, I had a little saddle point there, and I thought it was going to be good, at least and in oxygen VI, it was a saddle point. I thought that was a good location. I tried to give 82B a spectra on the ... light intensity above the spot. So at that pointing location, I gave 56 a CONTROL SHORT, 55 a MIRROR, AUTO RAS'I'_I_ down to line 14, 354 15 12 01 SPT And 82B, a sequence of WAVE.LF.NGTH SHORT, TIMES 1/4. I then moved down - straight down about 40 arc seconds, stepped the MIRROR back up 8 steps, and started the GRATING AUTO SCAN which I 'm certain I did not finish, upper 400 K. Then I gave 82B a WAV_W.RNGTH SHORT, SEQUENCE of 3 with the ... in spectra. And I think it was it was pretty much off the ... of high intensity ... oxygen VI, and also on the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY on the tip of the SLIT showed to be Just touching the penumbra on the spot. Unfortunately, I wrote down 40 arc seconds, and once I started taking data, I looked back and it had gotten to 42. Probably was an overshoot, which I was exposing too fast to wait for it to settle out. So on e GRATING AUTO SCAN we are not exactly up at the same 5 arc-second box which I hoped we would delineate or define will in the MIRROR AUTO RAS'A'_I_. The radii are 2 seconds off on that. That was again at GRATING OFF SCAN was not aligned to 354 15 13 37 SPT SPT, out.

TIME

SKIP

354 15 17 18

SPT

SPT at 15:17. Information for M151 run on M092 on the CDR. Beginning began at 15 :50.

Dump Tape 354-02 Page 7 of 7

354 15 17 33 354 15 19 25

SPT CDR

SPT, out. This is the CDR at 15:15 terminate charge battery M509 and initiate charge battery 7 M509. CDR, out. Zulu; 6 on on

354 15 19 3h

CDR

_ID OF TAPE

&

Dump Tape 35_-03 Time: 354:12:33 12120/73 Page 1 of 6

to 354:17:00

GMT

354 12 33 13

SPT

SPT at 12:33. M133 log. Day 35h. 8.2; quality, poor. Remarks i, 2 and 4. SPT out. PRD readings: h5429, 23251, 38--

35h 12 33 25 354 12 33 4h

SPT SPT

TIME

SKIP

352 15 34 53

SPT

SPT at 15:35. CDR, left leg 13.0, right leg 13.25; left legband Charlie Juliett, right Delta X-ray. SPT out.

35h 15 35 09

SPT

TIME

SKIP

354 16 00 35

PLT

PLT debriefing the ATMpass carried at 15:21. The first J0P i Delta, step l, building block 28 was preformed as prescribed with the exception that I may have had the MAR position incorrectly. The instructions in the J0P 1 Delta are only referenced for MIRROR LINE SCAN ... Also, there was what I think is a extraneous entry and they set up for - for the building block 28 and that is, that next three steps off limb. And I don't see how that is really pertinent to a 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER, 13 line re - repetition scan. Perhaps it is, but I looked at that and I stepped off 3 steps, thinking I was setting everything up. I did that at the position of - I suppose it was line 25 instead of the slit center. And I didn't notice that until I after I'd started my MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And it's

f_

Dump Tape 354-03 Page 2 of 6

very confusing, and I think it would be simpler if it was indicated to if you're going to ... 82B. If what - if - my concern is Justified, then you ought to mske it pointing the - either the center of the H-Alpha 1 the H-Alphs 1 horixontal line or H-Alpha 2 horizontal reticle line to the - to the limb so that the 13 line scan of the MIRROR AUTO RASTk_ - 13 lines of the MIRROR AUTO RASTER covers the areas that you want. Now if it's not critical, fine, and everything is all right. About half - way through here, it suddenly dawned on me that I had gone through that thing mechanically on the 3 step bit, counted the 3 steps off the limb had nothing to do necessarily with the 55 13 line raster unless it was essential to do that for setting up pointing, setting up after you had used either one of the H-Alphas to point the pertinent part of the MIRROR AUTO RASTER pattern, the area of interest. I haven't said that too well but any way, I was confused with that. Everything else was nominal. I took a quick look and repointed the active region, let's see, where's the active region that's so hot right now. 25 and point 4 may be the one, make it 01 is the one. It's time I look at it after the JOP and actual observing time and did not appear to - to be particularly active even in the XUV MON. I did not ...... 354 16 03 29 354 16 12 14 PLT SPT PLT out. SPT at 16:12. start of 171. Out. MI51, conclusion of M092,

f_

354 16 12 20
F

SPT

TIME SKIP

f_

Dump Tape 354-03 Page 3 of 6

354 16 34 37

SPT

SPT at a 20[?]:34. With a message for FAOs and anyone else who gets involved in flight planning. Okay, this morning on paper our schedule looked fairly straight forward and relatively easy, met all the guide lines and Just looked as though you could zing right through it. Let me tell you blow by blow where things go awry Number i: after my first ATM pass for the day, SO19 was going, did not use the tape recorder for the debriefing. So I recorded what I could on paper so I would not forget the details to be recorded later by voice. After the ATM debrief, I had 13 minutes before the - after _rriting it down, I had 15 minutes before the ATM conference. I camewhistling downbut I had to wrest - had to pull Jerry away from his work. We had l0 minutes at that point and concluded we had insufficient time to do the mass volume measurement. Not enough time for me to get my drawers off and pull out the tape measure. So that was not accomplished.

354 16 35 28

SPT

f

354 16 36 06

SPT

At that point the ATM conference was coming up. And we had our $233 going on, all coming up in the MDA at the same time as the conference. Just then all the lights had to be out. So at thatpoint I had to go up to the ATM, get any paper work [?] I needed for the conference, which included a couple of photos, a couple of notes I had made, the ATM schedule, bring all that down to the wardroom. Okay, at that point, I still had a urine drawer which was not empty, not changed, yeah. After the ATM conference I went and took all of the materials back up to the panel, debriefed the previous ATM pass at - of 15:07, then had to work around Billwho was at the panel.

Dump Tape 354-03 Page 4 of 6

354 16 37 12

SPT

Okay, the ATM started - the net result of that was that we started M092/ 171 50 minutes late, and the only way I got the urine drawer changed out was in 2 or 3 minutes first, while I - we're trying to run M092. And that's no way to do business. So you see we got all kinds of constraints that come in to the operation up here which on papers don't show up quite as clearly. This seems to happen *** considerably. I know you've got a tough Job, with tracking down all extremes - these certainly are a lot of them. But I think from our side what we're trying to do in this total operation is to come back with some quality data. And I personally and I'm speaking from a personal standpoint, it's prob - probably past the time since we've been up here to be nothing but a 3B-day fire drill. Right now we've been chasing quantity rather than quality, making so ... building ... rather than being concerned with the quality of the data. I think if we're ever going to bring back quality data, it's going to have to be done in a long duration mission. If we don't have time to do things right the first time, when are we ever going to find time to do them right the second time. If we can't do it right in a 85-day mission, we don't have time to emphasize quality, when the heck will we ever do it. So I plan from here on to take the time that it takes, regardless of what happens, it gets pushed off till the end of the day, in order to do the Job right that's in front of me. In 85 days, we ought to be able to find time to do the Job correctly. And that's what I plan to do. Now we'll look a little further ahead in today's schedule, to give you an

F

"4

Dump Tape 354-03 Page 5 of 6

example of what might happen. Matter of fact, I could suggest two. Got a TV 77. One hour allowed for it. 354 16 39 27 SPT It takes about one hour to set up the TV, and to Just get the verbal description, knowing what you want to do and knowing what you want to say. At this point means putting on that mike cold, that amounts to essentially a lecture of 15 to 20 minutes. You've got to know what you're tailing about, have everything prepared, have some good thoughts in mind and have thought about how you want to present it so it's understandable to the general public. In i hour, it cannot be done. End result is, I'm going to go as far as I can on that thing in 1 hour and if no TV gets down, so be it; we're going to come down with the best Job we possibly can do when it comes down. It's going to come down right, rather than on time. The note about waking up the BT at the 2 :45 minute segment. To me that 's a gross misuse of time. Problem means if it takes 40 minutes for me to get on the bicycle ergometer, and once I get on the bike and start pedaling until the time I get off. It takes a minimum of 5 minutes pres s to get on there. It takes 45 minutes right there. The net result is, as soon as you hop off the bicycle ergometer, there you are. Your heart rate going, at 120, you got a good sweat, your grimey and you're dirty and now you're suppose to go on to your next pad. No way. The only thing you should be doing at that point is completing your exercise protocol, so you don't have to

354 16 39 35

SPT

_"

35h 16 39 56

SPT

35_ 16 40 25

SPT

354 16 40 53

SPT

_ _. m

Dump Tape 354-03 Page 6 of 6

to go ... that whole rlgmarde twice. As far as I'm concerned, when you break it up into 45 minutes segments, all you're doing is doubling the amount of cleanup time associated with exercise that day. 354 16 41 21 SPT You Just cost us work time out of anything else that can be done. I don't think that's 354 16 41 21 354 16 59 03 SPT SPT a very prudent way to go at all.

SPT out. SPT at 16:58. M171 run concluded. this message for the M151 people. data as follows: CAL N2H20 , 1246; And M151

CAL N2, 02, C02, 1162; CABIN AIR PRESSURE, 4.975;

f

CABIN

AIR PRECENT PERCENT 5.154, CABIN

02, 74.49; C02, 1.94;

and then 02, VITAL PERCENT 02,

H20, 2.93; CAPACITY, 73.43.

4.930,

5.070.

AIR, PERCENT C02, 2.02.

H20 is 3.90, The CABIN AIR

and the PERCENT PERCENT 354 17 00 08 SPT

02 I gave was

73.43.

SPT out.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 354-0h Time: 354:16:00 12/20/73 Page 1 of 5

to 354:16:42 ........

35h 16 00 34

PLT

PLT, debriefing the ATMpass started at 15:21. First JOP i Delta, step i, b building block 28, was performed as prescribed, with the exception that I may have had the MAR positioned incorrectly. The instructions in the JOP i Delta _are only referenced for MIRROR LINE SCANs that appear. Also that was what I think is an extraneous entry in the setup for - for the building bl_ck 28. And that is the next three steps Off limb, and I don't see how that is really pertinent to a 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER, 13-line re - repetitious scan. Perhaps it is, but I looked at that and stepped off three steps, thinking I was setting everything up. I did that at the position - I suppose it was line 25, insteadof the slit center. And I didn't notice that until after I started my MIRROR AUTO RASTERS. And it is very confusing. I think it would be simpler if it was indicated to - if you were trying to set 82B - if - what - if my concern is Justified, then you ought to mention pointing the - either the center of the H-_ 1 - the H-ALPHA l, horziontal line, or the H-AI_HA 2 horizontal reticle line to the _ to the limb, so that the 13 line scan of the MIRROR AUTO RASTER - 13 lines of MIRROR AUTO RASTER covers the areas that you want.

354 16 01 23

PLT

f

354 16 02 16 PLT

Now if it is not crital, fine. Then, everything is all right. When I was about half way through it suddenly dawned on me that I had gone that thing mechanically on the three step bit and that the three steps off the limb had nothing to do, necessarly, with the 55 13-line raster, unless it was essential to do that for setting up - pointing at - a - setting after you had used either one of the up

Dump Tape 354-0_ Page 2 of 5

H-ALPHAS to point the pertinent of the - the MIRROR AUTO RASTER at the area of interest. 354 16 02 52 PLT

part pattern

I haven't said that too well, but, anyway, I was confused with that. Everything else was nominal. I took a quick look and then and repointed the active region, let's see, what is the active region that's so hot right now? 25 at point 4, may be the one. I think it's 01 is the one that's hot. Then i looked at it after the JOP and after the observing time and did not appear to - to be particularly active, even in the XUV mon. I did not look at the corona.

35_ 16 03 29 35_ 16 34 36 f-

PLT SPT

PLT out. SPT at 20:34 [sic], with a message for

FAOs, or anyoneelse who gets involved in flightplanning. Okay,this morning on paper the schedule looked fairly straight forward and relatively easy; met all the guidelines and Just looked as though you could zing right through it. Let me _ell you, blow by blow, were things go a_y. Number l: after my first ATM pa_s of the day, S019 was going. Could not us_ the tape recorder for the debriefing, _o I recorded what I could on paper, so I would not forget the details to be recorded later by voice. 354 16 35 29 PLT After the AT_ debrief, I had 13 minutes before the - after writing it down, I had 13 minutes before the ATM conference. I came whistling down to the OWS, pulled Jerry away from his work; we attempted it at that point and concluded we had insufficient time to do the limb volume measurements. About enough time for me to get my drawers off and pull out the tape measures. So that was not accomplished. At that point the ATM conference was coming

m_

Dump Tape 354-04 Page 3 of 5

up, and we had our $233 going on, or coming up in the MDA at the same time as the conference, Just when all the lights had to be out. So at that polnt, I had to the ATM, get any paper work I needed for the conference which included a couple of photos, a couple of notes I had made, the ATM schedule, bring all that down to wardroom. 354 16 36 35 PLT At that point I still had a urine drawer which was not emptied, not changed out. After the ATM conference, I went and took all the material back up to the panel, debriefed the previous ATM pass at about 15:07. And I had to work around Bill, who was at the panel. Okay, then - we then started.; The net result of that was that we started M092-171, 15 minutes late. And the only way I got the urine drawer change out was in 2 or 3 minute spurts while I was trying to run M092, and that's no way to do business. So you see, we've got all kinds of constraints to come into the operation up here, which on paper don't show up quiet as clearly. This seems to happen continuously. I know you got a tough Job with tracking down all the constraints ; there certainly are a lot of them. But I think from our side, what we're trying to do in this total operation is to come back with some quality data. And I personally, speaking from a personal standpoint, have found - found these past - the time since we've been up here to be nothing but about a 33 day fire drill. I've found we've been chasing quanity, rather than quality. mean filling quot - fillin blocks, rather than being concerned with the quality of the data. I

/_

354 16 37 48

SPT

Dump Tape 354-0i+_• Page 4 of 5

354 16 38 20

SPT

I think if we are ever going to bring back quality data, it's going to have to be done in a long duration mission. If we don't have time to do things right the first time, when are we ever going to find time to do them right the second time? If you can't do it right in an 85 day mission, if we don't have time to emphasize quality, when in the heck do we ever do it? And I plan from here on to take the time that it takes, regardless of what happens, or gets pushed off at the end of the day, in order to do the Job right, as it breaks in front of me. With the 85 days, we ought to be able to find time to do the Jobs correctly. And that's what I plan to do. Now, we'll look a little further ahead in today'sschedule.Giveyou an example of what went in, matter of fact, I could predict. Got a TV77, one hour allowed for it. Takes about one hour to set up the TV and to Just get the verbal description. Knowing what you want to do and knowing what you want to say. At this point, being turned on that project cold, that amounts to essentilly to 20minutes.

354 16 39 00

SPT

354 16 39 _5

SPT

You've got to know what you are talking about, have everything prepared, have some good thoughts in mind, and have thought about how you want to present it so it's understandable to the public. In one hour it cannot be done. That result is I'm going to go as far as I can on that thing in one hour, and if no TV gets down, so be it. I am going to come down with the best Job I possibly can do when it comes down. It's gonna come down right, rather than on time. A note about breaking up the PT into two _5-minutes segments.

Dump Tape 35h-0_ " Page 5 of 5

35h 16 40 21

SPT

To me that's a gross minuse of time. The problem being that it takes 40 minutes for me to get on the bicycle ergometer. Then once I get on the bike and start peddling, it's time I get off. It takes a minimum of 5 minutes prep to get on there. It takes 45 minutes, right there. The net result is as soon as you hop off the bicycle ergometer, there you are. Your heart rate going at 120. You've got a good sweat, you're grimy and you're dirty. So, now you're suppose to go on to your next task. No way. The only thing you should be doing at that point is completing your exercise protocol, so you don't have to go do that whole rigamarole twice.

354 16 41 01

SPT

As far as I'm concerned, when you break up into two h5-minute segments, all you're doing is doubling the amount of clean-up time associated with exercise that day. And you're Just chopping more time out of anything else that can be done. I don't think that's a very prudent way to go at all.

354 16 41 20

SPT

SPT out.

F-_

Dump Tape 354-05 Time: 354:14:54 12-20-J3 Page I of 4

to 354:15:01

GMT

354 14 54 13 .,_ _

SPT

Okay, Bill, let me ask you what is the location of active region 2? I'm not up in the ATM but ...

MCC

Okay. Roger, Ed. I could Just barely hear you ... but active region 2 is on the disk now. We can see it on our H-alpha and it looks like it's at about 0.9 radius at about 260, and we're t-1_inE.a_out a limb brightness that's well behind that, actually beyond the llmb.

.... . _

i_ SPT _ .i '_ _

Okay,

and looking

at the pictures,

it's

.......... " _. 354 14 55 17 MCC

tough to tell whether that is not re=11y Just an extension of active region 2. I cannot discern two separate brightenings. Now if I go on up and integrate for a short period of time I may be able to give you a look _t that on the TV downlind, which I Just sent down, I gave you some fairly short integrations ... Okay, we didn't have those in yet. We were looEing at last night's and there a d2finite breaE between the 02 brightening and this brightening behind the llmb. And another question you might look at when you get up there, is whether this c_-_eeted with any coronal features. Okay, a couple more words here on active region double zero. Since our update this morning, we had two more subfaint, very _-II, and they're in the very bright region south of the leader. NOAA guesses that possibly within 2h hours this thing may Just do something spectacular for us, on the order of an M-3 or M-4, and a@_n that's a guess and maybe it's -354 14 55 58 PLT Stand by on my mA_k, the termination of the first 270 widened on field 318.

<_'_ • • _ _ •

..... ' s

Dump Tape 354-05 Page 2 of

HCC " _ 354 14 56 15 PLT MCC

- - two or three

subfaints

that we ... Possible

had and spread along the sequence of events - Stand by.

- - C-l's and C-2's increasing activity in that region and then ... into the big one. The long X-rays, from 8 to 20 angstroms - -

. _, .. 354 14 56 25 PLT

MARK. CARRIAGE RETRAC"I'_D. Get that widened next as normally you would. Slide's RETRAcI'ED. Stand by-

._ _ 35_ 14 56 38

MCC

- - a similar apparently

case in SL-3 - -

preceeded

PLT

_!_ '_ MCC

MARK. Okay, that's frame number 45, unwidened, field 318. I've got to watch for a mark. 193.2 and 17.90. - - the way NOAA draws it, you've got a big leader spot and a spot behind the leader spot. The spot behind the leader spot, they're saying, is opposite polarity and that there is a little protoo protrusion of that following polarity that Just up to grab that following spot. There's a very bring kernel that is south of the leader spot and a little bit to the east. That's the area that the activity has been going on in mad you might keep your eye on that today with the observations on 00.

_

. . ' _:' ;" _ 354 14 57 38 MCC

Okay. Sounds good. And NOAA ia saying that the entire region there is - looks to them like a beta g,mma configuration, indicating mixed polarities and very tight gradients. 0_ay. here. We've Today's got another plan, the

,

_,,.

5 minutes

Dm_p Tape 351*-05 Page 3 of h

' °

82B filler you Just did, re-.lly filled the J0P 24 square. We're to get a 82 Alfa picture - PLT Looks like I may be about 4 seconds short on this, Karl. - - double zero, and obviously

trying

354 14 58 03 _'"

MCC PLT

- -

A minute and a half into it, and I got some less than 3 minutes that's

- -

MCC _:

- - S055. MECH REF 104 is now the same as OPTICAL It_FE4_ENCE, all balls. That's future a change frc_ 102. it's 104 and that's studies In the based on

some engineering have done here. SPT 354 14 58 44 _K_C ...

that they

Okay, good. And there's not too much we'll be expecting to come around the east limb with the possible exception of this brightening that we noticed. So there's not

, _: 354 14 58 55 PLT MCC

much to warn you about whatyoumight Okay. Now. Okay.

there.

Wonder

- - primarily east/west through there couple north/south ... bright region. Okay .... i minute to go in ds_light. Terminate in darkness before daylight. And I'll cut it 5 seconds short at 15:01 Just to be on the safe side. Continuous _ minutes. You're going to be 260 seconds on this one, Karl. Okay, i0 seconds to go. Stand by MARK. CARRLAGE _ay, P_'A'_A_I'_D very now. ROTATION

...

SPT _. '_, -_". . _ .. 354 15 00 00 PLT

354 15 00 35

PLT

354 15 O0 56 ,.j

PLT

carefb,]]y.

-

.L

Tape 3514-05

page oe h
zero, zero, rather TILT to zero, zero. ROTATION, zero, zero. Okay, zero, zero. Retracting the MIRROR. Okay. We ended up frame h5 is sitting there. I'm in CARRIAGE R_qi'ItAb'l '_-''. 35h 15 01 h5 PLT Okay, I did exact - -

_

_. " '

_2_UOF TAPE

h

Dump Tape 354-06 Time: 354:17:38 to 354:19:19 12/20/73 Page i of 7

354 17 38 28 354 17 38 35

PL'r PLT

... for 90.

All right, RETRACTED it.

On my MARK. This is the initiation of 90 second widened. And that's frame number 047 on the 90-second widened, on field 614. 50 percent, okay, now. Now the next one I want 015.5. Standby. MARK. 015.5. Oh, doggone those numbers. ... take my flashlight out to verify it and read it in i0 seconds. Yep, I had it. Okay, 27 lead. Stand by on my mark. MARK. Starting a 270 widened, and I'm about 15 seconds late on that. Star field 612. Frame 048. On 270 widened. And my ROTATION 015.5. My TILT is 21.4. Okay, coming up on termination of 270 widened on star field 612. Terminating on my mark. MARK. Okay, now we want 196. 199, 198, 196. And we want 01.3. 270 widened. Stand by. MARK. And, we're 4 seconds late. Okay, 270 widened on star field 279. I got 198.6 on the ROTATION TILT is 01.3. Frame number 49. Okay, coming up on 90 percent on the 270 widened on the - on star field view 279. Stand by. Okay, terminate on my mark.

354 17 39 50

PLT

354 17 40 16

PLT

354 17 44 16

PLT

354 17 44 30

PLT

4 17 45 08

PLT

354 17 49 20

PLT

MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, now next one I want ROTATION 2 through 3. 2 through 3. There we go and 01.2. And I want 270. And I'm coming up on my time. Stand by. MARK. Frame number 50. Okay we're starting a 270 widened on star field 273. ROTATION 203.3. TILT 01.2. And again that's frame number 50. Okay coming up on 90 percent, 270 widened on field 273. Okay, stand by.

354 17 50 03

PLT

354 17 53 20

PLT

Dump Tape 354-06 Page 2 of 7

354 17 53 18

PLT

MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, 191. 90 seconds on the same one. Okay, SLIDE RETRACTOR, STOWAGE .... 3 to 0. MARK. Frame 51. Star field view 273, ROTATION 203.3, TILT 01.2. 90-second widened. Okay, next we go at 197.4 and 23.0. Okay, stand by time to 90-percent. Stand by. MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, now we want 197.4. Very good it. And you want 23.0. 23.0. And I want 270 widened. SLIDE RETRACTED, STOWAGE. l'm coming up on the glit. Okay, I'ii get 56 exactly. MARK. Starting 270 widened on star field 313 and frame number 52. Okay, coming through about 93 percent. Ending the 270 widened on field 213. Frame number 52. Stand by on my mark. MARK. Okay, same for 90, turn the knob Okay, it's INSLIDE RETRACTED. Now, let me see, there we go. Frame 53. 90 second widened on field 313. Skylab, Houston, .... Okay, getting 1902 which is not - - Stand by on my mark for i00. MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED 90 percent, SLIDE RETRACTED, STOWAGE. Got 90 set. Okay, we're ready, all right. OPt. Frame number 55, star field 253, ROTATION 216.2. TILT 14.4, a 90 second widened. And l'm coming up on 180750. And the limit. And it looks like we're going to be in good shape. This sure is a hustle. Now I think I could make it a comfortably if it weren't for the - the little twirl on the rotation - indication. Coming up on 18:07. And it lookslike we're goingto finishit in good order.

354 17 54 G4

PLT

354 17 55 18

PLT

354 17 56 03

_LT

/

PLT

354 18 00 07

FLT

CC

354 18 01 56

ELT

354 18 06 30

PLT

354 18 07 24

°LT

MARK. In to a CARRIAGE RETRACTED. we go. TILT going to zero.

There

/-

Dump

Tape 354-06 Page 3 of 7

PLT

Locked. ROTATION running zero. Locked ... again. Okay, and let's see, I'm going to go ahead and clean up the SAL here.

TIME

SKIP

354 18 53 42

PLT

PLT time is 12, make it 18:54. Report on handheld observations, no photographs of the Falkland Current, the ... Falkland Current, the south equatorial current, amplifying on what Jerry said yesterday. I did not take any pictures. The south equatorial current seems to rise out from out of no place, where that Falkland Current is - is on the surface. And you can see it all the way down to the - almost the Falkcan Islands, where it splits apart or actually I guess it comes together from the south, from from around both sides of the island heading northeastward and northward.

354 18 54 Ol

PLT

354 18 54 26

PLT

I'd say about i00 to 150 miles north of Montevideo out in the water, that is, northeast - make it northeast .... The there appears all of a sudden, fairly sharply defined, a Forel scale 7 to 8 which is the south equatorial current.

354 18 54 43

PLT

And it's really wide there, it doesn't there does not appear to - come up from the below and then appear on the surface in a sort of a finely defined line. Just sort of all of a sudden appears at a rather large area heading southward. And it combines with the Falkland current and they both flow east southeast. And it maintains its surfact texture - for looks like about 150, maybe 200 miles, actually I couldn't really see it but it didn'tlook like it was nearlyplain as it was before. Also there appear to be side eddies circulating and so forth that tend

354 18 55 05

_LT

"-

Dump

Tape

354-06

Page 4 of"7

to bend around and come back. is out to the southeast. 354 18 55 28 PLT

That

I did not see any curling around to the north. I'm talking now about that - the condluenee of the two when they combing - they go out there and there seem to be side branches - sweep around and loop back. Okay, now one other feature hat Rio Blanco let's see it that's the name of it. Let's put it this way. The - about 250 miles south of Buenos Aires, there is a huge area of smoke contamination. And combined with it there now is a ... nimbus buildup. The smoke covers an area - I'd say on the gland at least a lO0 miles in fliameter and the smoke can be seen out to sea 4 to 500 miles.

354 18 56 24

FLT

This is a tan, a sort of a dark tan, colored smoke and it's billowing well up, I mean it is not thin. It is very heavy. I don't know what is is, but it looks like an extremely large area under fire or it could be dust. However, I just can't imagaine local concentration of dust like that without some evidence of strong wind blowing, and there did not seem to be the wind blowing. In other words, it is these queves billowing straight up in the atmosphere, so anyway we're going to take a look on the next pass and looks like a very interesting picture to examine. I couldn't get the camera fast enough to get a picture .... popping up in the middle ....

354 18 56 40

PI_

354 18 57 04

PLT

_

And one other thing and that is to the off of Rio De Janirio - out in the Atl_mtic there - what appears to be a a head of the south equatorial current but it may not be - I don't know. At least another kind is a very thin narrow line - very narrow and - but it is definitely

Dump Tap_ 354-06 I'age 5 of 7

is a lighty green float - Forel scale - 8 and I'm going to try to get that again on the next pass. 354 18 57 28 PLT PLT out.

TIME CC 354 19 ii 06 SPT ...

SKIP

J

SPT at 19:11. ATM _ass began at 18:03. Building Block 2, straight forward. Then I had lots of good observing time and I thought what l'd give it at first, was to try to look for an interconnection between active region 5, and it turned out to be a very difficult Job. I was particularly interested to see if there was any acrossthe equatorbetweenactive region 99 and 1. I could Just see the very tip of it in the XUV monitor. I took the 55 and looked at grating position 1941 from magnesium X and although I could see some very faint increases above background in certain locations, I could not really detect anything definite not definite enough to warrant any further observation on it. If in looking over your data you can tell me where is the best way to look for a loop interconnection between active regions, for example, that is, close to the active region, higher in the atmosphere, ... for certain lines; I would appreciate it. I could have - I had to learn that by little fishing today, but I didn't really want to take the time to do it. Anyway I went on to active region 00. And decided to do a study of the time variations ... waxing waiting most of the day; the bright points have been coming and going in intensity. Had on a ROLL of plus 297, which pretty much put 55 MIRROR LINE SCAN

354 19 ll 48

SPT

354 19 12 39

fr

-

35_ 19 13 17

Dump Tape 354-06 Page 6 of 7

along the long axis of the active region. And also it had me prepared for a reasonable exposure on 82A if we did have a flare. I then put the 55 aperture and 82B slit across to brightest point in H-alpha which turned out to be 5 or 6 thousand or so and oxygen VI not very very bright. 354 19 14 03 SPT And I moved around a little bit that certainly was the brightest in the area. So 82B was essentially getting spectra from that brightest poing and there was certainly lots of plage running along the slit, bright points, though not uniform plage. For spatial coverage as well as time resolution I viewed the 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER down to line lh, truncated and started again and in the period of time we had available 16 of those were accomplished, So hopefully if there are any time variations you might be able to pick it out of that by subtract techniques or maybe eyeball. 354 19 14 52 SPT We got one more in and we finished up at 200 - 2 minutes and 50 seconds before h0 K or below h00 K and then a MIRROR LINE SCAN down to h0K. 82B received 2 1/2 second exposures in wavelength short, especially at 24 minutes remaining, 20, 60 12, 8, and 4. So in looking exactly at the same point, you got exposures spaced equally every 4 minutes. And if there are t_me variations - significant time variations, hope they will show up there. 354 19 15 33 SPT 56, I complete doing a series of PATROL SHORTs or not, and decided rather than do that - it gives you some single frame 4 for 6 minutes and single frame 5 for 6 minutes,cuttinga littlebit short seeing as that we're looking at a hot region on the disk was our primary

/

_--

Dump Tape 354-06 Page 7 of 7

interest, as well as the plage around it. And as for time variation it's just the very - most one of which I've started intense regions, at. At

filter 4, and I gave it exposure SHOET at ll minutes, 10, 9, 8, 640. I missed the 7, 1 at 65 and another at 4. So I'll chalk this one up to time variation; probably think of something else the next time around. 354 19 16 36 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE

z

Dump Tape 354-07 Time: 354:17:16 12/20/73 Page 1 of ii

to 354:21:27

GMT

354 17 17 19

PLT

This is the PLT. Time is 17:18. Debriefing the ATM pass started 16:40. I used the same pointing and roll that I used in the previous pass. Jop i Delta step i, building block 28 is executed normally. The filler field exposery 2A at 00 at - for 20 seconds at roll 0 for 20 seconds, WAVE SHORT was completed. Nu Z was completed. The - let's see we are in INHIBITED. Let's see, all right INHIBITED .... got the momentum dump in; INHIBIT in. Then I completed the JOP 6 step 2, building block 2. No hitches there. The corona still looks rather quiet; it's about the same as it was yesterday it's a single fairly linear si - straight - line sighted coronal ... streamer about 02:30 o'clock, solar north ath the 12:00 o'clock position. That's the same way it was yesterday. It does not have the sort of concavity in the line - the side lines of it as normally seen. They're a straight line, sort a pyramidal-like appearance- cocoon. And on the east limb you have a - what looks like a couple of pink streamers at about 09:30 and 10:00 o'clock, respectively. ... suggestions of streamers in those part, but it sort of covered with a noise on the screen. The active region 1 there still not doing anything, and 00 is not doing anything other than I'm getting 07:30 ... image peaked out around 12 now. But it doesn't make like ready to pop yet. PLT, out.

354 17 28 18

PLT

PLT. Time is coming up on 17:28:30. ... 17:34 will be the first exposure. I'm going to be intermittingly turning OFF the tape recorder. Okay ROTATION 010.1. 010.1; TILT is 21.4. Field's 614. Okay, there we are:

354 17 28 34

PLT

RLT

Film hatch going open now.

Dump Tape 354-07 Page 2 of Ii

SPT

SPT at 17:31. Observation already began, after Bill ... the panel on the ATM. He's on the one that began at 16:40. Didn't have much time, but I did 5 ... MIRROR AUTO RASTER down to line 13 would be on active region 00. Would be MIRROR LINE SCAN ALIGN parallel to the long axis of 00. So it very much covered the whole activity. Gave 2 MIRROR AUTO RASTERS before we hit hOOK .... and S056 is ... patrol short. SPT, out. Okay Ed, I'll be recording on A channel for about the next half hour. Just tell me any time you want say anything give me a call on channel B. or

35h 17 32 36

PLT

PLT

Okay, coming up on 33. Okay, rotate from 00.i to 1.4. It will be 6 - 14. Okay, first by ... ... 5017 widened. Stand

_354 17 34 01 PLT

MARK. Okay, this the start of a 270; widened, okay with 61h. Find number 4 set. ROTATION 010.i; TILT 21.4.

TI354 19 45 44 PLT

PLT

No, I haven't even started. They took the tape recorder away from us, and they gave it back. Hang in there, baby. Welcome to Skylab-3. Hey, Ed. What Jerry? ... Let me turn this thing off.

CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT

Dump Tape 354-07 Page 3 of ii

354 19 47 56

CDR CDR

... ... active region 00 Welcome to Skylab-3. And looking out one of the command module windows at the back side of the Apollow telescope mount, a series of solar telescopes which we've used to observe the Sun. And we feel so far in Skylab ... significantly advance our understanding of our primary energy source. Over the next couple of weeks we plan to turn this instrument on to something new. We're going to be looking at a comet - comet Kohouteck. The comet itself

354 19 56 31

CDR CDR

f

is a visitor, most likely from the outer regions of our solar system. A cold and lifeless chunk of matter, which when it gets close to the Sun, is heated and stressed by the Sun's gravity to where it lights up, becomes 11_m_nous in a long tail, and theyevenbreakapart. 354 19 57 50 CDR Another intriguing possibility is that it's really from outside our solar system. We may actually have a visitor from the regions betweem the stars. One thing we hope to learn. concerning comets in general, and this one in particular, is just haw was our whole solar system put together, how was it formed. What is the orgin of the Earth, the planets and the comets, which move around in very long period orbits way outside the orbit of the Earth. For the same reason, we wanted to study the Moon, we are studying a comet. That is, we hope to find just what is the orginal matter of the solar system. We call it the primordial matter. In the lunar program we got back to 2-1/2 to 3 billion years. Studying comet, we hope to go right back to 4-1/2 billion years, the orgin

s

Dump Page

Tape 354-07 4 of ii

of the solar system. One benefit of this would certainly be, how was our own Earth put together; what's its composition; what lies beneath it's surface. Knowing how it formed, we hope to determine this. The benefit of that are obvious to us all now. In studying the comet itself, we'll be asking, what is ti made of? Are they mostly atoms, hydrogen, and helium, or oxygen, and the other prime atoms used to make up most of our solar system? Are there also molecules; are there actually very complex molecules? Just how hot does the comet get, especially at the leading edge, towards the Sun? How does it change? And it effect the environment _also, how does of the Sun

itself, the corona , that region which you can see during an eclipse. The effect of the Sun on the comet an/ in turn the comet on the to Sun will produce a rare opportunity deal about both. 354 20 00 45 CDR We'll we'll learn a great

bring your view inside now, take a look at the controls

and for

the Appolo telescope mount an/ discuss each instrument in a little more detail. PLT 354 20 32 03 PLT You've got it, babe.

PLT debriefing ATM pass started at 19:46. Got the 50 step 2 ... on 2 completed; waiting for instruction. J0P 2 Bravo, steps 3, Bravo, building block

36 36

alfa Alfa

and and

Bravo completed per pad except, I think I gave you a GRATING AUTO SCAN, and it didn't do you any good at the end there, because I went to SLIT center like not repoint the for JOP 82B said, hut I did as Bravo said

because 82B was inactive. So I gave a GRATING AUTO SCAN at nondescript

F_

Dump Tape 354-07 Page 5 of ii

point next to the active region. The ground called one time about a flare, in fact, cause I had been a watching. I - I said that I thought it was 01 instead of 00. In actual fact, I was looking at 00 and thought it was 01. So, you were correct, however, we put we extended a PATROL SHORT - yes, a PATROL SHORT and 354 20 33 16 SPT That's it. supposed to be Ab_fO SHORT, isn't

PLT

f

_

Wait a minute. Okay, I - I hit PATROL SHORT, instead of AUTO SHORT when we thought we had the flares. So I didn't use much 56 film. We went HIGH 64 for about 30 seconds, I guess. That's - I had been watching this area, and we did actually get a point brightening;there was no doubt about it. But the image statistics topped out about 24, but didn't stay there Just about one count; Jumped down around 15, 16, 18, and 8 and up again, and so forth. So I wasn't really comvinced we had a flare but we figured it was worth using some 54 and 56 film, so when the ground called we went ahead and did a flare mode, except I didn't activate anything else. And pretty soon, it started back down. So, I killed the 54 and, the 56 had all ready timed out because I erroneously set up a PATROL SHORT instead of AUTO SHORT. The ones at the rest of the orbit I've gotten occasional hints of point brightening. And I think they were, but they were very faint. And they were accompanied by image and test accounts on the order of maybe eight to l0 - 12, something like that and PMEC, several times, went abouve 700, but I think it was the South Atlantic anomaly. I've been watching active region 00 here as quick as we done - we've done the

/_

Dump Tape 354-07 Page 6 of i]

building block 36 on active region 00. And that should have some good background data on that region. However, it looks llke it's not going to do anything over the next few minutes. 354 20 34 49 554 20 36 39 PLT CDR PLT_ out This is the CDR at 20:37 Zulu. Terminated charge on the battery for the M509. This is the CDR at 20:47 M509.

number

T

35_ 20 47 25

CDR

Zulu starting

35_ 20 53 l0

SPT

SPT at 20:53, message relating to the TV put on the VTR, and the voice which goes with it. Those things are all meant to be Just background. Dse as much or as little of the voice iuterstice as you like he spoke ... We had just planned to put discussion of the ATM instruments, and the ... instruments the n_neuvering of the cluster, the airlock instruments, and the other miscellaneous ones that we find here might take 3 to 4 more sessions, but I think that it will certainly take that in order to set up the stage, figure out what's going to be presented, how it's going to be presented, wh_t's going to be said, and going ahead doing it and actually get to seeing it aecompleished.

354 20 54 09 354 20 54 39

SPT CDE

SPT out. This is the CDR at 20:54 Zulu and the subject is Earht observations; this morning at 12:07 and this afternoon at 18:B8, I was assigned the handheld sight 146-4, which is rangeland in the Argentine pampas. This morning we had reveille at 12:10 and went over the rangeland area at 12:12:B5; I got to the window and was looking out rubbing the seep out of my eyes I think Just about at 12:12:35, and really didn't get to

,-

Dump Page

Tape 354-07 7 of ii

see too

much

of the

rangeland

area.

What I did see however, was the - the what appears to be wheat blet between Buenos Aires and Bahia Blanea. 354 20 55 36 CDR There's a area of - of ground there that's between the two large harbor areas, yo know the - the inlets and along the ocean and extending in for a couple hundred miles at - is almost completely cultivated all the way from Bahia Blanca to Buenos Aires. I in the - this area where it's so well cultivated, I extimate that about 25 to 30 percent of the squares that I saw or rectangles and squares - were a dark green, indicating fresh vegetation; I'd say 20 to 25 percent of the area looked to be brown, probably plowed ground, I would guess. 35h 20 56 32 CDR And teh remainder different colors is - of it between the was various dark green

and the - the brown, Just sort of tan, and a little bit toward the yellow, and some very light green indicating what I considered, figured would probably be fresh growth and that was about it for that pass. Then at 18:43, which was a second pass over, I got there early enough so tha I could take at the range land before we cultivated area. 354 20 57 06 CDR a good got to look the

I did not see much evidence of graying effects that were too plani to see. I could see fence-line effects, the squares out in the range land were considerably bigger, probably 50 to i00 times bigger, than the squares over in the wheat area. The - the squares in the range land area _]d to have too much difference not appear in them,

in the way of color indicating, you know, different kinds of graying f on either side of the fence.

_

Dump Tape 354-07 Page 8 of Ii

354 20 57 43

CDR

They were very huge areas and I suspected that they were probably fairly equally gray. Along a couple in the ra@ae land area dna along the river areas, extending out oh, probably l0 or so miles on either side of the river area, was very green areas and when you look at them with binaculars, you can see there's a lot of fields, a lot of smaller fields down there, and I imagine that those areas along the river are cultivated by probably small farmers with smaller crops than the wheat - the wheat crop, possibly vegetables, truch gardenings and the things like that. These areas were very noticably up in the range area, because they were so much greener; the range area was - was pretty generally reddishbrown, theryZwere a some areas that were Just tan. The mark of delineation between a light tan area and a very reddish brown area was very, very sharp. It looked to m_ like ti was probably a soil difference rather than vegetation.

35h 20 58 26

CDR

y

354 20 59 02

CDR

They all seemed to - all these changes in color seem to be pretty much parallel to the river, and I would say the the percentage of - of the reddish brown to the light tan was probably about, oh, 3 to l, or something like that would be the ratio. As I said, the green - only green areas you could see in the range land area was along the rivers where the - obviously the farming was and by looking at it in binoculars you could see the farming. There are several very long straight lines that extend through the range area, I couldn't decide whether those were power lines or whether rather those were possibly areas where pipe lines were located, but at any rate they're very,

354 20 59 37

CDR

/-

Dump Tape 354-07 Page 9 of ii

very long and straight. And I imagine it was a dirt road either alongside a powerline or a pipeline. And I noticed laong the river areas, where the gardening was all going along, on the boundary between the green area and ragne land there was another line that indicated tha tlooked to me very much liek highways. That the highwas was sort of a dividing line between the cultivated farmland area, river bottom area, on one side, and the beginning of the range or airid, more airid land on the other side. 354 21 00 29 352 21 00 40 CDR CDR CDR out. Okay, this is the CDR again it is now 15:00 Zulu and this discussion is also Earth observation. This concerns site number HH106, which was scheduled at 20:21. I was agin observing out of F-1. I think it would have been better to observe out of the S190 window in this case. I was trying to locate the Atacama Fault area. 354 21 01 l0 CDR I know - I was able to locate Antofagasta on the shoreline and the larger lake, the dry lake, but the fault line was really not too clear to me. I could see the ridge line essentially, the top - the highest elevation of the Andes, that was rather clear, and I noticed a lot - several of the rivers coming down out of the Andes and heading for the water were - were quite straight. And as I followed these irvers down, I was looking for offsets indication a fault cutting across, but I did not notice any. I think it will Just require a couple more opportunities to look in that area and try to get a little bit more detail, but the Atacam_ Fault was Just not evident to me at the sun angle of 41 degrees, and I'm looking forward
f--

Dump Tape 35h-07 Page l0 of ii

to the opportunity of looking at this area again and see if we can't locate it. 35_ 21 02 16 CDR CDB CDR out. How do you read? me on A? Ed, can you hear

CDR

Okay. Okay, this is the CER on the tape recorder. The time is 15:20 Zulu and we're about ready to start with the }4509. Run number 1 of r Pogue. to take five FAO pictures ... wide angle lens. Do we need the ... Here we go. Got to charge Okay, it's ready. ... (laughter). What? ... Did it flash? No. I forgot to charge Okay. Enogh it again. it. 0 flags for color too? Okay, I'm goin first here.

35h 21 20 53

CDR

CREW f CDR CREW CDR

CREW 35h 21 23 29 CDR CREW CDR CREW CDR CDR 354 21 2_ 47 CDR

of that.

Okay, the PAO photos are done. I really don't know if I'm getting through or not, I can't hear any feedback at all. How do you read? I, 2, 3, 4. Sounds like you're getting through.

"

CREW

Dump Tape 354-07 Page ii of ii

CDR CRRW CDR

Okay. ... No, release the panel locking pin. That's what I have to do. ... Okay. Now - Pnll your release handle inbouard to UNLOCK. All right, may be undocked by pulling on the handrails with both hands. (H_mmering)

CREW 35h 21 25 18 CDB

CDR

Okay, the data is normal on ... crewman ID-I. Bill is flying clear of the donning station and checking out his translation land controller. I'm going to lower the handrails. Okay, they're lowered? Bill, you onght to get a little elevation, you're awful close to the floor.

END OF TAPE

_ ,-.-_"

Time: 35h:22:27 to 35h:23:23 GMT 12/20/73 Page 1 of 14

354 22 27 39 354 22 27 40

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. CMG MODE. Okay, there was no data mark going into CMG. It really wasn't necessary. The attitude was stable. So the sequence is data mark, CMD, and then began the translation.

35h 22 28 51 35h 22 28 52

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, he's at the banjo. He's got a pitch down there of about 20 degrees. And a vertical error of about a foot and a half. He's essentially hanging fairly bertical looking up at the banjo, at the upper edge. Okay, he had Just about got all of his roll in. Now he yawlnt to the left, about ... setting his pitch up now.

/_

CDR CDR 354 22 30 24 354 22 30 25 PLT CDR

Okay, he's - approaching DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Position 2, roll there of about plus 4 degrees - 4 or 5 degrees; pitch error of 5 degrees. Okay, this maneuver from 2 to 3, a little bit more conservative and gave him a little more time to track the thing ... where he could see where he was going. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Position 3. his position 2.

CDR

354 22 31 41 354 22 31 42

PLT CDR

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 2 of 14

CDR

Okay, he's about halfway through the maneuver from 3 to 4, and then running about 8 to 12 inches between his hand controller and the ring locker, holding the top of the ring lover - locker pretty well at eye level. He's now Just below the condensate tank and down a little bit. Good smooth rate going, control deflection not in any in translation.

354 22 33 47 354 22 33 48

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Position 4. He's got a good start toward the docking station. He went back one pulse and down one pulse and now he is in a yaw-left maneuver. Put in two plus Y translations. Now two short minus Y translations. Good trajectory again, slow rate, straight to the docking station. righ

CDR

354 22 34 52 354 22 34 53

PLT CDE PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. ... Okay, give me your P55 battery readings. ... 271 on the battery. ... 1200 on the P55. ... power off. Did you turn off the C&D power? Station 5.

PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 3 of 14

PLT CDR PLT

That's what I said. For the grab and push? It says after baseline then ... power, off. ... and

CDR

Oh, okay. Mine doesn't say that. Yes, it does. I beg your pardon. ... and then push off for the next point. Data mark and ... grab. Okay, I'm gonna start here. All right. DATA MARK; for pushoff. DATA MARK; for pushoff. Okay, we are at CMI02, good shape. His right foot Just barely grazed the DAC up in film ring camera location. DATA MARK. Okay. Grabbed and pushed.

PLT

CDR 354 22 36 32 354 22 36 33 PLT CDR CDR

!_-_ 35h 22 37 54 PLT/CDR CDR CDR

Hey, Ed, one of your little goodies. Okay, he's approaching FMU-2 now.

CDR PLT CDR 354 22 39 16 354 22 39 17 PLT CDR

... data mark before I push. Okay. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Now he's pushing off. looks like a good trajectory. ... Watch your feet.

PLT CDR

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 4 of 14

CDR

Good show. By the way, the feet position is - position Charlie as suggested by the ground. Okay. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Position 3.

CDR 354 22 41 17 35_ 22 41 18 PLT CDE CDR

That - yeah, that is a very hard one to do because you are pushing way away from the C.G. You can't push through it. Okay, he essentially had to get the rates going with his translational hand controller to push off_ but it really didn't do him much good. All it did way yaw him and give him some - some roll rates.

CDR

Okay, he is ... along pretty well now. He's got a higher rate than he usually has. Okay, looking at my pad, I think probably I should not have had the DAC at FI0 running during this maneuver but it somewhat of a baseline Just about all that's of anvalue is finished. So I am gonna terminate DAC-10 now. And the ... DAC is still going.

CDR

354 22 43 09 354 22 43 l0

PLT CDR CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. He's getting pretty good trajectory out of it, but he got this roll and you rate he has to take out with the hand controller. He has got them pretty well stabilized out now, and he is drifting toward the docking station.

I

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 5 of 14

354 22 44 12 354 22 44 13

PLT CDR PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. ... Okay, crew discretionary, What is your battery? ... Okay, 272? ... 282. Okay. All right. 800 pounds.

PLT CDE PLT CDR CDR

Now your crew discretlonaries they'd like you to do are the dome lock - are dome locker flyaround. ... Says you start - you start, facingD-404 with your Z-axisparallel to the floor grid, d_ta mark, and then fly arotmd the lockers keeping Z-axis parallel to the floor. ... Parrallel to the floor, not perpendicular. Means you don't go around head first. ... Well, yeah half of - half of an arc. All right, they would like you to do it in the RATE GYR0 MODE and then in the DIRECT MODE. ...

PLT CDR _!

PLT CDR

PLT CDE

PLT

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 6 of 14

CDR

No, I think what this is with your feet - ... You're facing it, yeah. ... That 's right. Okay, he's now got his Z-axis parrallel to the floor and his head pointing in the direction that he's gonna be going. He has got his right side down. He is maneuvering in position in front of D-4Oh. ... He's got a distance of about 2 feet out from the dome lockers. Did you data mark? data mark? Did you

PLT CDR PLT CDR CDR

PLT CDR

PLT CDR 354 22 _8 00 354 22 48 01 PLT CDR

No. All rig - DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, about 2 seconds after he started the maneuver, he gave a data mark. His toes are are Just about to touch. No, he managed to stop his situation. Han controllers look like they' re about 18 inches from the dome lockers right now; feet about 3 inches.

CDR

CDR

About halfway

around.

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 7 of lh f_ CDR Okay, he's under the condensate tank now. Toes are about 2 inches from the lockers and hand controller about a foot. Okay, he's got his legs bent pretty well back now. His feet seem to be touching. Toes and knees are about the same distance. CDR Bill, you want to do one DIRECT and then you go go back the same way you go around, which ever way Did you do a data mark? No ... Okay, he went to 432 and stopped. in either came or you want.

PLT CDR 354 22 50 48 354 22 50 49 PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. He did a - a roll to the left of 90 degrees; he's upright, facing 32. 4

PLT CDR

... You don't - I don't think you have enough gas. Let's put another PSS in Oh, I funhled again. Sorry about that. I left it in CMID-2 for that last discretionary run. He's flying back down to the donning station. We will put PSS number 3 in. I'm gonna stop the dome DAC. Going off the recorder now while we change out the PSS

CDR

354 22 57 15

CDR

Okay, Ed Just caught himself a fish. He Just - Just passed the word from the ATM and he's got himself a flare going. We got the PSS number number 3 in now, and Bill did a push and - pushoffmaneuver up to D-432. I got the dome DAC started now. And Bill is going to do discretionary

Dump Tape 351_-08 Page 8 of lh

maneuver India in DIRECT from 432 around to 404. CDR

now,

going

We're in CM ID-3 now, sorry goofing up on you. ... ... ... Okay - DATA MARK.

about

CC CREW CC CDR 354 22 59 33 354 22 59 34 PLT CDR

DATA MARK. Bill's disposition starting his maneuver around now 434 to 404. He's running about 2 feet out fromthe dome lockers. ... Okay, his toes is contact D-412, dragging slightly on it. It immediately put him into a pitch down and a yaw-left situation. ... Okay, that's the attitude now and he's rolling to the right now to get heads up and then he'll do a data mark. ... So, these India maneuvers, Bill's data mark for the termination of the run is when he has arrived at the final attitude and then yaw - roll right or left to get his Z-axis perpendicular to the floor. Then he does a data mark.

CREW CDR

CC CDR

CC CDR

354 23 01 49

PLT

DATA MARK.

Dump Tape 35h-08 Page 9 of 14

354 23 01 50

CDE

DATA MARK. Okay, next is the PSS transfer. You fly down to the PSS rack, open the clamps, carry a PSS to the dome and return to the rack. Secure it in the rack, close the clamp. You want - do it DIRECT and then in RATE GYRO. DATA MARK. ... Okay, Ed ... ... ... Okay, his attitude at the moment essentially Z-axis parallel to the floorwith the head facingFMU-2 and he's translating down to get a bottle. ... He's now getting to be more heads down. ... ... ... ... Okay, Crip, thank you ... ... Okay. Okay, he's got the PSS now and he's holding it between his legs. And he's begimaing a translation up to the dome area.

354 23 02 09

CDR PLT CC SPT CC CDR

CC CDR

CC CC SPT CC SPT CC SPT 352 23 05 12 CDR

Dump Tape 354-08 Page i0 of 14

CC

6,.

SPT CC SPT CDR

... ... Okay, copy. Okay, Bill ... with the PSS between his legs as he's maneuvering around, the forward-firing thrusters are impinging upon his leg .... Okay, when you get there, Bill, you fly hack down and put it away again. Okay. How's our battery and our ... Okay, I'll tell you what, why don't you go RATE GYRO and bring it back in the RATE GYRO MODE. That'd save a littlebit for someHHMU for me. Okay, Bill's at the dome now and he's shifting to the RATE GYRO MODE. Give a data mark. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. RATE GYEO. Going to rate gyro now. All right he's going to fly back down to the PSS station in RATE GYR0. ... Okay, he's now ... He's now traslated PSS station. down to the - to the

PLT CDR PLT CDR

354 23 06 56

CDR

354 23 07 O1 354 23 07 02 _54 23 07 03

PLT CDR PLT CDR

CC CDR PLT CDR

Dump Tape 354-08 Page II of 14

354 23 09 12 354 23 09 13

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA _a_RK. He's shifted back to DIRECT now to reduce the number of firing while he puts back in the station. the PSS

CC CDR

... Okay, the PSS number 2 has been reinstalled in the station. ... Back to the donning station and that' s it. Okay. Okay. Now we go to docking, Bill. I'm trying to stay ...

PLT 354 23 09 57 CDR

CDR PLT CDR

I son't - it doesn't take much gas for HHMU, so don't worry about it. Battery's the big thing; we don't want it to quit on us. I guess we don't need much of that either really. Okay, the handrails have got to be raised, Bill. Just kind of hang by your skyhook there while I raise your handrail. Okay, you want to take a hold of that right one? There they are.

PLT PLT CDR PLT CDR

Yeah. Okay, am I pointed right? Yeah, it looks pretty What's happening? good.

Am I seated?

Yep, your seated. Oh, wait; you need a little back rotation though. Good; you're in solid. Almost got your fingers.

PLT

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 12 of 14

CDR PLT CDE 354 23 Ii 49 354 23 ii 51 CDR PLT CDR PLT CDE

( Laughter). Whoo ' ... now.

All right DATA MARK. DATA MARK.

Now go to MODE HHMU. HHMU. All right, Itll close the supply valve. All right, now your MODE should be DIRECT. ... Power off? All right. Yeah, go aheadand tllrn the power off, and we'll swap over. Okay, this is the CDR, termination of M509-I Papa and and Just a moment we're going to swap positions and I'll take it out and do some fsm_ liarization runs with HHMU. CDE out.

PLT _ CDR

354 23 12 46

CDR

TIME

SKIP

354 23 21 14

PLT

Okay, it's the PLT starting the recording on the - What time are we supposed to be done here, 05:45? Oh gosh, I don't know, It's something like that. I got in my mind we supposed to be buttoned up by 18:00, something like that. I think so. Let's see ...

CDR

PLT

f_ CDR

Dump Tape 354-08 Page 13 of 14

PLT

Oh, no. What have we got coming up nex? I have sn A_ pass? PSA you've got ... Oh, krap. Well, we're going to have to get this sometime. Why don't we go ahead and get it now? ... you know, Just fly around.

CDR PLT

CDR PLT

Okay, let me get everything started here. Do you need the - se - I'll read the sequence to you. You'll have to start giving me yaws, continues, and rolls to the right. Find the center of OWS; head up.

CDR

35h 23 22 13

PLT

TIME

SKIP

354 16 59 02

SPT

SPT at 16:58, M171 run concluded. I need to mention for the M151 people, M171 data follows: CABIN CABIN AIR present_D; perden_ percent _,

AIR

PRESSURE,

CABIN AIR The CABIN AIR

le

354 17 00 06

SPT

SPT out.

TIME

SKIP

354 14 51 29

PLT

CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay. Now I want 1932. 1932, and 17.9. Now I got to get my flashlight out and

f_

J

Dump Tape 352-08 Page 14 of 14

check that last one.

Man.

I need

enough light. You can't tell. You got 1932. Okay. I want to start this at 52 and I'm late. Okay, there's 5 RETRACTED. I want 270 widened.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 354-09 Time: 354:22:03 12/20/73 Page 1 of 9

to 355:00:23

GMT

352 22 03 B7

CDR

Okay, Bill, keep an eye on your battery. If it gets to 26 we'll have to terminate, and we've made a bum decision. I'll bug you for battery voltage a couple of times. Okay. He's headed for station number 2 now. His entry was essentially a backout _ith a slight up. He got - got out about lO feet. He yawed to the right and they put in some more up Z and he's maneuvering now to the banjo. Okay, I have bungled and not turned the receiver to 2 for the first baseline. I'm going to do it now.

CDR

354 22 04 57

CDR

Data MARK. The receiver now is in number 2, and we're at station Dumber on the rate gyro baseline run. Okay. Maneuvering down to the FMU 2. This time the troJectory was more out in the workshop and not quite as close to the water rings. He's got a good level attitude as far as his head's concerned. Al_d he's about 30 degrees in pitch up. His feet are facing considerably aw_y from the line that connects the 2 FMUs. Data MARK. Okay roll was good and yaw was good. You're getting close to the rates now. Okay, good. Okay, he c_ out of there a little hot and heavy, came out backwards and really was headed in a way where he couldn't see. Now he's stopped his rates. He's drifting slightly to the right. He's essentially opposite th6 station number 3 right now, a little bit low and yawing to the left to face it. Give me a battery check when you can, Bill. Okay. 26.5, the battery voltage.

2

354 22 06 12

CDR

Dump Tape 35h-09 Page 2 of 9

354 22 08 33

CDR

Data MARK. Station 3. He's moving around the ring lockers again, this time with a hand controller distance of about a foot. About a third of the way there.

CDR SPT CDR

We're

in the rate gyro baseline

maneuvers.

Rate gyro ... Rate - we're in the rate @_TO baseline maneuver s. Rate gyro? Right. Okay, he's at station number h now and settling out his attitude. DATA MARK; at station started a translation h. Okay, he's back toward the

SPT CDR

354 22 i0 30

CDR

donning station. He has a real good trajectory this time coming down from station h to 5. Very - very few corrections required. Perfect maneuvers. 354 22 ii 27 35h 22 ii 28 PLT CDR DATA MARK. DATA MARK. DAC cameras Give me your - ... What? 26.1. Okay; 26.1 on the battery. the PSS? Only down to about 500. How's are going off.

I

PLT CDR PLT CDR

PLT 354 22 ll 40 CDR

500. Okay we're going to do a battery and a P_S change now. This is the CDR; I'm going off the recorder for a few minutes.

Dump Tape 354-09 Page 3 of 9

354 22 20 31

CDR

Okay, this is the CDR back up on the loop again. The battery and the - and the PSS have both been changed. We're back to the going to start the tracking maneuver. And I owe you a CMID number 3 now. I won't screw that up again, I hope. For the tracking maneuver. He's in MDDE CMG; he's flying to the center of the workshop for his first maneuver.

354 22 21 24

CDR

I'm putting the DACs back on now. Okay; they're both running. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. He's now pitching down to put his X axis at the intersection of the wall and the deck. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. He's beginning a yaw to the left. 90 degrees. Okay, the 180 degrees complete. Data MARK. Rate gyro. Going to rate gyro now. He's going to drift backwards and down. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Starting tracking back to the right. Okay, he's going to drift down. Still drifting down. He's still drifting down. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Now's he's stopped he's down drift and has got a established drift going up, back to the normaS posit ion.

354 22 22 O0 354 22 22 01

PLT CDR

354 22 22 20 354 22 22 21

PLT CDR

354 22 23 02

CDR PLT CDR

354 22 23 54 354 22 23 55

PLT CDR

354 22 24 35 354 22 24 36

PLT CDR

""

Dump Tape 35_-09 Page _ of 9

35h 22 25 21 35h 22 25 22

PLT CDR PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. MODE DIRECT. MODE DIRECT. ...

354 22 25 26 35h 22 25 35

PLT CDR

ANd a DATA MARK

Okay, he gave another DATA MARK and wandered on his way in DIRECT. He's got a higher rate going this time than he did before. He's got a roll right error of about _ degrees - 3 degrees. Okay, he's stopping his maneuver. Stopping the maneuver gave him a roll left - crossed-up-like effect. DATA MARK.

354 22 26 04 35h 22 26 05

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. All right, the tracking maneuver is complete. He's got a baseline maneuver to do now in MODE CMG. I 'm going back to CMID nmnber 2. down and to

TIME

SKIP

355 00 07 04

SPT

SPT at 12:07 debriefing the ATM pass which began at 22:47. The only thing nominal was the nu Z update. I'm

finishing up building block 32. I've Just finished the CONTINUOUS MODE on S052. 56 was still running in the PATROL SHORT. I had the FLARE THRESHOLD set for 512 on COARSE, zero on the FINE. Oh, and I got a flare indication. I've got to aam_t, at that point I was not looking at the XUV monitor through the persistence image scope even though I had it on and - had it all turned on and ready to look. At that point I was setting the MIRROR position for 55 for the - J0P 2 coming up. I got

Dump Tape 354-09 Page 5 of 9

a flare indication, looked up, saw I had a 3 in BERYLLIUM APERTURE POSITION. And it's intensity count was up above background of got up to around 20 or 30. I immediately got 5h and 56 going in their FLARE M3DE. I gave 82A a 15-second exposure, and then questioned should I - well, before that I had 55 in a random GRATING position, something less than TO0. What I should have done probably was to have gone to ... 66 and started a MIRROR LINE SCAN. But I put it to - put it to REF with the intent of catching it a little higher up after maneuvered over the active region, which I did, but then I was a little far - far past the any feasible one. So we Just went, as the card says, right on around to REF. However, as it turnedout,we are looking at a subnormal flare sheath of low intensity. And we never got up above 600 that I could see. Maybe 550 even; the batch I saw. 355 O0 09 h8 SPT The ... out here is rather noisy, but as it gets higher - and levels the noise does drop out, but the best I can see we're now at 550. So I left it in the FLARE MODE for Just a little while longer with the hope that maybe it was going to be a - another peak coming up. There was none. And about that time, as I was about to turn the things off, the ground confirmed that it was a small flare. And the rise had Just about ceased when I turned things on. So we concluded operations then and went back to setting up for _, building block h. And the problem with the - the GRATING, and I've noticed this one other time today, and I had to ask myself whether I was really doing it right so I did not report it.

-

Dump Tape 354-09 Page 6 of 9

And that is that when I went to REFERENCE, I would come up with all zeros. So a - while later I'd look up and find m_self with a 0080. I did this the other day as I recall, and went to MECHANICAL REFERENCE zero and then stepped up to 102 and did not find anything that resembled what I thought I said for detector output on oxygen VI. I think there was a mixap somewhere along the way. 355 00 ll 21 SPT And I think this may have been the problem. And so, perhaps this has happened before today, nwo that I do think of it. On one occasion I believe we got 2 pulses in there. So that they really went up 160 above the actual reading. It will take fairly careful bookkeeping if that really turns out to stick with us, to findout wherewe really are. We'll have to know what the last value is and then work in deltas and be careful that we don't get a pulse in there if we change in the GRATING position at the pulse of 80. 4B and 4C were done in points which were close to bright points in H-alpha. The first one I maximized on Ali_ment CONTINUUM and when I got done I got put it back to zero and looked at oxygen VI readout, and it was a MAXIMUM there also. It was about 30 or B thousand, as I recall. Point C I also maximized on oxygen VI this time, and data turned out to be around 7 thousand. However, I noticd that when I got done it was no where near that. Quite a bit less. So I'm sure that the plasma you are looking at with the _qATING AUTO SCAN was not constant time, not by a long shot.

f-

355 O0 12 13

SPT

355 O0 12 50

SPT

Dump Page

Tape 354-09 7 of 9

355 00 13 18

SPT

4D was done at a point which turned out to be between three bright points. I assume that the point I'd been looking at ... or rather as I maximized using oxygen VI and found out I was at someplace between - I started off at the left bright point which was the further most in the active region, and found myself contin1_A]ly moving so I was situated between three bright points. Perhaps we were looking at the top of an ERTS. Although I'm not sure that onygen VI would be formed that high. After 4 - I should say be - at the start of 4C, I gave 55 a MIRROR AUTO RASTER down to about line 17 or so, so they'd be able to see where they were pointing. I ended the GRATING AUTO SCAN. The timing there worked out real well. GRATING AUTO SCAN took me 4 minutes, and the other took a little less than 2. So that 55 was doen essentially at the same time as 54 and 56. And I'll try to do that in this particular J0P or other times wherever possible, so you'll be able to see where the actual point is with the GRATING AUTO SCAN.

355 O0 14 00

SPT

355 O0 14 25

SPT

355 00 15 lO

SPT

At first I did not get time to do 4E. We got to 400 K before that. 82B, or 82A got their SHORT WAVELENGTH exposure of 15 seconds and that flare initiation. And I concluded, and was confirmed by ground that that was sufficient for their purposes since they are low on film. Well, maybe next time will get the big one. The problem is catching a relatively small one is that it's tough to tell when the thing is actually starting at al, as opposed to being Just small momentary flickers that we see in 55, for example.

• 355 00 15 40

SPT

/f

Dump Tape 354-09 Page 8 of 9

B55 00 16 12

SPT

You usually have to walt until you at least get some confirmation of a significant increase. Point brightening does help in the XUV monitor. Unfortunately when you're working most of these JOPs you didn't have your eyes ... anything greater than, well, B0 percent of the time or so - SO to 60, depending upon the type of building block you're running. So total fraction of the time which has the eye looking at that monitor over the total time of active flare is not as high as I would like. But, we'll - we'll keep looking for it, and hope we can get it. SPT out. SPT at 12:19 debriefing handheld photo 107. Until recently I was able to brief - debrief until now because the type recorder was tied up on the M509 run all afternoon. Then I looked for fault zones. I was only able to see the southern half of the south Island because of the clouds and also the clouds around the east ridge of the mountains. So I did not get to see all I was - had hoped to.

B55 O0 16 _5

SPT

355 00 19 12

SPT

355 O0 19 51

SPT

The major fault zones running - the Alpine fault - running along the major length of the island, along the western side, I think is visible as a discontinuity, but as f_r as lateral slit, that I could not really clearly detect. I could see that most of the river banks had erosion patterns leading from the major fault zone to the western edge of the island at that relatively short distance in a preferred inclination, or preferred angle, relative to the fault zone itself that climbs out 20 degrees to that major fault zone. On the other side I can not make destinction. I think the clouds diving me an impression on which I thought I could see something because of the amount of clouds any were was there there clear flat wrong. but I think

355 00 20 51

SPT

it

f Dump Tape 35_-09 Page 9 of 9

could be unsafe to assume that I really could because the clouds themselves have some linear features in them which wouldxtend to T,_e me think that. 355 00 21 18 SPT The erosion paterns certainly show up real well. The Sum angle is pretty good and especially on the western side of that fault there is no problem at _11 in distinguishing. I counted, rather quickly, up to around 50 ... 50, I'd call fairly major ravius, or river channels, leading out to the ocean, running from the fault zone itself. And their orientation could be very clearly delineated. I could not see where these picked up on the other side of the fault zone at all. I asstm_e that the lateral slit was of quite some distance because I could not see that connected 355 00 21 lO SPT up very well with the other.

355 00 21 58
f-

SPY

I had a couple of move details on the problem I find at the time I saw it, but, unfortunately, the time has gone by too - too long and I did not re - remember it. It's nnfortunate that the tape recorder is tied up so long. Next time I run into that ... situation, I'll try and write down as much as I possibly can. Time permitting. SPT out.

_D

OF TAPE

/--

Dump Tape 394-12 Time: 354:22:h2 12/21/73 Page 1 of 1

to 354:23:28

GMT

354 22 53 08 to 35h xx xxxx 354 22 41 16 to 354 23 22 14

This voice segment duplicated verbatim within Dump Tape 354-10.

This segment duplicated verbatim within Dump Tape 35h-i0

END OF TAPE

11!.

,,i
'/_, . : '

oump ape 35-10 T 354:20:53
Time: 12-21-73 :

to 354:22!42 GMT j

"

'

!
: 35h 20 53 08 SPT i, SPT _ 20 53 Message relatinto _he

! ,
_, , _ ' ;' ' _. _ _,

Page of15 I

TV, which was'put voice whlch goes

!

on th_ VTR ez_d the with it. B_h scenes and days.

are'all meant to be Just a background. Uselas much and as little of the voice the! scenes We had of the as you like ... subsequent put and a discussion the ...

done planned to AT?,!instruments

instruments, the airlock misee!]aneous It may take but I think

the maneuvering Jnstr_uments, and

of the cluster, the other

ones that '.replan to use. three to four more sessions, that it will certalnly take

tha_ in order to set u_ the scenes, fighre out what's going to be presented, how. it's going to be presented, what's .l going tO be said,xand tc go ahead and actta[ly get the scene aceompi'shed. 354 20 54 08
l! t;"

SPT CDR

SETi cut. h*
*

_,i|_: i!II_|i| _'_| _:_![_[ , .j : ! I!' ! ; _ _, !_i' : • _:_;_i :

354

20

54

37

This at

is the and

CDR

at 20:5_

Zulu. at

And 18:_8,

the I was

12:07

this

afternoon

subject is Earth observations. This morning rangeiand in the Argentine pampas. This assigned the handhold site 164-4, which is mo_ning, we had revielle at 12:10 and went over the rangeland area at 12:12:35o I got to _he window and was looking out rubbing the sleep out of my eyes, I think, just about at 12:12:35 and really didn't get to see too much of the rangeland area. W".lat did see I howew:r was the - the - what appeared to be a whe._r, belt between Buenas Aires and

there that's between the two large harbour Bahia 81anea. There's am area of - of ground ar_as - you knwo, the - the inlet and along the c_ean and-extending in for a couple of hundred miles that is almost completely cultivated all the way from Bahia Blanea to Buenos Aires. I - I - in this area where it's :_o well cultivated, I would estimate that about 25 to 30 percen t of the squares that were I saw - the dark green, reel. angles indleating and Squares fresh vegetation

} _

'

:_

.

=%

i

Dump i Tape ',

354-10 _ '.

Page'2 Of 15

T_d ; _. i ! i'

say

20

or 25
_

per_ent

of

the

area

looked "

_._:_e nrobab_flowed cr0un.i, I would ___/_s. .__ndthe remainder of i!. w_as various different colors between the dark green ahd Dh _ - the brown :ust sort _f tan and a little bit toward the yellc;r and some very light green indicating ",_%_ I .... considered - i figured whould be fresh growth. ._d that was about it for _hat pass. _md then 18:4_!, which wp-s the second

oro'_rn

; = _

,

!_ k _i ::ii_ _ •:-_ _ i_ ;[' ': ._: • -,i:_._* 35h . 20 57 31 CDR :

oaSS over, I got there early enou_h so T. could t_.ke a good lock az the ran_e_and before we got to the aultivated are_. T did effecDs :o_ see much were evide_ce _oa _iain of to .grazing see. I

, ,

that

.._ut: see_ue _la _" din ou! fen_ effects. Uhe r "_ _;_a.... ne__. ,,crt ccnsldera_ _ ;uares ly bigger, probab±y 50 _.. i0} ti::es i,i_-ger than the squares over in th6 wheat :=tea.
1

.--he sluares

- squares

in

the

ang<='

nd

area _ ' ,.

,lid nD_. c_ppear
you kno','

to ha_-e to_
Kin<f5

murh
of

di florence
on

in them in the way :f co!or in]ic_t!ng dlf__en_
g'_aZiA"

'_ithez huge

..... "= ==n<-_. _n->" w.± "_ very i suspect _ _.+ the. <-ere " _h,_ probsb?'" fairly eq:ai!y graze i. _l ng the rtouple - in the ran_eland are<, along the riv.-_r %='eas, e_tenJing cut - oh, vrobably i0 or st. miles on =_uh slde oF a river _reas and !_ "[i_' F, !: .I, 4 _ 'I_ • ,, ,_{ :_; _' _i_, '_|iI [ _ _re% wa: very green ,ireas arc when at +_-_- _¢ith binoeui':_rs, you could a lot s? fields - a lot of smaller ,iO%m t:_re and ! imagine that you look see there's fields areas those

.:ide of the

;_lon_ _he river ar__ cultivated by probably 3malle -_ fa._n'-erswith sme.!ier cro_.s ..nd the "_he_ - the _,_heat rop, [os_i_ly vegetables c truc_-:_rdenieg and things _ike that. These g areas because very nocieableso u? in greemer. were the range The are_ they w-=!'e much range erea was prec[y ger_ra±!y a reddish brow,... There was some areas that w_.re Just san. the mark of de!ineasion between light _an areas and the very neddish-brown areas was very, very sharp, it looked to me like thanwas probably a They all seemed ve==etation. it soil difference t9 be kin(:]. rather i .' I

_ . L:

,_-i "_ _-

-

_..

t$:

Dump

Tape

354-10

. _

,';

'::,'

"

P '_ e 3 Of_5 _"' 1

: ..... !! _ 4

_:_
k

'._ii : ', i : _ ; -_ :,

all

these

changes

in

color

seem

to

be

" i_

.

._.. . ___.! i :_[ !'_ . ::

:..:
' ......
. _

pretty

p r lel otheriver. t ,V,d

:i
' . ..." •_ _ '_ "_; _i" , :,!i!_

I would say the - the Te-_centage <f the reddishbrown to the light tan was probably about lh, 3 to i or somethin$ like that would be _'_= _'atio. As I said the green see ar in - only the green areas area you was _l _'i_g co._ld rangeland

,_

:_ : ; - _'_ " ; .... .. i.] "._<_ '_: ] ;(_ R, ; L :_

the river _here the - obviously the far:!ng was and by looking at it i_ bincolar_, you _._.lld see che _ _ _ Are - t'_er= ar_. several very long stack=h* i_nes that e_<_n_ through the range area. I cc.... _ _._,_ decide _.... her those were powefiines : whezher those were Tossibly areas wke_ _ :he pipelines were located. But a< any rz:e, there _,rere very, very l.=n_ and -_+.raiq:.'. _ud I imagine it was "a _irt rr,_z cesi_ _._* ...... _e or a plpe.tlne. And i not-_Tl _ ..... _r_= she o river areas where the g.".rder£ng

. ._ i

'

].. ,'"_:_ :_r. .<._:,: _H $ :i : '

; : ._ ! _ •

w_s -_ going along that on beL-_,een the green areas and

the the

bonqi_ries ran_-e.und, ' ,,: i ; ," k : "__ _ !_;

there ,*as another line like indicated koked to me very _"_" tha_ highways. -7hat the highway was so-_t a dividing line _£-Lween t ,,_cultivated farr£and area, riverhct:cm area on one side, the range or arid o_her side. and then beginning -.f - more arid land c_: "P_e

i : i

3_4

21 O0 21;00

28 :,:

CDR CPR

C2_

ouT_. :!:._ i_ s " t ct_ere 7 ".a:z trying. i Kr.ow --" , :. :s :=so !0:21.

354

i:., ...... £.is is que ._.._ ".qair.. The '" .... "" : :'_, . Zuiu :._C_ tY,-is '_ "" :Liscussion :9 :%: .%serv_lictl. '_.." : ci_:/cer:is rLs_i-,_:' t :_," HH-IO66, ___ would whic:: w_<s sc!:edule" h___ve _',_,,_e_. better windo' in this Alaea::_J_ F.:'A!Z to

out the S190 :,_ 3.,state the ','.. •

case. area.

.,, 't "_"_' i % ' :

: :' _.:,"

I wa_ able to locate A_n_of_._asto on _:.e _hcreltne and %he larger lake - _he .iry i:_ke, but the faultl[ne wa_ really no_ too _', ..... _ eeu!i s ._ -he ri,_geiire r-lsentiail_ y, _,e _-,p - the hiFhest . elevation of the andes that "*as rather clear s.na i :.xicei lot - several of t:_e rivers coming

"

_] i _: ':

, 1_:4

.r

",,;_.

,
_ . _ ' "" J

=

ZS -ZO
wate£ were - were quite sbraig_:t. ,_ . "i w::: - u f't_l_ as i feZ!owed these looking for offsets rivers do_:., indicating a

'J;:
'_ , i_j ._-

I
_

._ _ t'.; , _

cutting across. But I did not notice any. I think it'll just require a ccup!e more opportunities to look in that area -_nd get a little bit more detai_. But the Ataeama Fault was just not ev_unt to me at this oun an_!e of LI degrees• An f'm ±ook[ng forward te the opportuni-<: of looking at this area again _l*:ds_._ if :< can't _ocate it. 15 CL, k OF.:{ -u_ .

',_ !, _ _;, .". . _. " _ t, , .

, "-" b

35h 21 02

filqE SKIF

354

21 20 21

CDB CDR

}-cw .:s ycu

real? _ , ; -. !', -.... . ..}_j ,._"]' ,

n,,_'4 .... _._,. _vou hear me on A; _k<... _.'"__,_.this is she CDR on the tape re-order. tC. start with i've got -_,_9. tc Run numbez _'_ _._ l fc'r :_m_' ures . :_

CD.< f

Okay,

taZ<e five

pi-'t

first here....

, .,_,_. : .2 ," 354 21 22 22' CDR ?[7x D_ w,- need P;ere we to. the flash for colos Got r.o charge it. ,nterio_'? Ok - ,i:_.: , .:.., ,,

_,

"_. _!4: ', i,

:'! ., _..,, ,,_aughter, •

.2. .

:

PLT

[[

._[.:. ",,

.<: { _

,:DR PLT

I)ii "z No.

fiash!

: :

[' (_ _-,"

_< {:.

CDR

I forgot

to

charge

it

again.

_i_;

_'.i'" _. _

Dump Tape

354-10

I;_

!!' Page °f 15 5

""

_!',g[ _ •_
_ ._

:'

CDR. C[:R

Okay, enough of that. Okay,
don't

the PA0 photos
know if I'm

are done.
through

I really
or not. _

getting

, .i,]

T can'thear any feedbackat all. How de you read;l, 2, 3, 4.

'_

CDB PLT

Okay. ...
/

,

i'i

CDR

D

Now release the pedel whatI haveto do.
. o.

locking

nin. -

That';

',_4, -.._
-

;'_

PLT CDR

" " :" b _k_:ih2.

_,_

_..!

Okay. inboard

_ow

re

- pull

your

release

handle then you undock

to unlock.

All right,

"-_._._ ; _._J.¶ _ ., [_. :

_!i_! ;" '_,_}[

354 21 25 59

CDR

by pilling on the handrails with bo_h hands. Okay, _ho data is normal and crewman ih-l. Bill is flyingclear of the donningstation and checking out his translational hand controller, l'm going to lower the handrails. Okay, they're lowered.

CDR CDR ! CDR

Bill, you ought to get a little elevation. You're awful close to the floor. Okay, the TP is maneuvering up away from the floor now. His head level is Just about even with the water tanks. That's good,Bill. _. _!'

CDR

,; '_!' _

PLT CDR

••• Can't ear h you, Bill ....

'<_u,:, _-:

• _' 'i;
•"' '

PLT
PLT

...
...

....

-_' ",_

_,._; !_ i

"W

. _.

CDR]" _"_

Okay, I verify that we are in CM [D-_. He'sstarting his yaw to the !eftin a
single-axismaneuver.

,'* _._ _
_i

CDR

He's about 90 degress r_.aneuver NOW.

through

his yaw

.;!_

C_._
L _f.,

He's

got some drift

upwars
drift

and looks
is down te _ *"
,

, _|_
'_I|

like _,he right/left zero.

.

j

35421 29 22 PiT :_',_. _<
_.

DATA _i. Okay, we got a data mark and he's finished his yaw. He's backin_away
from it a littlebit now.

'_DR_

_':" _

354 21 29 41

?LT

Pitch

u_.

..i!_'

_ ' _

_21R

Okg.y,

starting now. _'e have a

pitchup

mar_eLl,let

:_

.... __,;_f_i.

:DR

He's pretty well arrested his drift upwards and he's got a little drift

_!j

• _

get him in the middle

of the workshoL.

_ _ ! = _
;

,,_!_ _g'. _ ,_
-_ "._

workship right now. In fact, he's in the middle 35421 30 13 PLT CDR DATA_5__RK.

of the

"_" ,_'=_ '_{

There's the data mark and he's in finished his pitchup and he Just hulled out his drift toward E-32 and he's j',st

,
_2_

about completely motionless now.
hie's yawing to the right now.

Okay

_,_

35421 30 48 PLT CDR 554 21 30 54 PLT
CDR

DATAMARK. Okay, data mark• Roll left•
_

li<
_i_,
%'% : ""

The yaw right'sc<_mplete.

Roll left starting now. Got a good position in the center of the work shop. There's

been driftsincehe got there.

..

._ ,.

_[_. _, >i

Dump Tape

354-10

[_age of 15 7

_L _ ]_ii'. i 354 21 31 22

CDR " " PLT

We had one desat

firing

bast a second

ago.

That last thtump you hear_. DATA MARK.

' °_i,i "_

354 21 31 23 354 21 31 29

CDR PLT

DATA MARK. Changing from CMG to RATE GYRO.

,,

!!{"

]

CDR

Okay,

he's

in the RATE GYRO MODE;

,

_._"';:_'I'_. i'_ !. ,_T. . • : _'_ _ _,_i_ :''

CDH CDR

He says 2000 psi. Okay, he'_ got a positionstabilized now. He's yawed left 90 degrees from the starting point. •" " Yeah, you should be facing 432.

,; ]. [.

. _" I ;,': ,
h

PLT CDR

1
%

,!i,_ _

"'_'_-,

.,

__ _.:._ .... _ '

354 213259 PLT 354 21 33 00 CDR

... DATA MARK. He's now facing starting his maneuver. Yawleft. Startingo yawleft. t very little drift. pitching - I mean, right drift. Goodpositionith w 432 and

'• ,<:

_ ,

'

35421 33 05 PLT CDR :'"," --

- !:_k':

'

Now looks like he's he got a slight roll

._T_i _" / _-"' [

..L

CDR CDR

90 degrees. Okay, he's stopping the rates. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay,his position reasonably is good. He is out in the center of the workshop, shaded slightly toward 432 with


_' _. .. "

,

'_ ,. , _-" •

354 21 34 00

PLT CDR

"i

_"_'[!i!

maneuver. that at his back.

He started

his pitehup

, ;

D=p 35 - 0 Tape
.!"_ , '_ Page of 15 8 _f! 354 21 34 49 PLT EATA MA_;L<.

_.
'_ _ :.. _i

to

within

dump

tape

354-11.

-

.i

O ay, ahead ill
354 22 03 39 PLT DATAMARK. '_i_ _ _,'_;;_ ,_ • ._., , CDR

• _, i _
ter_£ i_.te. - ._ %",

35_ 03 CDR 22 28 22 03 39
354 CC

DATA

NL_ILK.

Okay, Bill, keep an eye on your batter. If you get to 26, we'll have to We've madea bum decision.

I'ii bazz you for battery volt:_ge a couple of times. Okay, he's headed for station number 2 nOW.

!_;. _,_


CDR

,%':. b
_

_, ( . ji._: " •_:

CDR

His trajectory was essentially a back out with a slightup. When he got - got out about I0 feet, he yawed to the right and then put in some more up-Z. he's maneuvering now to banjo. And

":_ j ._ '_ . _

CDR

Okay,

I have bungled

and not

turned

the receiver to 2 for the first baseline, l'm going to do it now. 354 22 05 06 PLT CDR DATA "_[APd<" DATA MAPj<. The receivernow is in

i'%1 ? _..

-_

CDR

And we're at stationnumber _, on the rate gyro baseline run.

_.... , _ .-_

[
CDR Okay. Maneuvering down to the F_J 2. Thistimehis trajectory was more out in the workshop close to the water and not quite as rings. He's got '_¢_i .'_ j_ .,{. , : _:,-; , _:,_' ,.,,,:_;< _ : _'_"<,4f
_s. _[

a good level attitude as far as his head is concerned. He needs about " 30 degrees of pitch up. He feet are facing considerably
_i. from the line that connects

- his away
the 2

.

.

Dump '

Tape

354-10

Page 9 of 15

_'
'

354

22

06

23

PLT CDR

DATA

MARK.
! '

< _' 9 ' i .... :,{ :_ :i i"

DATA MARK. Okay. yaw was good.

Roll

was

_.ood and

:', _ 4 " " ' ' '

CDR

You're getting close to the ring, Bill. Okay, good• Okay, he came out of that a little hot and heavy. Got backwards and really was headed in a way where he couldn't see.

". "_

CDR

_., '" "_

_JR C_R CDR

Now, he's stopped his rates. He's drifting slightly to the right. He's essentially, opposite the station number 3 right now. A little .u_'*_ow and l yawing to the left to face it.

CDR

Give

me

a battery

check

when

y_u

can,

Bz._±.

PLT CDR PLT

... Okay. ...

CDR 354 22 08 46 PLT CDR CDR

26.5,

the

battery

voltage.

DATA _RK. DATA HARK. Station 3. ring lockers controller

Okay, he's moving around the again, this time with a hand distance of about a foot. About ... We're Rate in the rate gyro a third

CDR :PLT CDR CDR PLT

of the way there.

baseline

maneuvers. maneaver.

- We're

in the

rate

gyro baseline

Rate gyro

...

'4

Dump

Tape

354-10

"r. _

Page 10of 15

¢

i' _," _ i _. 35h 22 i0 29

p I_D., CDR

R igh+ . Okay, he's at station number 4 now

and settling out his attitude. PLT CDR DATA r_mK. DATA MARK. At station4. < ' ?

: _ i ,

CDR

Okay, he's startedhis translation back to toward the donningstation.

_,' "_"

CDR

Okay, he has a reall good trajectory this time coming down from station 4 to station 5-

._

] • ,_ 354 22 ii 28

CDR

Very c - very few corrections required. perfect maneuver. DATA DATA .L_2,K. __'r:_ _,'_',_. DAC cameras are going off.

?LT CDR CDR

Give me your PLT ...

=" CDR PLT CDR

What ? 26 .i. Okay. PSS? It's 26.1 on the battery. How's the

PLT

all the way 500. change

down Okay, now.

to about we're

500. _o do : battery

CDR and a PSS 354 22 ii 47 CDR

going

This is the CDR, l'm going recorder for a few minutes.

off

the

354 22 20 31

CDR

Okay, this is the CDR hack up on the loop again. The battery and the and the PSS have both been changed. We're back to the - going to start

'@

Dump Tape 354-10

_i_ • ": @_

tracking maneuver. And _ owe you .... CMID number 3 now. I won't screw m_ up aga,I hope. For the tracking maneuver. He's in mode CMG; he's flying to the center of the workshop for his first maneuver. CDR l'm puttingthe DACs back on now. Okay, they're bothrunning. DATA DATA r_RK. _ABK. All right he's now pitching

_ _

_i _ _, , ..'_ . }_i! _ _" ' _ _54 22 22 21 PLT CDR "_5h 22 22 01 PLT CDR

_ ,_

do:_n put is X-axisat the deck. tc intersectionhe wall and the t DATA _."uLRK. DATA ',tqRK. He's beginning left. 90 degrees. complete. DATA _4ARK.
_r DATA M_.Rm.

a yaw to the

CDR

Okay the 180 degree's

354 22 23 03

PLT CDR

f

FLT CDR

Rategyro. Going to rate gyro now. He's got to drift backwards and down. DATA _tA_RK. DATA _tA_RK. ... track maneuver. Starting tracking back to the right. Still

354 22 23 55

PLT CDR

i

PLT CDR CDR

Okay, he's got to drift down. drifting down. DATA _L%RK, DATA MARK.

354 22 2'4 38 :

PLT CDR

DumF Tape [_ _'

Z54-]N

Page 12 of 15

CDR "_._

Now he's stopped his downdriI_ and has got to establishdrift going up, back to his normal position. DATA _[ARK. DATA _._RK. Mode direct. Modedirect. DATA _uRK ... Okay,he gave anotherdata mark now he'son his way in direct. Got a higher rate going this time than he did before. He's got a roll right error of about 4 degrees, 3 degrees. Okay, he's stopping the maneuver. Stopping the maneuver gave him a roll. Okay, there was no data mark after going iroTMG. Really wasn't necessary; the attitude was stable. So the sequence is DATA MARK, CMG, and then began a translation. ... DATA _[&RK DATA _. Okay, he's at the banjo. He - he's got pitch down there of about 20 degree_ and a verticle error of about, oh, a foot and a half. He was essentially hanging thoroughly vertical looking up at the banjo at the upper edge. Okay, he's Just about got about all of his roll in. Now he's yawing to the left about ... Setting his pitch up now.

354 22 25 23

PLT CDR PLT CDR

i

, 354 22 25 2_

PLT CZ_

'

CCR

354 22 27 55

CDR

PLT 354 22 28 56 PLT _r,R

d

b_ ,i
_J_

•:

* •_

Dump Tape 35_-i0 Page 13 of 15

"_;_i'_,.i_-. ,
• ] •.

CDR' CDR

Okay. he's - Okay, he's approaching his position 2. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Position 2. Roll error of

354 22 30 24

PLT CDR

.

about plus h degrees- 4 or 5 degrees. Pitcherror of plus 5 degrees. CDR Okay, this maneuver from 2 to 3 is a little bit more conservative and gave him a little bit more time keep track of things. There isn't quite so much backwards motion where he couldn't see where 35h 22 31 41 PLT CDR CDR he was going.

DATA P[ARK. DATA _,_RK. Position 3-

Okay, he's about halfway through the maneuver from 3 to 4. And then running about 8 to 12 inches between his hand controller and the ring locker, holding the top of the ring lov - locker pretty well at eye level, he's now just below the condensate tank and down a little bit. Good smooth rate going. Not many in translation. control deflections

354 22 33 49

PLT CDR CDR

DATA MARK. DATA _RK. Position 4.

Okay, he's got a good start toward the docking station. He whet back one pulse and down one pulse, and now he's in a yaw left movement. He just put in two plus - Y translations and now two short minus - Y translations. Good trajectory Right straight again; slow rates. to the docking station•

CDR

"_

354 22 34 56

PLT

DATA MARK.

"4

•_ ,

:|

_

C. ','.

Dump Tape 354-10 _age 14 of 15

• ,b:.;., _.. ; _ _"" •

CER
r_ P_.

DATA "L_P_K. Station 5. At the baseline.... Okay, give me your PSS and batte_ _ readings. 27.1 27.1 on on the battery and the b_tery. ...

CDR

"_"'

•'"'.

PLT _.uR PLT CZE

! ,.

_. .

I"" _
_200 on the 1200 ... on the PSS. power off. FLU CP_ Did you turn off the CMG power? That's wat it said• For the grasp and , F_T C L, _-[ PLT push? It says "after baseline CMG, cage CMGs in rate gyro and then CMG power Oh, okay. does i beg _[inedoesn't your pardon. say that• off. = CDR Yes it RLT Grasp and push, 700 psi ... Mode direct, direct. Use the same station keeping points, approx attitudes, and transfer as baseline maneuver. Grasp station rates keeping point to arrest rates. Then push off toward next point• Data mark as each point is grasped. Okay, I'm going to star_ here• CDR 354 22 36 35 _LT CDR All right. Okay, DATA i'm DATA _£ALRK for HARKing the for the pushoff. pushoff. In good shape. CDR CDR Okay, we're in CM ID 2. Okay, his right foot just barely grazed the DAC up in the film ring camera location.

". _'*-" -', _':' ,,, ._'_/¢ - •

Dt_mp Tape

354-10

Page 15 of 15

CDR

Okay, he's hovering along pretty well now. He's got a little higher rate than he usually has. Okay, I'm looking ahead and ...

_ "

354 22 42 49

CDR

_

ENDOFTAPE

:h

.

.r

__if '._b

J ,b ,

Dump Tape 354-11 Tim_: 354:21:34 12/21/73 Page i of 25

to 354:03:06

GMT

354 21 34 46

CDR

DATA MARK. Now he's turning into a roll to the right. He arrived at that data mark position with a - about 5 degrees of roll, right already in. He's in his roll right maneuver now and very little drift rate, if any at all. The only drift rate is toward 4 :30 ••• extremely small. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Hello there. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Roll is complete. Now he's yawing back to face 432. He's in a slight drift downward. And he had a slight nose-down ... and he Just took that out. The firings that you here now are him rolling slowly to the left. Still got a little bit of downdrift going. Okay. Finished his yaw maneuver. He's stabilizing.

354 21 35 37 354 21 35 38

PLT CDR PLT

354 21 36 20 354 21 36 21

PLT CDR

,/-'

CDR

Okay, what's your - your gas and your electricity, Bill? 2,000 psi. 2,000 psi. 27.7 hold. 27.7 hold.

PLT CDR PLT SPT CDR 354 21 38 05 354 21 38 06 PLT CDR

... okay ... MODE DIRECT? Okay. MODE DIRECT.

DATA MARK. DATA MARK.

Dump

Tape

354-11 25

Page 2 of

PLT 354 21 38 15 CDR

I don't do it in direct? Yes, in direct you Just do a 1 I second thrust pitch up and let it drift and stop at 90 degrees and do a data mark. ... Pitch up.

PLT CDR

Okay. There was the pitch up thrust. It was about a half second thrust. Gosh darn. He's got a little bit of drift rate going away from 432. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Now he's readjusting his position. You better give another data mark when you get ready to start. Okay. He's got a drift rate set up going back toward 3 - 432 now and he's Just about in the center of the workshop. DATA MARK .... pich down.

PLT CDR

354 21 39 28 354 21 39 29 _

PLT CDR

CDR

354 21 40 00 354 21 40 01

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. Okay, now he's that was a pitch down. That was a good one second stroke. He's got a little bit of left roll in there. he's now rolled left, I'd say, 5 degrees. And he's got a yaw error of about 25 degrees from where he started. Okay, that's the stopping of the pitch and a DATA MARK. Okay, he's got a yaw drift rate and a roll right drift rate. That was a yaw left thrust Just heard. Okay, he's taking it out. DATA _MARK.

354 21 40 30

CDR

you

CDR 354 21 41 03 PLT

Dump

Tape

354-11

Page 3 of 25

35h 21 hi 04

CDR FLT

DATA _&_K. ... Correcting his attitude now. He was rolled slightly left. He's rolling to the vertical now and he*s going to drift backward toward 432. And he's pitched back slightly. He'll give us another data m_rk when he's bask in correction ... position. DATA MARK. Correction. Okay. 13 degrees.

354 21 41 05

CDB

354 21 41 27 35h 21 41 28

PLT CDR PLT CDR

DATA MARK. Ysw right,

There vas a 1 second thrust yawing to the right. Good motion. Don't see any cross coupling discernible from here. No, it looks like a real good one. Very, very slight roll left, maybe. Oka_v, he's taking out the yaw. That definitely gave him a roll left. He Just took it up DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay. That - Stopping that yaw to the right gave him a little roll to the left. He also ended up with a little - as a result of that yaw - a little bit of drift toward 432. Okay, he's right now in a eorreetion phase where's he's getting back to the center of the workshop. Getting his rates ...

354 21 42 03 354 21 42 04

PLT CDR

35h 21 42 37 354 21 42 38

PLT CDB PLT

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Rolling to the right.

Rolling right,

f--

Dump

Tape

352-11 25

Page 4 of

CDR

Okay, got a good roll to the right. He had a little residual drift left and he's drifting slightly backwards. Looks like a pretty pure maneuver in roll. No it isn't. Slight - slight bit of yaw to the left. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. He - he did a translational to the right. He miscued - he read a yaw to the left as a - translation to the left. Okay, he's got it back under control now. Alright. DATA MARK. DATA MAPd<. ... Good rate. Good thrust. All right, the net result of that roll effort was a slight drift to the left as you face 432 -

354 21 42 59 354 21 43 00

PLT CDR

CDR 354 21 43 23 35_ 21 23 2_ PLT CDR PLT CDR

354 21 23 45 352 21 23 26

PLT CDR CDR CDR

DATA MARK. More DATA MARK. - of about a foot and a half. All right. That completes the attitude maneuvers. Now he's going to do a plus X thrust. He's now pitching forward a littlt bit. He ended up with a little pitch up right there which he's trying to take out and get settled. DATA MARK for correction. DATA MARK.

354 21 44 13 _354 21 44 12

PLT CDR

Dump Tape 354-11 Page 5 of 25

354 21 4h 23 354 21 h4 2h

PLT CDR PLT CDR

Another DATA MARK. Another DATA MARK for correction. Minus X. Minus X first. Minus X. He got a little bit of down along with that as far as the trajectory is concerned. Now he's stopped it. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. And he's still got downdrift in all of his - There's plus X and he did not take the downdrift out. That -that stopped his drift when - he stopped it -

354 21 44 41 354 21 hh 42

PLT CDR

354 21 44 56 354 21 44 57

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. - - when he stopped his plus X translation it gave him another downdrift again. Minus Z. Minus Z. He had a - Now he's stopped the downdrift with a minuz Z and he's rolled slightly to the right about 3 or 4 degrees. He stopped it. DATA MARK. DATA MARK, down now. Plus Y. Okay, he's got a good plus Y going. He was rolled slightly right so he's now he's driflnt downward as well as to the right. He's got a slight drift

PLT 354 21 _5 03 CDR

354 21 45 14 354 21 45 15

PLT CDR

PLT CDR

354 21 45 30

PLT

DATA MARK.

Dump

Tape

354-11

Page 6 of 25

354 21 45 5]

CDR

DATA _JLRK. He's got a left yaw drif_ in, no_. There is a minue Y. Ee's still got his left drift in yaw. All right. He's - during that minus trnaslation - DATA MARK. DATA MARK. He stoppe_ his up/down drift, but as soon as he tried to stop the minus Y translation, the plus Z drift started again. ... minus Z again ... Okay, he's getting back up around the water tank ring and then he's going to do a minus Z translation, which is the only one he owes you now. Okay. He's in attitude now with 432 at his right shoulder. He's rolled slightly to the right about 3 degrees and he's taken that out. Okay, he's still got a little left roll drift. Good, now he's got a pitch down drift. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. one. There Minus Z. That was a good was very little drift.

CDR

Y

354 21 45 h7

PLT CDR

PLT CDE

f--

CDR

354 21 46 36 354 21 46 37

PLT CDR

354 21 46 k8

CDR

If anything, he's got a slightly - a very, very, slight pitch up here. He's stopping it now. And his residual's - DATA MARK. DATA MARK. - - his residual drift is minus pitch. Correction, plus pitch. Pitch up. MODE RATE GYRO.

354 21 46 53 354 21 46 5_

PLT CDR CDR

PLT

Dump

Tape

354-11 25

Page 7 of

CDR

All right. RATE GYR0.

_e

mode is now

PLT CDR PLT CDR

... 1800 psi. kS00 psi. 27.2. 27.2 volts. Alright, now he's going to go through a transfer maneuver. He's 90 degrees from facing the locker 432. He's - it's on his right shoulder. He's translating up plus X towards the banjo. Bill, you need to be yawing the other way, facing 432. What? You need to face 432, don't you? That's right, you got to be your back to it. ... I got it. Okay. Go ahead. How many volts?

CDR

PLT CDR

PLT CDR CDR PLT CDR

You put the banjo to your back. What? Put the banjo to your back. Right? Okay. He's in a RATE GYR0 NODE. Translated in Z up to the dome area. Now he's put in a little bit of pitch down and a little bit of yaw to the left and he's driving around to put his back to the banjo. A little bit of down thrust - left thru - right thrust. He's stopped his roll - yaw rate. Rolling a little bit to the right.

354 21 48 50

CDE

Dump

Tape

354-11

Page 8 of 25

354 21 49 26

CDR

Okay. He's got a roll right drift and a back drift. Okay, he's in a good position, he's slightly right shoulder down. Mode going to DIRECT. All right. He's now going to MODE DIRECT. He's drifting backwards and down slightly. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. translation All right. That was a thrust in X. He's

PLT CDR

354 21 50 Ol 354 21 50 02

PLT CDR

doing a little bit of plus Z right after he did the X. Now he's coasting. CDR i_ PLT CDR Did you do a data mark halfway? NO,not ... You're supposed to be coasting and not do anything until the second data mark. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, his rate is essentially straight down and position is very little forward _.. . Now he's making, essentially, a dog-leg maneuver. okay, his feet are 2 feet from the floor now, and he's about 6 feet out from the handbars. The handrails. And he's, essentially, vertical. Okay, he's Just about stopped at the donning station. Bill, do you have any comments on the AB accuracy? Yes. It's not too bad. I didn't do

354 21 50 54 354 21 50 55

PLT CDR

CDR

PLT

a very good Job.

I aimed too high.

Dump Tape 354-11 Page 9 of 25

CDR

Yes. Okay. He says it's not tee bad - he knows what he did wrong. He aimed high and then he made a midcourse to overcorrected it in early midcourse. Ended up with a big dog-leg. Did you data mark?

FLT 354 21 52 30 CDR

Yes, I did. Okay. He's got a DATA MARK in and he's now going on to the base line
maneuver.

35h 21 52 39

CDR PLT CDR

How about your PSM and battery? ... 1500. 1500. At 27. So He's get enough to go ahead and do a baseline. Okay. Baseline in DIRECT. DATA MARK. Z

/-_

PLT CDR 35h 21 53 ll 354 21 53 12 PLT CDR

DATA MARK. Okay, he did a minus and a minus X. Minus Z followed

-

b_ minus X. Now he's yawing to the right. Okay. he's stooping his yaw and he ended up with a roll error to the right. He was rolling ... to the right when he ... He took that out. Now he's beginning a pitch up maneuver to align himself to parallel to the dome - to the dome wall. And he's got a pretty good trajectory moving up to the banjo. He's got a pitch rate. Very slightly yawed right, which he Just took out with that last blip you heard. He's now stopping the pitch rate. He yawed to the left a little bit. Now he's yawing to the right, Okay, ... a small attitude correction now to get him to the banjo. He'sa - -

Dump Tape 354-11 Page l0 of 25

354 21 54 28 354 21 54 29

PLT CDR

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. He's not quite facing the banjo. He's yawing to the left about 5 degrees. That was a minus ... translation. There was a Y. Okay, now he's got a drift rate and heading for that W2. Okay, he's got a combina a combination of roll and yaw in right now. Okay, with heads down about 30 degrees. Now he's got a yaw rate that's going too far. Now he's got his body horizontal but he's flying through his attitude and got his feet low now. Now he's stopped it. Okay, he's slightly feet low. Okay, he's about 2 feet below where he ought to be. He's stopped that. and he's getting his attitude under control. His translation is completely stopped now. Going ... some - some minus Z here to get his head up toward the FMU. He's got a drift rate going toward the FMU now. Okay. He's slightly feet low. By low, I mean relative to the floor of the forward compartment. Okay, he's got a yaw and a roll pitch where he had drift rate, both going now. he Just took out the roll rate. Now the y_w drift rate's coming out. He's going the other way.

354 21 55 38

CDR

"

354 21 56 36 354 21 56 37

PLT CDR

DATA

MARK.

DATA MARE. And his attitude is roll to the right about 5 degrees and yaw to the right about 4 or 5 degrees at that point. Okay, he's now maneuvering over over toward 404. His feet Just hit the camera thrust station. Okay, he's Just about positioned in front of 404/406. That's station number 3. And he's at about 3. Now he's translating toward the station.

f_

Dtmp Tape 354-11 Page ii of 25

CDR

Okay. He's stopping all of his rotation and then translation, now. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, he's starting his translation to the right along the dome from station 3 to station 4. Okay. He's about 1/3 of the way there. Got good elevation. His toes are riding right about at the the girth ring level. Not the girth ring, but the water tank ring. He's keeping hie hand controllers about 8 inches to a foot away from the lockers. He's drifting slightly low, in order to clear the water holding tank, condensate holdingtank. Both cameras still working okay. Okay, he's directly under the condensate holding tank, now, clearing it with his head by about 5 or 6 inches. He's got a roll right here of about 4 degrees. Okay. He's Just about to station 4. Stopping his rate. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. That was a DATA MARK at station _. Now he's starting his translation and rotation down toward the donning stationg. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, we're going to stop the DAC. Okay, what is your PDD reading?

354 21 58 32 354 21 58 35

PLT CDR CDR

CDR

f

354 22 00 23

CDR

354 22 00 29

CDR

354 22 01 ll 354 22 01 12

PLT CDR CDR

354 22 02 31 354 22 02 32

PLT CDR

Dump Tape 354-11 Page 12 of 25

PLT CDR PLT CDR

about ... How much? 16.20 and about 900. Alright, let's see, I think you could probably - Let's see if you could do one more here. You need 7 hundred psi to do a 1%ATE GYRO _nd I think you got enough battery. Go ahead and do it. Okay. Okay, I've decided that _;e're going to hold off the battery and the PSS change so I'm going to start the DACs again. They're both running. Okay, Bill. Go ahead. SPT at 01:43. Set up on 806B. Going to have to do now is the ... Record light with the green light ... Too b right and I'll never get dark adapted. Ok_ got a piece of tape over the light. Okay, one last cheek here. ROTATION is still 65_ TILT of 24.0. It got the door open. It's all mounted. Bulb is on T. Check that. The bulb is on B. The timer's on B in the camera .... by this pad. Got Nikon 04, VE08, TO 25 filter A-I is the first one in there.

PLT CDR

352 ii h3 XX

SPT

355 01 45 08

SPT

The others are standing by. F stop at 2,0. We got the 55-millimeter UV lens on. The first one is at 01:50:20. The first one goes for i second, Then we've got a 30-second at A-3, i0 seconds after thmt. S,Jre think we can do that very straightforwardly given no mechanical hangups. 01:51:40, m minute and lO seconds after the show

D_mp Tape 351_-ii Page 13 of 25

we put in a C-3; then we'll hustle and see what we can do. And I'm on 2 minutes - 1 minute and h0 seconds later we put in a B-l, okay. Give everybody a go. F ... standing by, and I 'm gonna turn off my flashlight soon. See •.. It's possible for me to see something out there. So far I cannot even see a star through the view finder. 355 01 h6 52 CDR SPT SPT Yesterday Thank I corrected the ......

you, Jerry.

/_'\ 355 01 h8 16 SPT

Okay, we're on attitude now. Nothing •.. mapped out, should be able to see at least a star I would think. Antares, as I recall, is very close to that. Brighter than the comet tonight, still might see Antares. Have you ever done this before, Jer? Bill, have you done this one before? S063 using the TO23 adapter in the AMS. Have you ever been able to see the comet using this rig? I think it's clear enough to see the comet with a pair of binoculars out the window. Okay, we're coming up on hg. Stand by.

CDR

SPT 355 01 49 01 SPT

MARK. Okay, we're gonna do it at 50:20. I did it at Just the right angle here. I believe - yeah, there it is, not the comet though. What I see is the horizon and looks like a star, although it looks below the horizon. I probably skimmed the airglow. Okay, we're coming up to 50. They want a 1 - second exposure, that's at 20. MARK. Open and closed, 1 second. Going to A-3 A-3 is in, shutter door open now. (Whispering) ... stand ...... tell ..., dang it.

355 01 50 21
/

SPT

/_

DL_np Tape 354-11 Page 14 of 25

CDR SPT

Shutter door open now. Okay 1560 ... already. A 30-second camera. Okay, I'm gonna get the C filter out while I'm doing it. And we're gonna want to put in C-3, okay. I close the shutter on my mark. MARK. Film filter advance .... coming out. Okay, A-3 is in, ready to go. We want this one at, 51:40, open. It didn't - didn't fall down on me, I'm gonna have to use another one. Open. The manual catch did not fall on that one. Okay, that one is at 40 - 52 - 51:52. We open that shutter. We use one extra frame. Right there at A, ... nice .... Going to be ... 1. 460. Okay, there's B ready to go. Okay, shutter door closed on my mark. MARK. Advance film. Gonna get a filter. Install filter. Okay, St art. At 53:20. Okay, stand by MARK. Okay, that was at 22. 2 seconds behind. Okay, that was hustling. The only thing that really fouled me up though is - for some reason the manual release shutter when I pushed the bulb in and took my thumb off it release on me, so I ended up using an extra frame there. You had yourself around a 1-second exposure on filter C-3. Okay, we're coming around to - Okay, I cannot see the come above the airglow. ... be 01:53:40.

355 01 51 16

SPT

/-_

355 01 52 52

SPT

CDR SPT CDR SPT 355 01 53 23 SPT

Dump Tape 354-11 Page 15 of 25

355 01 5h 05

SPT

All I can see was the - the stars shining through the airglow. I'll check it real quick here. In the end when we get this - I can take this filter out of here. Stand by. MARK. Okay, shutter closed. Filter's off, and of course we got lots of light in there. Okay, you can clear them out, Jer. Yes/a, I'm finally through. Okay. We're starting back. Okay, let me give you the frame numbers on that. Yesh, you can turn them on, Bill. Thank you. Okay, we v the last one was frame number26, so we used framenumbers 21, 22, 23, 24 - no, let's go back. Frames number 22 on the first one. Frame number 22 was the first one with A-l, frame number 22. Okay, one more time, we'll try it again. Frame number 22 was with filter A-1. Frame number 23 was with filter A-3. Frame number 24 was with the 1-second exposure on A-3. Frame number 25 was with the nominal exposure on C-3. And frame number 26 was the last exposure with B-I. Okay, the operation was not too bad depending on the time it took - you can Just about do it from the time you got lald out here. I know you don't have time - much time to observe. You want to squeeze in as much as possible so I understand that. Now although I was not able to see the comet, I could see the airglow and the stsr coming through the airglow which may well have been Antares. I could not look for the comet when it should have actually been in there because I do not have a clear filter to look through.

355 01 5h 23

SPT

SPT

CDR SPT

SPT _

Dump Tape 354-11 Page 16 of 25

355 01 57 15 355 02 09 21

SPT PLT

SPT out. Okay, ASMU manueverability. 1. Could you fly the baseline maneuver satisfactorily in all modes? Any modes deficient? Which ones and why? All modes were flown satisfactorily. Any mode deficient? I would say no, not deficient - my preference is for the CMG mode because of the nice, tight attitude control you have and the ability to make a - position yourself orthogonally in a msnner that you find pleasing in order to make precisely controlled maneuver components. Say, if you're atr - what I mean to say is, when you're translate from point A to point B and you have a fair idea of what proportion of - say 3 - 3 orthogon_l axis - axes that you would like to thrustin, if you,you know,set set yourself up orthogonally so that you can fire the left, go to Y or Z or if you can point yourself directly at it, that's nice. And that's easiest with the CMG mode. Now the other modes you find it Just requires - The thing is it's un - it's unsatisfying to fly in rate gyro CMG sometimes because you think you're doing a sloppy inefficient Job. Actually I think the rate gyro mode is pretty good. You don't have the feeling that you're - aren't completely on top of - completely in control down to the - the finest degree. So I'd say my first preference is CMG, second is the rate gyro_ and third is direct. Because of the _ and those are the decreasing degrees of fineness of attitude control. Thrust - thruster translation, no big - mske a big problem.

F

355 02 ii l0 f-

PLT

I know it's difficult to make very precise mo - w** although I usuallyended up and - and in the attitude that I wanted.

Dump Tape 354-11 Page 17 of 25

355 02 ii 30

PLT

Was precision stationkeeping easier in some modes? Which ones and why? CMG, for the reasons I stated previously although it's no big deal. I think you can station keep in the other. You don't get the nice picture attitude, you know, it's - it's in the checklist it's in the rate gyro in the CMG mode. Did some modes take more attention to flying than others? Direct the most attention to rate gyro next and the CMG least of all because of the fineness of control. If you're satisfied with a sort of a half-asses attitude performance, I think that there is not a big difference in all those modes. If your're trying to get the school solution attitude in each one of these things, and I think that CMG is by far a better one.

PLT

jF 355 02 12 22 PLT

Were you able to satisfactorily aim at the target for the transfer maneuver? Baseline maneuver? Yes, although I must admit that I was not precise. I had easily ended up - ended up making corrections and I finally I - I was improving all the way through. In particular the transferancy from the ...MU up to 4 wh - from 2 to 3. Position 2 to position 3, I found the most difficult translation to psyche out mainly because you're going backwards and I think that the curvature of the workshop is slightly different than the simulator we used up in Denver.

PLT

Should any maneuver be changed for the next M509 run? No. I think that you got a very nice run established there and it's sort of tests you know, the call the matter - in al matters of testing that seem appropriate type of experiment. for this

D_np Tape 354-11 Page 18 of 25

355 02 13 27

PLT

That is, they're trying to get to use the - get the individual to try to visualize himself in a three dimensional context and to approximate in his own mind the ... required to change attitude along a certain llne in space. ASMU controllability. During the single axis cals, direct mode, did you notice any attitude disturbances _hen commanding translation? Which axis and direction? Well, I noticed them and they _ere commented on by Jerry and I got no big bone to pick with those. I expected them, and I think it's a CG problem. And I think it's Just something that you Just live with. You - after a while will work it out. It was not all that distracting it was obviously present. although

PLT

During the single axis cals_ direct mode, did you notice attitude rates increase or attitude change about an axis other than the axis commanded? Which axis and direction? Well, I can't answer that precisely. Let's see - no, I cannot. I cannot remember. Were attitude disturbances due to normal limb motions in the direct bothersome - in the direct mode bothersome? No. Did you notice any "leg lag" during rotation or translation c_ds? No. Did you inadvertautly contact the OWS? If so, how often? I think I hit twice. Once all of those are in the dome ring transfer from position 3 to position and once I hit my - no, it wasn't it, I guess maybe twice, on the transfer from postion 3 to position 4 aud I can for you which modes. 4

PLT

Dump

Tape

345-11

Page 19 of 25

355 02 15 17

PLT

It was the the first one, I think. I get the - get my - touch my foot - didn't really hit it - touched my foot and I also, over near position I touched my right foot. I think it's on the food lockers now, it's cause I was flying so low. I'll raise it up next time. And then one run during the - the - the crew preference, whatever you call it, the discretionary maneuver, I did the Z-axis parallel to the grid floor, belly toward the locker, circled around and then I think I touched a toe. Now, let's see, did you sometimes use your legs or hands to stop or pushoff? If so, how often? Well, I only did it on the pushoff maneuver near the end. You have to push ... hard.

/_

355 02 16 08

PLT

Okay, did the A - ASMU tend to slip duringrolleo_nauds?No. We were tied down pretty well. OWS factors. Did you notice the OWS air velocity perturbating your translations? Negative. Your st at ionkeeping? Negative. It may have, but I didn't notice it. Did shadows provide useful motioncues? No. Your longest, I think, by far in a way, completely overpowering anything like shadows or anything else, high intensity lights or anything else is not mentioned. The one thing here that was the most disturb ing bothersome, irritating in the whole thing is that damned head gear you got. Those goggles are terrible. They've - they have all kinds of visual distortions in them. Th_ - It's uncomfortable to wear. You got to put the corn carrier on and that ridiculous hard hat over it that slips around, and it's extremely uncomfortable. I found it awf - very distracting. And I would say that it degraded my performance far more than anything that

355 02 16 50

PLT

355 02 16 59 _

PLT

D_np Tape 354-11 Page 20 of 25

you've mentioned here so far. And I feel so strongly about it that I think that you've partially compromised the experiment with the head gear. Enough said on that. I - I - I said nothing personal there. It's Just that I think you didn't mention the one item that pissed me off more than anything else. Did shadoes provide use - - Did you - Did the high intensity photo lights bother you? Negative. As I said, the helmet and the goggles and all that folderol b othermed me more than anything. And I think it - it contributed to the degradation of performance far in a way more than any other thing, including direct problems air flow and all the other stuff. I think that a guy ought to be comfortable when he's wearing _f this thing. And that'sJust like a dog putting a doggone sea tramp on your head as far as I'm concerned. I Just thought it very, very irritating. PLT Did you have a tendency to become disoriented during large pitch or roll maneuvers? Negative. When upside down? Negative. If M509 had been flown on the first day of the mission, do you feel you would have had a greater tendency to become disoriented? Yes, I do. If so, why? I think that we have be become accustomed to a lot of ... stagments and a - all of the other things that we don't even understand, and I don't think anybody else does. B55 02 18 16 PLT And I know darn well it took me a good week before I got my sea legs, so to speak, in the workshop. Now, I think other crewmen that have flown probablywould have become

PLT

B55 02 18 22 f_

PLT

Dump Tape 354-11 Page 21 of 25

adjusted much more quickly than I havre, but it ook me a week, and I don't think that I would have wanted to Jump - Oh, I would - I could have done it because we went EVA, if you recall, within the first week and I had no problem. But there is a greater tendency during that first week. Were attitude disturbances during the _ mode - Oh, I didn't do the HHMM. Okay, I would like to make one other comment. I think that that is an excellent machine. I think that you've got a winner. I don't care what anybody else says, I think that this is a device that should be followed through. And I think that you have done a very good Job of covering the spectrum of controlability capability that you have there, used the VMGs, the rate gyro and the direct. 355 02 19 12 PLT And I - and I feel extraordinarily strongly about that. And I can't - I don't like people that go off in a tangent and say that I could Jump from point A to point B, because, darn it, it - it this is not made for Jtunping around. This is made for a definite purpose. If you look at the film you'll see that I was able to go dc_n there, pick up that ESS and carry it to the dome. Okay, no big deal. I could have Jumped down there and got it faster, sure. But if I was working, trying to assemble a space station, I wouldn't be Jumping around. And I think that that's a - that is a very well designed machine. I think the simulator up at Denver was extraordinarily good. And I - I Just csn't emphasize how favorably impressed I am with the machine. As I said, the only bad point at all is Just that stuff I had to stick on my head. So I was - I felt very comfortable doing it. I think - I

355 02 19 39

PLT

Dt_np Tape 354-11 Page 22 of 25

looked

over the checklist

head

of

time, and Jer and I got ready ahead. And by the way, they're not giving us enough time to do it, Bruce. The FAO is Just - I don't know how - I shouldn't say that. I don't - there is nothing person_l here, but every - everybody seems to cut down - figure out how much time it takes and them take off 15 or 20 percent. 355 02 20 22 PLT So that we were charging, really charging hard, and we still didn't finish in time. And I mean I had I put - I set the cameras up, some of them three times and people come and grab them because they had to have them for something else. And we were trying to play the game like Lou had set it up; he did a good Job get giving us the information ahead of time. We set the cameras up, and then somebody else would have to use them. But I was very religious that I get that stuff up there ahead of time, and we started on time, and we still got behind. And I went through - I mean, I don't see how we could have done it any faster. But anyway, what I - the two things that I guess is that - the only ... say anything about is that headgear and that you are not giving us enough time - enough time to do the maneuvers we have here. Other than that as I say, I - I really - I really co_mnend you for the machine and I think you got a winner. 355 02 21 12 355 02 41 53 PLT SPT PLT out. Area on either side of it and to try to identify ways in which one side of the fault zone links up with the other. That I was usable to do ....

f

Dump Tape 354-11 Fage 23 of 25

355 02 h3 B6

SPT

SPT at 02:41. Haudheld photo 107, observation only. Okay, let me correct something I said this morning. I believe that I said South Island in place of North Island, or it was the other w_y around rather, North in place of South.

SPT

Okay, I again looked for the alpine fault the alpine fault, and I could not identify any slippage along that fault. I could identify a certain major linear feature which turned out to be the tops of mountains with a - a mountain crest essentially with a little inverted ridge in some locations. And the water erosion has worked on that. But that that didn't pan out .... I could look at that and feel fairly confident, I had seen the fault. However, as far as the area on eitherside of it, and to try to identify ways in which one side of the fault z one links up with the other, that I was unable to do. The rivers and water erosion areas are very discernable on the west side and on the east. And there does appear to be a preferred orientation for these relative to the fault line. That is, the ones on the west side appear to be focused up a little as towards the north, and the ones on the south a little towards the south. I'm sorry, the ones on the west side slope north, the ones on the east side slope south. However, that may be around 20 degrees or so off of the perpendicular to the fault line. However, as far as identifying these as other faults that's - hard to say. Ridges between mountains which carry a lot of water Just by the nature of their - where they - where they fall on the gravitational field doesn't necessarily mean that it's a fault. You can identify these features, they're linear, but to call them a a fault is, I find from observations from up here, very difficult.

---

Dump Tape Page 2h of

354-11 25

355 02 h3 30 355 02 h8 23

SPT CDR

SPT out. This is the CDR at 03:00 Zulu, debriefing the 02:18 ATM pass. The pass was a JOP 6, step 1 building block i, that type of pass, •.. in optic. Managed to carry it off without any great problems. We did not have any problems with S055's grating this time. We're using the MECHANICAL and ran building block IA. IB was no problem; ran it as - as scheduled with 82A omitted. Was watching active region 00 the whole time. Started to brighten at one one period of time there, but popped out before we could see anything on the XUV MON. That was Just about the time I was supposed to have been doing an nu Z update, so I stuck my eye to the - the - what am I trying to think of - oh, the persistence image [?] scope. All I could think of was the pseudonym. At any rate, I had my eye glued to that. And that persnickety thing didn't bother to do any - any point brightlng, so we didn't get any any action frem 00 on the last pass of the evening.

f_

,

355 02 03 19

CDR

The XUV image in general, is beginning to brighten up quite a bit. It's been a considerably more active looking than - than I've noticed in the past week or so. Of course, Ed's briefed you completely on all the goodies on that, so I won't go into any great detail• The only area on the XUV that came through in ambiant, that is, without integration, was active region 00. The others were aS] pretty subdued• The white light coronagraph, the streamer that - that - ... that about 9:30 or so, is still there. mininent and slender• It's quite proI widened slightly

Dump Fage

Tape 354-11 25 of 25

at the base, but for the most part it's a long, narrow streamer extending considerable dist_uce. And it looks very much like the picture that Ed took this morning at about 13:55, so I didn't consider it to be any great significance. It reslly is hanging in there though. That's for sure. And there didn't seem to he anything else of any great interest on white light coronagral_h. I gave you the %ridio data on the VTR. I st.-ted at - at the end of building block IA snd hand it on WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH so you could watch the 90-degree roll and then terminated it with a series of XUV non integrations. 355 03 05 03 CDR CDR out. You got the - -

END OF TAPE

.........
Dump Tape 354-12 Time: 354:22:42

to 354:23:28

GMT

1212211'3

....
REISSUED

3_-20-5B 08 ......
2 3 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 B54 22 43 09 13 _4 ].5 _6 17 1_19 20 21 22 z4 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 -_3 _ 41 42 43 ,_4 _54 22 45 46 45 J 47 48 ,46 l " " _54 22. 44 14 CDR PLT CDR to 354 22 42 40 354 22 42 hi CDR

This segment_is -duplicated
Dmnp Tape 354-i0.

verbatim _thin

.....
t

i

Okay, looking at my pad, I think probably I should not have had the DAC at FIO. running during this maneuver hut it is somewhat of a baseline. Just about ell of the _ of any value is finished so Itm going to terminate DAC i0 now, And the D_l DAE_ i_ st_ll go_ng, DATA DATA MARK. ' MARK, 0k_y_ he_s got prett_ good trajectory out of what w_s essautiall_ roll and you rates t_t he had to take out with the hand controller. Got t_m " prettywell sta_lized out no_ and he_s drifting towards the docking _ the dock_ ing station. ', DATA MAEK_ q Data _a_k, 0_I_k7_ Cre_ discretion-. ary, 800 pounds? _a_t_s your battery_ Okay. 27. 2? All right. 28.2? ,(_ay. Now, your crew discretionarles they_'d like you do are the dome lock _ a dome locker flyk.around. It says you start _ you _tart facing D404 wit_. your Z_ax_S parallel to the floor grid, and then fly around the lockers keep__ug your Z_-axis parallel to the floor. Parallel to the floor, not per_ pendicular, It mean'_ you're going • to go around head first. Well, yes, half of - half of an arc, All rigJlt, then you'd _ they wotuld like you to do it in the RATE TYEO MODE and then in the DIRECT MODE. "-_ -¢r_ 3: t3 _] __ z -_ _n U_ 0 m

0 -7 r .<

_LT C_)R

... No, I think your what this is with it; yes.

feet - you're

facing

That's

right.

I

II

I

D_mp Tape 354-12 P_e 2 of8

_ i

_ I

_ , I i

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 I0 11 354 22 47 55 12 13 14 15 16

CDR

Okay, he-has hOW got his Z-axis parallel to the floor and his head pointing in the direction that he's going to be going. He's got his right side down, he's maneuvering into position in front of D404. ... He's got a distance of about 2 feet out from the dome locker. Did you datamark? Did you data mar?

PLT CDR

C Cq Pl 'H I 0_ CJ m ._ _-_ l -gs I m

PLT CDR PLT

No. Allright. DATA MARK. Okay,about 2 seconds afterthe startof the maneuver, he have a data mark. _ Okay,his toes are Just about to touch. Nowhe' - he' at the s s top of ... Hand controllers looks 'like they are about 18 inches from the domelockers rightnow. His feet are about 3 inches. T About half around. Okay, he's under the condensate t_ now. His toesare about2 inches from teh lockers; his hand controller abouta foot. He's _othis legs pretty welll ack now to keep his toes from form touching. Toes and knees are about the same distance.

17
I_ 20 2t 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3o 31 35)¢ 22 49 08 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 _.C 35_ 22 50 25 41 42 43 44 46

CDR

CDR

O Z F

CDR

Bill, you want to do one in DIRECT mad you go - either go back the same way you came or go on around,which ever way you want. Did you do a data mark? No .... , :" '_

_LT CDR

47
48

i
Okay he went t 0 432 and _tpped.

,_DumpTape

354-12

(
l 2 S 4 5 _ 7 iB5h 22 51 08 8 I 9 _ 10 11 12 13 14 1535h 22 52 01 16 I 17 i _s I 19 135_ 22 57 i_ 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 39_ 22 58 03 31 33 32 35 CC SPT "CDR PIT CDR CDR CDR PLT CDR DATA DATA MARK. MARK. He did a - a roll He's

to the left of 90 degrees. upright facing _32.

You don't - I don't think we have enough gas. Let's put another PSS in. Oh, I bungled again. Sorry _bout that. I left it in CM ID 2 for that last discretionary run. He's flying back down to the donning station and we'll put PSS number 3 in. I am going to stop the done DAC. Going 6ff theI recorder -_ change out the PS8. Okay, Ed Just caught now while C _' FJ

CDR

himself

a fish.

5% _q (D ._ -q -4

He Just got the word from the ATM he's got himself a flare going. We got the PSS number - nt_ber 3 in and Bill did a push end - pushoff m_neuver up to D-432. I got the dome DAC started now. And Bill is going to ,do discretionary maneuver IRDIA in DIRECT now, going from 432 'around 404. to _ We are in 6?4 ID 3. l'm sorry g oflng up on you. ... ... Okay DATA MARK. j : _ _ ,_

Ln m -4 0

CDR

36 38
39

37

1
i

'

:.

4o
4t z2 43 44

-i

DATA MARK. Bill's in position, starting his maneuver around now from _3h to 40h. He is running about 2 feet out from the dome lockers. Okay, Try his toe has

{

45
46 47 4S

354 23 00 51
-

CDR

i

contracted

Dhl2. _< '..,SA-J_::

to get slightly

on her which

_mmediately put him into a pitch • around and a ya_less situation. E-',,:> :C. )';

JSC ?o-":l

r

4

Dump

Tape

354-12

] 2 S 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 CDR

Okay, _he's-at ihe attitude now and he's roll - rolling to the right now to get heads up and then he'll do a datamark. So in these India maneuvers, Bill 's data mark for the termination of the run is when he has arrived at the final right attitude and then yaw - roll or left to get his Z-axis to the floor then he
I

perpendiculsm

I

131235_ 21 01 52 14 u_ O < -J <_Z fI'J -X: O
Cu

PLT CDR

does a data mark._ : DATA MARK. DATA MARK, 0kay_ next is the PSS transfer. You fly down to the PSS - rack, open the clam_s, carry a PSS to the" dome and return to the rack. Secure it in the rack, close the clamps. You want to do it direct and then in rate gyro. -: don't :{ou try going information ,.. back

cc._ I:!

16 17 18 19 20 27 22 23 24 25 26 28 29

1

"-_

'

ca _" C3 • [1 0 _.,., _1 ":: •O _.2

C_R PLT
R

DATA

MARK.

DATA MARK .... Okay, Ed, why ... For your

CC

0

30
3] 35_ 23 03 08 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 4_ 42 43 4_: 35h 23 05 ii 45 46 47 48 CDR

_
Okay, he is - his attitude at - at the moment is essentially Z_axis parallel to the floor with the head facing FMU 2. And he's translating down to - to get a bottle, He is now more to be getting head down, .i 0k_f, Ed, -Waen you get back to MECHANICAL EEF_ certainly go ahead and set the 104 ... see that you use MECHANICAL REFERENCE. Okay, and _e're taking the VTR and we'll give it back to you later for the ATM ,.. ! Okay, he's got the PSS now and he's holding it between his legs and he's beginning his translation up to the dome area. . .°

H
r4 --I & 2 [" :,

_

CC

"!

CDR

! '' : 4

J

!

I I

I
D_np Tape 35h-12 J

t
1i 2 j 3 i' 4 J 6 354 5 II 23 06 20 7 8 9 1 10 j 11 J 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 CDR CDR CDR ....... Ol_ay, Bill re-ports wi_h the PSS between i his legs as he's maneuvering around the the forward firing thrusters are impinging upon his legs; feel it hitting him. Okay, when you get there, Bill, you i fly back down and put it away again. How is our battery and -? 27 volts and we're down to ... Okay, I'll tell you what, why don't you go rate gyro and bring it back in the RATE GYRO MODE. Got to save bit forsomeHHMUforme. a little :_ r l

PLT

Okay, Bill's at the dome now and he's shifting to the RATE GYRO MODE. Give - a data mark. DATA MARK. DATAMARK. RATE GYR0.

-07 "" Tq

PLT CDE PLT CDR

O

25
26 27 28 29 30 B54 23 08 46 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 aS J2C Fcz'n _-.c.%"-_<.. _ _.,.CL 6':" j ' " -

i
Goingto RATE GYR0 now. All right, ,he's going to fly back down to PSS station in RATE GYR0. i Skylab, Houston. We're a minute from LOS. We'll see you again over Texas in 32 minutes.That's23:21. Okay, he's j now - : down to the

H m
-,:D Ln ! _i nl -_ 0 Z £" "

CC

CDR PLT (DR

j ... firing.

j
- - he's now translated PSS station. DATA MARK. DATA MARK.

PLT CDR

: He shifted back to direct

to reduce the number of firing while he puts the PSS hack into the station.

• _ i [

"

NAS_'-JSC

Dt_p

Tape

354-12

f , S5_ 23 09 55 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 ]9 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 PLT CDR CDR -----Okay, the PSS number in the station. PLT CDR Now what do I do? 2has been insts/ied .....

Back to the donning station and _hat's it. Okay, now we go to docking, Bill. Okay, I'm trying to save gas ... I won't - It doesn't take much gas for _HMU, so don't worry about it. Battery is the main thing; we don't want it to quit on us. I guesswe don'tneed much of that e_ther really. Okay, the handrailsavegotto be raised. h _es. Just kind of hang by your sky hook while I raiseyour handrail. Okay,do you want to take a hold of that right they are. 't Okay. Am I doing in right? 'Yes, it looks pretty good. one? There -" "_ I

PLT CDR

C 0_ -4

m O uS

PLT CDR _LT CDR

28
29 30 _ 31 5_ 23 Ii 41 3S I $2 34 j 35 1 ¢0 37 PLT CDR PLT CDR

_
_nathappened?Am I Seated? - " - : .... Y_, _out-re seated. Althoug_ you

m
i m m __ O r" _

_.
. " :

";

Good, little in solid. need ayou're_ack rotation though. _ Oh, man. Almostcut my finger. (Laughter) All right, now data mark.

33
39 40 4_ 42 DATA MARK.

i
GotoMODE HHMU. i

45 47

CDR

All right,

I will .

close

the °

supply

valve.

_; i

,

L

Dump Tape

354-12 _ _ i I

Page of8 7

t
35_ 23 12_8 CDR
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 llBs4 23 12 38 13 !4 ]5 _2 16 t PLT CDR

.....Ahk -rightnow_}o_r mode _ho_d he
DIRECT. DIRECT. POWER OFF? All right. Yes, go ahead and turn the _0WER OFF and we'll swap over. All right. Okay, this is the CDR. Termination of ,_ p_ _, C "n

PLT CDR

going to swap positionsand I will take it out and do some f_m_liarization uns r with HHMU. M509-IPapa and - and Just a momentwe're

20_8191723 12 52 35h 22 23 _Sh 23 21 13 24 25 26

CDR PLT CDR

CDR out.TiME ISKIP Okay, the PLT starting the recording on -

mO-_b°O nl "-r

What time are we supposedto be done here? At 5:457

27
28 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 ,0 41 _'2 _ 43 44 _5 47 4& 48 PLT

i
Oh, gosh, I don't know. It's something likethat. I got iz my mindwe are supposed to be buttonedup by 18:00, something like that ... Oh, no. What next? I have ... Oh, trap. Well, we are going to have to get this sometime. Why don't we go ahead and get it now? Okay, let me get everythingstartedhere. Do you need the - Let'_ see, I'ii read the sequence to you. do we have coming a ATM pass? up ! _]

C_R PLT

0 Z r.<

ODR PLT

*
I

I

/_

#_

e, ea_of ..... 8
I jS_k 23 22 08 2 I 4 BSk 23 22 13 PLT CDR Yes, I'm Just going to do yaws pitchesand rolls ... I'm Just ... 0%/8 set up ...

Tape

354-12

[
and

I i

7 8 9 I0 11

m_D OF TAPE

i?
14 15 16 (n FI '-t

0
"J "_"

17
19

z
_

20 21 22 23 24 25
26

-0 I'q 0 ...q -I
-r"

--

0 u_ 0 o_

27 28 29

._ £_ ::1::

0
I--

30
31

m
r'q

32 33 34 3-_ $7 38 39 :40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

"-I 0 Z r" ..<

:, " =

,

-

-

.:

.

" .,

JSC Foz'.m. _,:,,

.....

'_A-_.-JS?

/'-_"

Dump Tape 35_-01/D-352 Time: 355:00:01 to 355:00:08 12/20/'(3 Page 1 of 2

GMT

Z55 00 01 26 B55 O0 01 33

PLT PLT

Okay,

stand by.

On my mark.

Mark. Okay, and now I want 216.2. Churn your damn wheels off. 216-2 This this, I'd like to break it. 1_.4. Okay, and we're ready to go soon as I twist the knob. There we go. Okay, I'm 15 seconds late again because your doggone ... wheel over there and that cotton picking rotation indicator. Man, that is a real trap. Have to hold a flashlight in my mouth, if I really want to do it right. And, let's see. The frame number 5h; field 253; 270, widened in progress; ROTATION 2%.2; and TILT is lb.4. Black on black is pretty hard to read. But I think we're gonna be able ta make it up. If this is not too - takenquite70 on the on the widening, i_:07:50 ..o that much time. This is the CDR. Go aheaa, Jerry. ... This is PLT. Are y'all - you trying to take the recorder? PLT, Houston. You were real broken and I didn't copy a thing ... I just wondered if you were trying to take the recorder? It keeps blinking on and off, Okay. Stand by.

355 00 03 03

PLT

f

CDR 355 00 03 48 CC CDR PLT

CC

PLT

CC CC

_-

Bill, you got a direct light indication because we redesignated recorders. You are recording though, so you can pres_on as you like.

F

Dump Tape 35P-01/D-3p2 Page2 of 2

PLT CC CDR PLT 3b5 00 05 24 35> 00 07 02 PLT CDR

Thank you. Roger. How much longer, Bill 2 minutes. Okay, we're going to 90 percent. This is the CDB at 20:h7 Zttlu, starting M509. ...?

END OF TAPE

ir

_" ....

Dump Tape 355-02 Time: 355:03:24 12/21/73 Page 1 of 6

to 355:0h:33

GMT

355 03 2_ 36

SPT

SPT at 15:24 with an addition to the HHI07 which I reported earlier. This is for the optional one, and hold on, I'll give youthe time. It was on the ascending pass going over Ne_ Zeland. And for the 02:26 pass over New Zeland, I'd like to mention that before and after NewZeland, that is on the _est aide especially, I was able to see a fsr - fair amount of plankton blooming. I saw it probably about h minutes before we hit the coastline. I was relatively diffuse. Hold on and I'll give you the colors.

355 03 25 18

SPT

355 03 26 25

SPT

Okay, first of all I saw some fairly large eddies to the west of - of New Zeland, and again the color differences were relatively small. I would say where I was looking at water which has not had specular reflection on it, the color was probably about a 5 or a 4. The color of the plankton blocking was more like a 6 maybe a 5 or a 6 in sc_ne cases, Just a very slight difference, but it was very evident. It reminded us a little bit of water a little bit of oil on top of water, Just - Just barely enough to - to change the - the color and give you a slight contrast. As we moved a little bit closer the eddies became a little bit smaller and I could see xx the increase in contrast and I would call it probably - got up to at best about an 8 or so. And the type of water surface you're looking seems to have a lot to do with it. I conceive very rough water, I'm sure to have a darker color to it. It

z-

does not reflect as well. Probably cause of the Sun angles, and the - the

Dump Ta_e 355-02 Page 2 of 6

opposite of course is true. Where it's relatively smooth you can get a fairly good reflection on the water. Color does not come out as well_ you get more of a white specular reflection. 355 03 27 53 SPT You can certainly see differences: very rapid changes and abrupt interfaces aa you cross from smooth to rough w_ter. And I expect it has something to do with the currents but I have not yet been able to figure it out. Of the east side of New Zealand I also say some plank - plankton dooming very diffused and relatively far from the coastline. It was much the same as what I sew on the other side; but I did not see anything very close in except right next to the shore, and I'm not surethat reallyis plankton blooming there. I suspect something else; an alge growth, but I'm not sure what motivates it there. 355 03 28 36 355 03 30 Ol SPT SPT SPT out. SPT at 3:30. For $063 anyone else interested in aurora, northern lights, we saw a beautiful display of them tonight. We were on a ascending pass going over Chicago and reached a maximum latitude somewhere around Newf - Newfoundland. I would say that the lights were visible from a little past Chicago up to Newfoundland New foundland probably, what, I guess l0 - l0 12 minutes or so. The lights in color where whitish green, They appeared very much like what I'm used to looking in the solar surface a spicules, or if you _ill, many streamers. The bases of the streamers all appeared to be along a chain which Just sort of snaked it's way along the path. I suspect it was pretty much a constant latitude. That is, the

Dump Tape 355-02 Page 3 of 6

bases

of these

streamers

which

were one right next to another relatively diffuse extending, oh, I'd say quite high - but I'm hard pressed to give you a number I - I'm thinking like 50 to 100 miles in some instances. That's Just an order of magnitude extimate; I'm not trying to make any angle calculation yet. The bases of these streamers seem to, if you will, be all along a string which may have been contorted and twisted a little bit as you went on, but it was always always along one continuous element. 355 03 31 49 SPT I've seen it once before about 3 or nights ago and they - they also appeared pretty much in the same manner. A beautiful display and if you'd like us to get somepicturesJust give us the film mag and the information required to get it, and we'd be happy to. And it's beautiful and we'd love to record it. SPT out.

_

355 03 32 08

SPT

TIME

SKIP

355 04 32 ll

CDR

This is the CDR at 04:25 Zulu reporting M48" for the CDR morning

355 04 25 21 z 355 04 25 29

CDR CDR

CDR out. This is the CDR at 0_:26 Zulu with debriefing for M509. Today at the

F_

Dump Tape 355-02 Page 4 of 6

end of our M509-I Papa we had about 1700 pounds of - correction, about 1300 pounds, I think it was, of gas remaining and 27.2 volts of electricity remaining in the battery. So we connected up the HEMU and I spent about 30 minutes thrashing about the forward compartment working on HHMU. We - I left the dome camera on and ran it to the end of film in order that you'd have some pictures of my HHMUwork. The f/10 camera went to end of film right near the end of Bill's tracking run. We goofed there. We - I'm sure we burnt more film than we should have out of f/10. We used f/10 to film the single axis maneuvers as well by mistake. We should not have done that. And we realized it later but the film was 355 04 26 48 CDR already used.

The HHMU work that I did - I found much to my surprise that it's easier to to sense the motions of the HHMU up here because you can feel the accelerations. I could feel the accelerations much better than I could in the simulator at Denver. I'm not saying the Job is any easier; I'm Just saying that I was surprised to find that you can feel the you can feel the accelerations and sense a littlt bit more what your actual rates are. The problems invloved with pointing the HHMU through your center of gravity in order to move yourself around or rotate yourself with pure rotations is still with us. I still have the same problems that I had in the simulator. I also have occasional problems with putting in a - a correction in the wrong direction. I also found that my right arm and my grip got very, very tired very quickly up here. It must be that I've lost some of the muscle tone in there. I found aftera while that for control movements where I could use both bands

_

Dump Tape 355-02 Page 5 of 6

that I was not at all hesitant

about

getting the other hand over there to help hold the HHUM and m_e it easier to put in a control. I think that we should be able to go on with the HHMU. I shouldn't have any great amounts of problem, but I don't anticipate any - any surprises other than this pleasant one that I got today of - of being able to sense the accelerations and the rotations more clearly 355 0_ 28 36 CDR in the zero-g environment.

And I guess that should have been expected because you' re not having all these light accelerations and rates damped or masked I should say by the one-g field. When I terminated the M509-1 Papa at about 23:50, and I parked the - the ASMU and powered it down, I considered going ahead and putting battery 6 on charge. But I decided that since it was not in the pad anywhere to do so, I suspected that maybe what you wanted to allow was cooling time on the battery, because it was fairly warm when we took it out of the ASMU. So I resisted the impulse to go ahead and - and fire it up on the charger. If this is not necessary, if this cooldown is not necessary, I would suggest that you let us know on a pad that during the post we should go ahead and initiate the charge on the first battery used. Also, Bill and I both agree that the period of time allowed for M509 is a bit too tight. We were pretty much up on top of things today. We were moving quite well, and Bill didn't actually finish his last run until 5 minutes past the alloted time and there was no time left essentially for stowing the ASMU and getting it all put away. So our entire time used today had I not taken and gone and done the HHMU work, we probably would have been 15 to 20 minutes over our alloted time. And I thought we moved

Dump Tape 355-02 Page 6 of 6

pretty quickly. The only slowness in the whole exercise was that Bill was using rather slow rates. But I think that should be allowed for in the time, because I think you need to start out with slow rates. And I think that's about it_ I can't think of any other things to mention to you. If you have any other questions about the HHMU mode, please feel free to send up a question sheet on the teleprinter and I'll answer it on the tape. 355 O_ 30 _8 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 355-03/D Time: 355:12:30 to 355:13:00

_4T

12-_-73
Page 1 of 1

355 12 03 15

SPT

SPT at I_2 . at 12:30; 23258, 28542. SPT out.

PRD readings:

42h12,

355 12 03 31

SPT

TIME

SKIP

355 12 57 45

CDR

This is the CDR at 12:58 Zulu, with a message for the FA0, for flight planners, On the 2hth of December we'd like to have a - a Tv-S1 scheduled. At that time we would like to say a few words and show the fo1_, what our Christmas tree looks like. We would also like to have this one-hour session we'd like to have a one-hour session, by the way with this TV-81. We would like you to set us asside an hour in about the

/--

early - early half or the middle of the day. We would like to get the TV-81 in this one hour completely out of the way in time for us to go ahead and - and get started with the EVA prep, without any interference whatsoever or any possibility of these two edging each other out. 355 12 58 21 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

_"

Dump Tape 355-041D-356 Time: 355:13:41 to 355:13:46 12/21/73 Page 1 of 2

GMT

355 13 42 07

SPT

SPT at 13:42 debriefing the ATM pass which began at 12:47. The second exposure for 82A and the building block 32, went - well% rather quickly. Four-limb coalignment, I'll give you the results now, day 355; time 13:D2. The upper limb, H-alpha l, plus a 1005. 82B, plus a 1005. 55, plus a 1010. Lower limb, 82B, minus 947, 55, minus 947. At the left llmb, H-alpha l_ minus a 904. 8PB, minus 9Oh. 55, minus a 909. Right limb, 82B, plus 1068. 55, plus 1067. MIRROR POSITION, 1033. Again, I thought we were Just impartial as to whether we ought to be at 932 or 1033 and it was dust on the borderline and came out 1033. I noticed that our pump do_na has helped pretty well with the SECONDARY FINE SEN - FINE SUN SENSOR in comparing the readings of the BIAS IN and BIAS OUT but the LEFT/ RIGHT is down to a Delta of minus 83 where previously it was minus 61 on the first four-limb coalignment on it and then minus 68 .... Probably moving out of the - at an Earth rate of Well, let me take a look here.

s•

353 13 4b 28

SPT

Yes, at an increasing Earth rate, a little over i0 or 12 every 5 days. It's gonna make it rather hard to work. (Music : 0ffenbach) It could be the reason that I see a fair amount of - No, that would not account for what I'm thinking of. Or actual thought. Well, whenever we use the 82B slit we usually use the white light limb, or white light display for sunspot. So I'm sure we're getting pointing at the right target; it's only a question of you knowing what they were from our coordinates. Hopefully, this Earth rate you'll be able to take into x account, although it looks nolinear.

Dump Tape 355-oh/D-356 Page 2 of 2

355 13 45 31

SPT

SPT out.

END OF TAPE

f

_-_

Dump Tape 355-05 Time: 355:Lh:55 _o _55:16:2[_ (%_T _2-21-73 Page i of

355 14 55 56

PLT

_"

This is PLT. Time is i_:55. Debr_efling the ATM pass starting at 14:35_ debriefing a little early because we're getting ready for a JOP 18 Delta. J0P 6, step I, building block i A/fa. Performed as per pad, two 82A exposures. 1 minute long, I0 seconds short, uncentered as per pad. Everything else done according to J0P Summary Sheet, 1 Bravo similarly, no problems. Except I forgot to verify that i Alfa - excuse me - H-Alfa was operating and so I missed the first part of the pass at 2 frames per minute. That was the only procedural error I'm aware of. Everything else worked out just right. I'm now looking at active region 01. I think it's 01, a biggy. And - or is it 007 200 at swing3, let'ssee. Got the 2 back on and roll 5400, okay. Yeah, it looks like 00. Anyway the big one. I've got 55 on it running all detectors at GRATING 0. I'm getting - I think I'm in the South Atlantic anomaly. They just went through Vanguard - yeah, it must be. Fueling' s intensity count's fairly healthy, around 8, 10, sometimes 15. Beryllium is still down around it's still to 4. The PMEC are unreliable right now. I will continue to do a 55 0000 and all detectors until the end of the pass. At - until we start 18 Delta.

355 14 58 08

PLT

PLT out.

TIME

SKIP

355 16 21 18
/

CDR

Okay, South

as we come up the eastern coast of America, we can see it's getting

?

/_

Dump Tape 355-05 Page 2 of 2

pretty cloudy. Way down there in the center of your screen is the southernmost tip of South America. And the Straits of Magellan. Okay. Now as we move up here into this area of clouds, there's a few patches through which we can see so,he of the green - light green blooming of the Falkland current. Now, I'm going to you can see the current now going from the center of the screen out to about the 9 o'clock position. I'm going to reach around and stick my finger in front of the lens with a pencil. I don't know if it's going to be focused well enough to show it to you. But right there is the Falkland current. And that cloud still blooming. Now what we're seeing is the current as it moves in towards the Falkland Island - there we go. Look at the serpentine shape of the current, the eddies that are caused there. Now let me look for a little bit. This eddy that we have been looking at is what comes in around the Falkland Islands and moves up to the northeast toward Argentina, toward the area of Montevideo. If we look way back here you can see Just beyond our dlseone antennas, you can see more of the Falkland current, the blooming there. That's going parallel - you notice it straightened out, there's not as many eddies in it. It's moving on up toward the city of _ontevideo, Buenos Aires. 355 16 23 37 CDR Okay, we're
now •

going to terminate for

END OF TAPE

/_

Dump Tape 355-06 Time: 355:].6:41 to 355:18:49

12/21/73
Page i of ]O

355 16 44 30

CLE

_igle - ... look sngle is ping

to - -

TIME

SKIP

355 16 41 5]

CDR

F

The straits of Magellan, the Falkl_qd Islands, and the current. Now our next pass, which will be about an hour and three-quarters later, will follow this route right here. And we'll come up a little more inland and we'll be looking out in this direction again, looking to the southeast. So you see we're gonna have two whacks at it. We'll look at it once here and once here. NOw let me show you in a little more detail Just what it is we're interested here. Our prima_y in interest for our observations today is the Falkland current. And this is the F__kland current right here. NOw what we have is the West Wind Drift. We have this very slow current that moves well down in the south, south of the southern tip of South _aerica. Now these, again, are the Falkland Islands, here's the straits of Magellan.

355 16 h2 44

CC

Skylab, HOuston ... go over the hill. We'll see you ... Our first - our first run is going to be up this way. We will be - we'll be able to see this area out here. Our next run will be more up in this direction. And we shoudl be able to see out in this area where we have the confluent. NOwhere we have the " South Equatorial Current. Now it's rotating in this direction up north of this area. We have the West Wind Drift this way, and you have this little area here, this current where the West Wind Driftarea is trapped

CDR

_

Dlm'apTap( ?,55-06 Page 2 (>f I0

in t_Jis naI'rowin_ area t!_ _'_Llkland Current, the Falkland Islands. 355 16 lli_ D9 CDR

i_ere, ,': lie{ these be_hg

flow you're inclined to have an eddy p_ttern that forms behind the _alkland Islands here. And, also, where the FeAkland Current meets the South E_latorial Cuzrent, we end up with an eddy pattern right here. And you can see the - the plankton blooming, moving out to the southeast. Add along this area here, we can see the plankton blooming very, very clearly. The plankton is a - a nice light yellow, sort of a aquamarine color. Not light yellow; I mean lighi green, more of an aqusmarine color. The South Equatorial Current,on the other hand, seems to be a little darker green. The ocean itself in this area is a nece deep blue color. So let me quickly recap now. We're going to make one pass here where we should be able to see this area. Then later on in the day we'll make another pass up here. This is Buenos Aires, this is Montevideo, this is the Rio de la Plata, south of the Rio de la Plata River. And it's right opposite this area where these two currents come together. And hopefully later on today we'll get a good look at this area of confluence of the two currents.

355 16 44 39

CDR

/--_

Now another area that is of interest to us in this study, not in the current the study of the Falkland current, but in the area of the Humboldt Current over on this side of the South American Continent, is the fact that as this currnet mover through all these little islands and inlets over here, you get you get very - very high velocities and strong - strong currents between these little islands. These - the water here is very deep; it's very

D_m*t; Tape: Page 3 of'

35',-O6 1(

_,_cb

Like

the

fiolds

i_> J_'. peo-o:e ',_91 fast currents these _s2.ands

',<"_nd-n_via. And some th_, :i_a?foe there - the that are going through

of the Humboldt Current, which comes up this ,gay and gets trapped here _ongst these islands_ that possibly the - the fast moving water in here could harnassed and that energ_ _ could be used for something like electricity. _55 16 45 4 CDR Okay, the next - the next thing you will be seeing will be observations out of the S190 window, which is the Earth Resources window that looks straight down. And the first one will be done at about 10:20 in the morning, central standard time, sad then islet about noon. See you then. I'll be da_nned.

_-_

i_55 16

L(

19

CDR

,-:kay. We have some things planned today which I think will be of great iliterest to you. First of all_ let me show you where our pass is. We're going to make two passes by the area down here which is the southern tip of South America. The first pass we' iI be moving along this w_y. Here' s the Falkland Isl_ds. This is the southern tip of South America, the Straights of Magellan. This area here is'the n_outh of the Rio de la Flats River with Montevideo and Buenos Aires. The second pass we'll be this way; the first pass to the south. coming up we'll be more

355

16

46

54

CfJE

What we're really interested in is some currents thmt are going oAong in this area. We have the West Wind Drift here, which is a very slow, easy going current that's down way far in the Southern HEmisphere toward the Antarctic area. And this - this current drifts and picks u_ a little speed as it whips through this narrowing here between

Dump Tape 355-06 Page 4 of 10

the Falkls_ud Islands a_d th,_'i_U of South America. On the o'_her ha_d, up here in the northern area is the South Equatorial Current, which is coming down the coast of South America. And right here opposite the mouth of the Rio de la Plata River, the conrluence of these two currents causes an eddy pattern, and we can see where these currents are coming together and heading out to the southeast. 355 16 47 40 CDR NOw the Falkland current, as it comes up around the Falkland Islands, seems to set up ... a little eddy pattern right here. And the upwelling the - the bringing up of plankton and nutrients fromthe bottomof the - of the ocean, is indicated here in light green or aqua color. All along the Falkland Current here, as it moves up the coast, is a long serpentine, meandering area of plankton upwelling that is very, very apparent from the air. It's a rather straight line, somewhat serpentint, but generally straight. Where these two currents meld - meld together here, off the Rio de la Plata, we end up here with another eddy pattern area here, this current up here being a little darker blue, more of a turquoise, this more of an aqua. These currents get together and it's kind of like a mixing of taffy. You can see both color's in here. The ocean itself is a rather deep blue, and as they mix then they come on out together, and you have this confluence. So we want to take a look at this area here. 355 16 48 42 _ CDR Another area of interest is over here on the west coast of South America, where the Humboldt Current comes up from the southwest and breezes through these inlets and islands out here. _is

_

Dump Tape 355-06 Page 5 of I0

water is very, very dee_, m<_b lik_ the fiords of Scandinavia. A_d the - this current mo_in_ through these deep, narrow areas causes some pretty high current areas, localized; and some people think that possibly we can harness some of the energy - that man could harness that energy and use it for, say_ the icossJbility of generating electrical power. So the next things you will see_ now, will be on out first pass coming through here, where we_ll be albe to see this area. The next pass we - we - and this will be at around 10:20 this morning. At about neon, we'll be making another pass up through here. And we should be able to look out over the Rio de la Plata mouth here and should be able to see the confluence of these two currents. 355 16 h9 hh CDR See you there.

/-_

TIME SKIP

355 18 02 05

CDR

This is the CDR at 16:00 Zulu, kicking myself right and left for not having any tape left on the VTE. We're coming up the east coast of Argentina. WE're getting a beautiful view of the Falkland Current, and the blooming that goes along with it. And the blooming is very green, aquamarine color. \WE're coming up on Montevideo now, and Buenow Aires, with a confluence here. We can see a rather irridescent blue coming down from the north, which is obviously the South Equatorial Current. It's more of a turquoise color The sea, in general, is a regular, just blue sea. YOu can see the confluence

_

of thesetwo currents;and you can see that they don't seem to be mixing here, that they're staying separate and they're kind of twisting around like taffy

Dump Page

Tape 355-06 6 of" I0

i_gether. And as they move ouz towards the southeast together_ yol can see stripes of - of aqus_l_'ine and stripes of turquoise together, twisted together as the - as the currents move out to the southeast. 355 18 03 16 CDR Man, I'm sick about this, because this would have really made TV-78 ! a real good piece of data. But as it stands now, you've got a - a little short classroom lecture, about 2 minutes, of the southern end of the Falkland Current, the Straights of Magellan; and a little look at the Falkland Islands. And the real meat is right here at this pass. CDR out.

355 18 03 38

CDR

TIME

SKIP

355 18 3]

35

SPT

SPT at 18:32 debriefing JOP 18D. It went a little smoother this time. Okay, in step 7, let me give you the final attitudes we came out with. They were: 359.8, 344.4, and 353.2. Tell you what we got there . we were supposed to see it at plus 70 and plus 70. I had the ROLL position to 5700 on the overlay where, we actually saw a very, very faint point which we verified that it was outside looking at it with both ... scopes, and also moving the 52 MIRROR ot the CAMERA int. the TV position. It would disappear in the C934ERA position and come back in in the TV. We folmd it first at - approximately, and I say this plus or minus ... in octal as it was off scale and a little hard to read. It was plus i00 in X and plus 132 _n Y. Now I wanted to make a maneuvr to get that overintothe X-axisbecause that was the only axis which I really

Dump Page

Tape 355-06 7 of i0

tr[isted our experience with, as moving toward the center. 355 18 33 29 _[_T

_

far

I really still did not trust and still do not trust our scale factor that we've come up with for the Y-axis because I don't thing _re've worked that one enough. So I put in a maneuver. Well, let me say the DELTA first was a minus 30 and a plus 32, which I should have entered going straight by the overlya, I corrected that a bit, instead of tryping to observe the larger ... over shoot in Y, I put in a minus 27, just one off, and a plua 126 in X. Now that gut us right about down to 130 on the X-axis.

355

18

34

12

SPT

However, there followed two or three small maneuvers . in order to get it positioned right at 130 on the X-axis. I then put in a maneuver which was a 52021 - a 501 - well, hold on. let me go back ... a minute. We did not get in at 130, I settled for 124 and applied the same DELTA in te_s of the scale factor correction. So the maneuver I finally put in, and also it was off in Y. I made several small a little maneuvers

and I think I was losing at the noise level down there. And I got it, what I considered at least, close enough to the X-axis and close enough to 130. So from the position of plus 124 - in X, plus one in Y. I made the maneuver of the 52021, 50120, and 50001, 50000. And from there on it was all in the hands of the CMGs which had moved up oh, I would say somewhere around i00 or so, maybe even ii0; was no longer discernible. detectable It was just bsmely where - where we saw it.

355

18

35

50

SPT

And I you want in the future maybe suggest to still try it at 70 and 70. But if we it, we'll probably make

thatput to don't see to

a maneuver

Dump Tape 355-06 Page 8 of IO

try to - assuming it's f_ir_-_erin ths_ theft, and move it out because we wi21 be abXe to see it f_irther out if it is somewhere around I00 and 130. That's if the brightest increases as predicted. Anyway, we got in there and did the first building block 30. We got 50 - 55 going and 52 and 82B. Oh, excuse me. let's go back. 355 18 37 02 SPT Before we moved, I did the - the first building block 30. Before we made the maneuver in while it was still pretty far out there on the ... , as a matter of fact, before we even moved it into 130. We did the first building block 30_ and that because it was far out in the 52 field of view so that ... on their film. And we advanced the 82B film one with a 5-second exposure, gave 55 some MIRROR AUTO RASTERs. Okay, after which I Just described. We got , then tried to do the building block on the comet itself. And that came off all right. 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTERs in 82B got the h-minute exposure in LONG, and also, they got a 12-minute exposure in LONG. 355 18 37 52 _PT I was in error when I talked on airto-ground. Turned out that we had already set up the - event timer. And the thing timed, out, and by the time we noted that it was timed out, it was only a - 3 or so minutes remaining and we did not take an exposure of that point since we already had a 4. Thinking back on that pass, we could have taken one because our pointing may have changed. We may have seen something different. The 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER did not show anything other than an occasional noise countin the last digit. Goingthrough the South Atlantic anomaly, that last digit was always flickering out of zero

_--_.

355 18 38 2_

SPT

S_

Dump Tape _55-06 Page 9 _" ]0

m_d going to 1 or 2. <Sut outside ±he e_nomaly we never s_w slLvtL_rlg to imdicate that the - we were in the - on the source of Lyman alfa. So everything went as scheduled. The maneuvers, which were put in there for motion compensation, were paid out. WEll, the first maneuver to the - to through the comet was done at 16:10. And then every 20 minutes we made a i_aneuver for compensation. One at 16:30, one at 16:50, 17:10, 17:30, and 17:50. Of course at 18:10 we made the maneuver back to SI. Second orbit c_me Ul_. And we - carried out the building block as called out. 56 got about a - 37-m_nute exposure, SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 3. 82B - got a SHORT WAVELENGTH, lO-minute exposure and again SHORT WAVELENTGH 27-minute exposure. 355 18 hi I_ SPT And at the conclusion of the whole the JOF, I also got a 5-second SHORT - in order to advance the film. The building block was run from 17:29 to 18:06. Return to SZ - was no problem other than my ... ca/led it rather close on the dump condense time. When I got back to Sl, the attitude specified by Sl _nd the attitude and the rates hadn't come down. I took around !5-seconds to sketch out the time or the location of the H-ALPHA 2. On the monitor, as this would show our net drift during the whole time. And as soon as I went to SI, with the switch, it was not - it was less than _ minute f_'om that that we started the dump. I think we called that one a little bit close, and I would suggest we toss another minute in there. A matter of f_ct we were ready to ready to go at 18:08; that maneuver. Okay, chance to look at the go at - I was I could have made I did not get a location of

355 18 42 53

SPT

f

Dump Tape 355-06 Page I0 o _ I0

_.-ALPHA in SI when the c_lizte_s caged, but I do know what it looked like when we got b8ek. And essentially, in looking at the H-ALPHA 2 reticle, the Sun's image was in the upper right hadn quadrant. It was nearly tangent to the horizontal MECHANICAL reticle, slightly above that. I could not see it, but it was essentially in the center, just slightly above that MECHANICAL reticle intersected the VERTICLE reticle about 40 to 50 percent of the way up - in the monitor. So with that perhaps you can figure out where the center of the Sun was when we got back and I could give you some of feeling of where it is when we'reacutallyaged. c 355 18 4h 27 SPT ... SI seen in daylight, and you can get a - DELTA. I would say though, that looking at that and knowing that it was fairly close to having the center of the Sun - close to the center of the tube, a period of 2 to 3/10 of - of an error, which is appreciable. 355 18 45 34 SPT Star tracker data ... did not use for maneuvering but I could give you for reference. At 16:35 - we had for star i, the OUTER GIMBAL with a minus 626 and INNERGIMBAL of plus 545. For star 2, this is at 16:38, we had an OUTER GIMBAL of plus 1631 and an INNER GIMBAL of minus 180. At 16:52, that number was a plus 1630 and minus 182. And our PXY and Z at that time was plus 6/10, plus 9/10 and zero. So this thing gets brih5@er, maybe we'll have a little better shot at it yet, both in finding it on the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH display and hopefully, we'relucky,on the if SCAN SPECT. 355 18 46 38 SPT SPT out.

355 18 45 h7

SPT

END OF TAPE

. --

Dump Tape 355=07 Time: 355:19:59 to 355:21:2h 12/21173 Page 1 of 5

355 19 59 01

PIP

--

PLT debriefing the ATM pass. _tarted 19:06 Zulu. J0P 6, step 2, buliding block 2 performed per J0P Summary Sheet. Truncated at 6 minutes. Single expostu'e 2 Alfa taken as per pad. Zero, zero SHORT, i0 seconds. Did not do a video tape as per ground instructions. Observed for extremal length of time, did shopping list 26 on bright points. I did mainly GRATING, AUTO SCAN on the bright point - the little knot in the ribbon that was called from ground with ALPHA • pointing. Standing by with the slit in case the flare broke. Went up and down. Went through the South Atlantic anomaly, got some high PMEC count but the intensity count never did go above 26. It remained in between 2 and i0. MIRROR, _0 RASTER; never changed, however, the kink of the of that littleribbonthat goes from out of the Sunspot sort of to the northeast had brightened considerably toward the end of the pass, but I still did not get a high PMEC. I - saw that part of it was coming to an end, I repointed with H-ALPHA 2, did a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at 0000. And I terminated the run with that MIRROR, AUTO RASTER - and looks like the thing is getting ready to po. But, golly, I don't knew when. So that's about it for this pass.

355 20 O0 36 355 20 02 54

PLT SPT

PLT out. SPT at 20:02. MI31-2. CDR is the subject. And I've got the readings from the table, 5-14, on him. Okay, test number i. I'ii give you all the pitches, that's i0 of them, and then all the rolls: ii.0, 13.0, 15.0, 17.0, 15.5, 09.5, 14.5, 16.0, 18.0, 16.5. The roll, 08.8 - excuse me - 68.8 that's the first one, 68.2, 68.2, 68.0, 67.5, 67.5, 69.0, 68.7, 68.2, 68.1.

Dump Tape 355-_7 Page 2 of 5

355 20 03 58

SPT

355 20 0h 35

SPT

Test number 2. All the pitches and then the rolls. 200, 198, 196, 192, 190, 200, 202, 204, 204, 203. The rolls: 186, 186, 187, 191, 192, 194, 194, 192, 186, 189. Test 3. Pitches and rolls. Pitch first: 195, 195, 192, 191, 187, 194, 200, 195, 194, 194. Rolls: 182, 180, 180, 185, 189, 189, ]89, 192, 19 - 190, and 191. Test 4. 6.0, 9.0, 8.0, 16.5, 15.0, 22.5, 20.0, 14.5, 16.0, 17.0. Rolls: 70.1, 70.0, 69.9, 69.4, 69.4, 71.3, 70.1, 68.2, 69.5, 67.2. Test 5. i01, i01, i00, 99. 99- 175, 170, 165, 162, 162. r _lls: 175, 172, ]74, 175, 178, 19&, 191, 191, 193, 192. Test 6. 94. 97, 98, 96, 94, 170, 168, 164, 161, and 163. And againthis is the pitches that l've Just Riven you for test 6. Roils: 165, 168, 170, 168, 169, 188, 190, 190, 191, 194. Stand by a second and I'll have test 4. l've given the internals exeept 4. Y moved the piteh up significantly, and I think that's reflected in the - I changed the pitch from 8.0 to 16.5. And it remained at 15.0 - a little hysteresis there. And in the external at step 3, I moved it down. You'll notice it changed it appreciably there, reading from 20.0 to 14.5, and then it slowly came up a little bit in the next two readings.

355 20 05 15

SPT

355 20 05 50

SPT

355 20 06 22 -

SPT

355 20 07 23

SPT

355 20 07 52 355 20 12 12

SPT CDR

SPT out. Okay, this is the CDR at 20:12 Zulu. Subject is M509 battery charge. Initiate charge on battery 6 at this time. CDR out.

/TIME

SKIP

j_

Dump Tape _55-07 Page 3 of 5

355 21 I] 35

PLT

spatial

This hs the PLT. (Music) It is 21:]_0 ',],_[ Debriefing M131-2. _. Desc ibe the degree of difficulty relative to ground based trials in making %he orientation judgment. I - it creates no difficulty. Did you experience conflicts between sensory cues, particularly when making Judgments with respect to the external frame of reference? If so_ explain. No. Did you at any time experience a positive sense of the upright? No. Were your Judgments influenced by auditory cues or other environmental factors? Well, I was about to go to sleep most of the time. 5: Did the line target appear stable and under your complete control during the se_tings? Yes. If not - okay, it's not applicable. Additional comments and observations _lolle.

355 21 12 03

PLT

_55 21 12 35

PLT PLT PLT

PLT out. Okay, this is the PLT. PLT. I'm at 21:14 and reading number 1 - ddata correction, i for the SPT. Internal, Pitch and roll, respectively. 14.0, 69.7, 15 - 17.5, 69.2, 15.0, 71.7, 12.5, 70.2, 13.0, 67.2. External: 13.5, 68.8, 14.0, 69.3, 13.0, 70.0, ii - ii.0, 70.7, ]3.0, 71.8. For the PLT on i, internal: 7.0, 71.8, 13.5, 18.8, - that's 68.8, I0.0, 68.0, 10.5, 69.0, i0.0, 69.0. External: ii.0, 69.9, 4.0, 68.9, 10.5, 68.9, 9.0, 70.3, 14.0, 69.0. Log 2, SPT, internal: 198, 191, 203, 191,, 206, 190, 209, 289, 213, 189. External: ]87, 211, 187, 215, 190, 213, 190, 223, 192. PLT, internal on log 2: 182, 188, ]81, 188, 182, 193, 189, 191, 189, 190. External: 189, 188, 190, 189, 191, 190, 189, 194, 191, ]90. End of log 2.

_55 21 13 49

PLT

_--

J

_ _tmp Tape 355-07 Page 4 _'" 5

355 21 15 ,+6 _LT

Log 7, SPT, and internal: 21o, i86, 2244, ]87, 226, 189, 225, 189, 225, 19". External: 196, 194, 202, 198, 208, 194, 195, 200, 200, 199. PLT, internal: 19h, 18h, 191, 182, 191, 185, 190, 187, 187, 192. External: 184, 190. 184, 193, 187, 193, 188, 191, 186, 193. End of log 3. This is PLT. Log 4, SPT, internal: 8.0, 231, i0.0, 72.0, 6.5, 72.0, 7.0, 70,5, 7.0, 70.7. External: 260 - 26.0, 73.8, 21.0, 73.7, 21.5, 72.0, 20.0, 71.0, 23.0, 71.6. PLT, internal: 17.0, 69.4, 4.0, 69.8, 4.0, 70.0, 5.0, 69.1, 6.5, 69.3. External: 14.0, 72.0, 13.5, 70.0, 6.0, 71.1, set [?] 9.0, 69.5, 9.0, 65.0. Log 5, SPT, internal: 9.8, 17.5, 99, 176, 100, 179, 99, 176, 103, and 175. External: 184, 189, 180, 190, 175, 190, 176, 188, 176, 187187. PLT, internal: Iii, 172, 112, 124, Ii0, 177, iii, 179, 108, 175. External: 181, 195, 176, 194, 174, 191, 170, 191, 172, 188. Log 6, SPT, internal: iii, 181, 116, 180, ll7, 182, ll2, 181, 119, 182. External: 170, 190, 172, 191, 171, 192, 171, 191, 176, 193. PLT, internal: 103, 170, 99, 171, 99, 172, 98, 171, i01, 170. External: 179, 189, 175, 190, 171, 193, 174, 194, 176, 174. PLT out. SPT at 21:22, M131-2. Debriefing questions for the SPT as subject. How did I find spatial orientation judgemtn? Much more difficutl. Internal, no problem_ external perhaps a bit more without the gravity vector as a reference. It was very easy to slip back into the internal mode. Number 2. Did you experience any conflicts between sensory cues, particularly when waking judgments with respect to frame of reference? The only - the only cues I had was what I could remember to be in my own mind so I had no - no conflict. Did at any time you experience a positive

355 21 18 16

PLT

--

355 21 2{)35 355 21 22 i_

]'LT SPT

[<!_T

/--

f--

D_n)# T[_pc 355-07 Page 5 of 5

sense of the upright? 0nly a few times in making the run and sitting in the chair because I remembered these actual circumstance under - felt degrees, a vector. as though I was It did seem strange when we wnet to _0

tipping over, hut it was the remembering which way I remember I felt previously, opposed 355 21 2_ 29 SPT to a sense of it happening now.

Were your judgments influenced by auditory cues or other environmental factors? No. Did the line of target appear stable and under your complete control during all settings? Yes. Additional comments and observations. None other than I think that what we're doing here - testing here - spatial memory and your muscular memory - in an attempt to make settings stay still. Well, I don't know what your muscles seem to feel is a right location as opposed to what your mind feels is correct.

.--

355

21

2h

04

SPT

SPT

out.

END

OF TAPE

Dump Tape 355-08 Time: 355:21:48 12/21/73 Page i o_ ]

to 355:21:51

GMT

355 21 49 49

CDR

This is the CDR at 21:h9 Zulu, debriefing the _FM pass that startec a_ 20:46 Zulu. One problem area which I discussed with the air-to-ground and that was the problem in performing the nu Z update. We'll give i% another whirl the next - next time I come to the console. The building block - JOP 2A, building block 4-A through Echo wass no big problem. It all went pretty much on schedule and as - as written. There were no fluctuating bright spots visible. There were bright spots, but they were pretty steady, and throughout the pass I only saw one bright spot fade and the others fade relatively - relatively calm, so I did not activate S082B. I omitted S05h on building block 4 Alfa, but on 4 Bravo Charlie and Delta I ran the 256 frame series. That's essentially it. I did not get a chance to look at the white light eoronagraph and I can't ... scope going on the kXFV and integrated occasionally. Active region zero zero is by far the brightest of the - of the four areas that I can see. The areas active regions i, 2, 3, and 4 do have bright spots in XUV - bright areas, I should say. But they're novhere as intense and they don't indicate s_nywhere near as much activity as zero zero.

--

355 21 5q_47

CDR

CDR out.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 355-08 Time: 355:21:48 to 355:21:51 12/2!/73 Page i of l

GMT

355 21 49 49

CDR

This is the CDR at 21:49 Zulu, debriefing the ATM pass that started 20:46 Zulu. One problem area which I discussed with the air-to-ground that was the proLiem in performing nu_ update. We'll give it another _J

_lu and the w_:Jrl

the next - next time I come to the console. The building block - JOP 2A, building block _-A through Echo wass no big problem. It all went pretty much on schedule and as - as written. There were no fluctuating bright spots visible. There were bright spots, but they were pretty steady, and throughout the pass I only saw one bright spot fade and the others fade relatively - relatively calm, so I did not activate S082B. I omitted S054 on building block 4 Alfa, but on 4 Bravo Charlie and Delta I ran the 256 frame series. That's essentially it. I did not get a chance to look at the white light coronagraph and I can't ... scope going on the XUV and integrated occasionally. Active region zero zero is by far the brightest of the - of the four areas that I can see. The areas active regions i, 2, 3, and 4 do have bright spots in XUV - bright areas, I should say. But they're nowhere as intense and they don'_ indicate anywhere near as much activity as zero zero. 355 21 [;047 CDR CDR out.

--

END OF TAPE

I.--

°_

Dump Tape 355-09 Time: 355:23:12 to 355:23:4a GMT 12/21/73 Page i of 5

355 23 13 23

CDP

This is the CDR ar 23:13 Zulu debriefing the ATM pass that started at 22:13 where the ground dump. needing inhibit a momentum We started the pass a nu Z update. Hedn't

been able to get it on the presspass previous. We got it this time using some new gimbal angles that worked out pretty well. The ATM schedule went quite well. The - the events were JOPs 2A, J0P 6, and JOP 7. JOP 2A was no rea - real proble_ The leading sunspot, the sunspot out in front in - in active regim 00 is quite large, well defined with a beautiful penubra. And right behind, Just to the east of that spot,is a verybright piece of plage and then a little sort of dim area, and then a secondbrightpiece ... a spot af plage - bright spot in the H-All'a, that is. And then streaming on out beyond that are 4 or 5 more bright spots and a filament and a following spot. 355 23 14 47 CDR Now, what I did is I took the second spot that I mentioned, The one that was second on the left, you might say, or to the east of the larger sunspot, and used thsh as my pointing reference for the building block 36. For part A of building block 36, I got a detec_r 3 count and o_gen 6 counts of 5@0. When I went on to H-Alpha 1 and moved up into the same spot area, I was only able to find a 4000 detector 3 count at that time. Both parts went well. of that building block I was about to give

Dump Tape 353-09 Page 2 of 5

on that fluctuating bright spot idea and omit 82B again when, wih about a minute-and-a-half to go in part B of the building block, The spot I was pointed at dimmed. The spot next to the sunspot just popped up very quickly and very brightly and held it for about 30 seconds and then faded out again, and the spot I was at brightened up again. There's pretty much of an oscillation between the two spots. 355 23 16 12 CDR Then ... on the bright spot brightening next to the sunspot, I started 82 Bravo on an EXPERI_T TIMES 14, WAVELENGTH, SHORT and got that data. Then went on and did 36 Alfa again. This time wss only able to get a count of 3600 on that same area in the bright spot. Then we moved on and did JOP 6_ did a - a quickie with no problem. I might add I certain_ have done, in this particular ATM pass, a lot of rolling back and forth from zero to 5400 and back again. We did the quickie for JOP 6 and then moved on in and got set up for J0P number 7, with a ROLL of a thousand. I started S055 with 3 minutes to go rather than 2, and took care of the SHUTTER opening and CLOSI_ on 52 at ll and lO seconds, TIME REMAINING, and shut down 55 at time, zero. 355 23 17 ]9 CDR No great amount of activity of sun - of active region O0 other than some oscillation between thse two bright spots that I mentioned It went behind the Earth on the "" last pass looking fairly dim; it came out on this side in the morning

.._

k •

L)ump Tape 35_-09 Page 3 of 5

of this pass looking _ little brighter. It brightened up some, and then we go I had hoped maybe the oscillation was a precurser to some sort of a flare or something like that, but the PMEC count only went up about a htkndred s_ud and the XUV PERSISTENCE IMAGE SCOPE didn't really show any kind of brightening at all. So I had to told my tent and ste_l off into the night. And that covers it for this ATM pass. 355 23 18 10 CDR CDR out,

TIME

SKIP

355 23 26 12

SPT

SPT at 21:26. Correction - 23:26. Set up for S063, Kohoutek photo. First one coming up at 23:36:35. We've got the ROTATION set for 2@.2 and TILT for 23.6. SAL door is open. We're looking at Nikon 4, BE08, 55 millimeter - Okay, SPT back again. And we'll continue on here. Camera, Nikon 4_ e_ssette, BE08; lens, we've ggotthe 55 millimeter, visible. T025 fi_ers inst_lled_ A1 is the first one. F-stop set to 1.2, and focus is to infinity. Shutter is cocked, and the first frame is 27, frame number 27. Okay .... going to stop the exposures by 20:10. Got a pretty tight time line. All manua/. 23:36:35, ...

355 23 30 26

SPT

SPT

PLT

Dump Tape 355-@9 Page _ of 5

355 23 32 3] 355 23 34 57 355 23 35 00

SPT SPT SPT

Thank you, Bill. Okay, coming up to 35 even. MARK. Okay, that's the same scene that I saw yesterday .... Horizon, about a 45-degree, almost halfway through the field of view. The airglow ... the stars. One very bright one - nice - which has about - almost an inch in the camera's field of view. And a second one, closer to the horizon, I believe. It's barely - sometimes I can see it and sometimes I can't. Now there it is. It's closer to the horizon and a litt_ off, but in line. The other one is pretty much out of line. The centerof the camerais perpendi_lar to the horizon. Okay. Coming _p hereto 36:35 and we're going to give you a one-second exposure _h AI. Stand by.

355 23 36 36

SPT

MARK. Closed. Okay. A is com_ up, and you want CI in. A is out. CI is in. You want this next one initiated at 30, 23:37:30.

SPT 355 23 37 30 SOT SPT

Stand by. MARK. All right. I gave you too long of one on that one. I gave you 20 seconds rather than i0. God dang it. Thirty ... two. That's the one I was looking at; God dang it. MARK. Shutter closed.

355 23 38 22

SPT SPT

Dump Tape 355-09 Page 5 of 5

355 23 38 50

SPT

_L%BK.... DI is in there. Shutter open. MARK. 15.

355 23 39 14

SPT SPT

Shutter closed. MARK. And D2, shutter open.

355 23 39 45 355 23 39 51

SPT SPT

MARK. That's ten seconds; shutter closed. MARK. Okay, D3, and a 25-second. Film advanced; shutter open. MARK. 15. Ah! That was at hO:15, all right, that last one. Last one is no good. Ah! God dang it. ... a tight schedule. You're hustling around here in the dark, you sure can blow it, which I apparently did on that one. What I did was give a 30-second expos_e to - to C1. That pad is rough to read, those lines across. God dag it. Okay, what you got then wwss no frame 6 that _as worth anything because it was looking in the s_light. Was started 5 seconds after sunrise. Or the time you told up, 23:40:10. And number 2, Cl_ was a 30-second rather than a i0. I'll tell you it's a tight one. I'll try and get it next time. SPT out. We3D, let me give you the last frame number here. Frame number 32 is the one we're looking at right now. I'm advancint it at 33. So you got up to and including frame number 32. Although the last on% as I said, is not working. SPT out.

355 23 39 59

SPT

355 23 hO 14

SPT

--

355 23 42 12

SpT

END OF TAPE

,_

Dump Tape 356-01 Time: 356:00:37 to 356:02:11 GI4_

12/21/73
Page ] of 3

356 00 37 14 356 00 37 29

SPT SPT

- debriefing the - the pass. But active region zero was much too good to pass up and d I was able to squeeze it in some time, so I picked up flare wait in building block 32. Building block 32, of course, no problem lare wait. I rolled so that thee 55 MIRROR LINE SCAN was encompassing a lot of bright points. And also, 82B was parallel but not immediately adjacent to the neutral line. I moved fairly close to the Sun spot Just to the east of the Sun spot. That's where the brightest point was and there was a leader going into the Sun spot and I'm pretty confident that when one breaks

f-

out, it's goingto break out along in that region. SPT It also would give a reasonable picture for 82A in a flare sequence in looking at the XUV MONITOR.. The vertical path was relatively clear of other active regions, although not completely. 99 was still up therebut was not i_ediately above. The roll was minus 325, UP/DOWNN was a minus 254 and LEFT/RIGHT was a minus 55. At 23 after the hourur, we got a point brightening in XUV MONITOR, one in H-ALPHA and I initiated 54, 56 in their flore modes and 55 was already running. Took another look, the point got brighter ... l0 or 15 seconds and gave 82B their exposure of 20 seconds, which we had setup onn the event timer. And 82B and I set up the exposure times one-quarter and then somehow managed to hit the worng start I hit the one on the panel rather the one above. So I'm afraidyou've got yourself

-_

Dump Tape 356-01 Page 2 of 3

a relatively long exposure rather than a swquenee of three. And I'm sure that will not happen again. However, it was a - a sun flare. The PMEC did not get above 300 to 400 or so in that. It was not rising rapidly; BERYLLIUM APERTTURE was in _ and remained in _, but it certainly was a very pronounced brightening in XUV MONITOR and H-ALpHA. 356 00 40 35 SPT There was no mistaking that something was going on. The 55, orygen V1 at the point I was - I was - had originally selected was originally around 20,000 and it got up to 80,000 - 58,000, a little past the peak when I did look at it. So we're on the rightpoint and the MIRROR LINE SCAN; so 55 got some good short rise-time data on a subflore, but unfortUnaltely I it did not pan out to be the big one we're looking for. SPT out.

f-

356 00 41 i2

SFT

TIME

SKIP

356 02 07 57

CC

Skylah, Houston through Goldstone 2-1/2 minutes/ SPT at 20:08; S073, ready for operation. We're set up for frame number i. And it will be frame number 28 of TV 43. It'll start at exactly at 20:29. I will give you a mark. Got 338.8 for ROTATION, and TILT is 5.3. It'll be a 10-second exsposure. Stand by.

356 02 08 02

SPT

SPT

f_

Dump Tape 356-01 Page B of 3

356 02 08 59

SPT

MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. for CLOSE. MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED.

Stand bby

356 02 09 ii

Sl_r

END OF TAPE

/

/

I

Time:

356:00:37

to 356:02:11

CMT _

12/21/73 page 1 of 3

356 00 37 14 356 O0 37 29

SPT SPT

- debriefiingthe - the pass. But active region zero was much too good to pass up and d I was able to squeeze it in some time, so I picked up flare wait in building block 32. Building block 32, of course, no problem lare wait. I rolled so that thee 55 MIRROR LINE SCAN was encompassing a lot of bright points. And also, 82B was parallel but not immediately adjacent to the neutral line. I moved fairly close to the Sun spot Just to the east of the Sun spot. That's where the brightest point was and there was a leader going into the Sun spot and I'm pretty confident that when one breaks out, it's going in that region. to break out along

SPT

It also would give a reasonable picture for 82A in a flare sequence in looking at the XUV MONITOR.. The vertical path was relatively clear of other active regions, although not completely. 99 was still up therehut was not i_ediately above. The roll was minus B25, UP/DOWNN was a minus 254 and LEFT/RIGHT was a minus 55. At 23 after the hourur, we got a point brightening in XUV MONITOR, one in H-ALPHA and I initiated 54, 56 in their flore modes and 55 was already running. Took another look, the point got brighter ... i0 or 15 seconds and gave 82B their exposure of 20 seconds, which we had setup onn the event timer. And 82B and I set up the exposure times one-quarter and then somehow managed to hit the worng start I hit the one on the panel rather the one above. So l'm afraid you've got yourself

Dump Tape 356-01 Page 2 of 3

a relatively long exposure rather than a swquence of three. And I'm sure that will not happen again. However, it was a - a sun flare. The PMEC did not get above 300 to 400 or go in that. It was not rising rapidly; BERYLLIUM APERTTURE was in 4 and remained in 4, but it certainly was a very pronounced brightening in XUV MONITOR and H-ALPHA. 356 O0 40 35 SPT There was no mistaking that something was going on. The 55, orygen V1 at the point I was - I was - had originally selected was originally around 20,000 and it got up to 80,000 - 58,000, a little past the peak when I did look at it. So we're on the right point and the MIRROR LINE SCAN; so 55 got some good shortrise-time dataon a subflore, but unfortunaltely I it did not pan out to be the big one we' re looking for. SPT out.

._

356 O0 hl 12

SPT

TIME

SKIP

356 02 07 57

CC

Skylab, Houston through Goldstone 2-1/2 minutes/ SPT at 20:08; S073, ready for operation. We're set up for frame number i. And it will be frame number 28 of _I_ 43. It'll start at exactly at 20:29. I will give you a mark. Got 338.8 for ROTATION, and TILT is 5.3. It'll be a lO-second ex_posure. Stmud by. -

356 02 08 02

SPT

SPT

_v

Dump Tape 356-01 Page _ of 3

356 02 08 59

SPT

_AHK. sHUTTER_ OPEN. for CLOSE.

Stand bby

356 02 09 ii

$PT

MARK.

SHUTTER, CLOSED. END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 356-02 Time: 356:02:16 12/22/73 Page 1 of 9

to 356:0h:08

CaT

356 02 15 33

SPT

i0 - second one -

exposure.

The first

SPT

.o. the first - the first one is espec_al_y inverted in order of frames 2 and i, Right now we are on - in the cassette, frame nnmher 31. So 31 corresponds to your frame number 3; 30 corresponds to your fram_ number l; 29 corresponds to your fram_ number 2; and 28, a very short time, I'm not sure exactly what it was set o_, probably ... Okay, 1 minute number 3. Okay, stand by. to termination, frame

356 02 17 06

SPT

356 02 17 52

SPT CC

.......... 356 02 18 00 SPT CDR SPT CDR SPT

Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute from LOS. We'll be right baek wlth yOU ................. MA_K. Roger, Hank.

FILM ADVANCE. You want a quick fr_-_ count? OPEN. Okay, that was 5 seconds between SHIfI_I'_BLOSED and SHIfI_ER C OPEN again. an 8-second And this eme. is goiag to be

CC CDR CC SPT

Go ahead. Okay, 5526, Ih67, 23, 553, 3255, 1881.

Okay, we copy. Okay, we're that's frame number 4, and going to tmke this one up here.

Dump Tape 356-02 Page 2 of 9

02:27 and 5 seconds, give you a full 8-minutes, and change the ROTATION and TILT. 356 02 19 35 CC Skylab, Houston. We're back w_th you through Bermuda for 5 minutes. Skylab, Houston. We need items on the ATM eloseout a couple ... want of

356 02 22 56

CC

CDR

Okay. We thought sure you'd all set up for flare ...

it

CC

Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOS. We'll see you at Madri_ at 30, and we'll be standing by for the evening status. Roger. All right up to sunlihgt, Jer. We got whole series of long exposures all packed in here. Need a ... Say again. Oh, boy.

CDB SIT I--

SPT

Okay, we're coming up here on 26, and at 26:05 we will terminate this exposure. You'll have exactly an 8-minute one, and we got to change the rotation and tilt. Stand by.

8PT 356 02 26 05 SPT

MARK. SHUTTER's CLOSED, FILM ADVANCE, looking for 137.8 in EOTATION. 138.8. There it is. TILT is i_.9. i_.9. Minus you w_nt a 6 _ minute one beginning at 27. 37.8 and 14._ set in. And film is advanced. Stead by. MARK. Sh_I'TE_'s OPEI_. 6 minutes at 27 takes us up to 3B. beginning

356 02 26 39

SPT

i

Dump Tape 356-02 Page 3 of 9

356 02 29 24

SPT CDR SPT

249. ...

What

do you do?

Yeah, I - I've got some five 2-minutes exposures here, Jet. Skylab, Houston 9 minutes. through Madrid for

CC

SPT

Okay, a problem Just arose with the equipment that we're using. The - I should say the scheduling. I believe only have one manual shutter release on board.

we

CDR

o.. problem developing. $233 and S073 both need the remote shutter release. And I have two choice. WE can - three choices. We can cancel $233. We can delay it until the next opportunity, which is probably timed and not move the ca_ra by pushing the button. And while they're thinking about that, I'ii give the evening status report. Okay, we're at 31.

SPT CDE

Okay, Sleep: CDR, 7.0, 6 heavy, "I light; SPT,' 7.0, 5 heav_, 2 light; PLT, 6.0, 5 heavy, 1 light. Volume: CDR, 2000; sPT, ll00; PLT 2300; CDR, 7620, SPT 3146, FLT, 9256. Body mass: CDR, 6316, 6314, 6316; SPT, 63h7, 6350, 6349; PLT, 625e, 6253, 625_. Exercise: CDR, method Alfa, minute 2 minutes; SPT, no change; PLT, no exercise today. Medication: CDR, none_ S_T, none; PLT, Tinactln as directed. Cl_)thing: CDR, One pair shorts, one pKir socks; SPT, one shirt. Food log: CDR, 2.5 salt, plus one apple drink, plus two coffees with su4ar , all - let's s_e; SPT, zero salt, plus one tea, plus 2h _unces Of water; PLT, 0 salt, plus one cher_Y drink, zero water. The flight Plan deviations, none; Shopping list accomplishments : none. Inoperable

_-_

Dump Tape 356-02 Page 4 of 9

equipment : none. Unscheduled stowage : none. Photo log: no DAC usage today. Nikon, camera 01, no change; 02, BRAVO, Victor 43, and we'll give you a frame count later - SPT CDE Okay. Coming up on 33. 08, give

- - 03, no change; 04, Bravo Echo 33; 05, Bravo Hotel 05, and we'll you a fra,_ count after 233. 33, we're Stand by. going to go 127.1

SPT

and 31.8.

356 02 33 00

SPT

MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. Open the vent. Going to frame number 6, 127.1. 127.1 set in, 31.8 which will remain the same from here on but. 31.8, Okay. 127.1 - And, CDR, I guess we're going to have to go along with your suggestion to handhold the $233 and use - do the best you can. Okay, Stand by. MARK. - - and do the exposures by squeezing the camera. And I think I can do a fairly steady Job. Okay. Okay, there's your exposure on frame 6, initiated on time at 02:34. 02:34, that will take us up to 2_0; i minute is Just about the right --,_tmt of time in there. It gives you enough time to carry out all the functions and make one - one more check, any shorter than that and you stand a chance of coming up with an error. And, CDR, while you're up there in the MDA, the M518 experiment checklist, at the bottom of page 11-3 note that

CC /-"

SPT 356 02 34 00 SPT CDR

CC SPT

CC

/

F Dump Tape 356-02 Page 5 of 9

you put the bulkhead vent valve into VENT positio_ for the ni@ht. If you haven't already done that _ now's a good time to do it. CDR Okay, valve thanks, Hank. The bulkhead to the V]_Vf position. vent

CC CC

That's affirmative. CDR, in reference to the $233, if you choose to use the T position, Just a little reminder there, when you press the button it _ill opon the shutter, then you'll have to turn the speed knob to release the shutter. Okay, t_rn shutter. the speed knob to release the

CDR

CC

That's right. You !0robably remembered that. You know, if you press the button down, it holds the shutter open _mtil you turn the little speed knob a little bit and that releases it to CLOSE. Okay, thanks. I had £argotten it, frankly.

CDR 356 02 37 h3 SPT

Okay, co_mlng up on 38, and amother 2 minutes after thst. Skylab, Houston. We're and we'll see you again at 49. Okay, Okay, MAB/(. Okay, thats 6. that's a 125.1. going to change Com_tng up on 7, and Okay, we're Just them 2 degrees. ... up 60 seconds stand by. 1 minute from LOB, at Tannanarive

CC

SPT SPT 356 02 39 59 SPT SPT

to terminate.

8PT

ROTATION to ]25.1 is set. ROTATION I've changed to 31.8. We're coming

Dump Tape 356_02 Page 6 of 9

for a 5-minute exposure; that's frame number 7. Give it to you on my mark. Stand by. 356 02 41 O0 556 02 95 44 SPT SPT MARK. Okay, coming up to 01:20 - 1 - 02:46, to terminate. Stand by. MARK. Frame number 7, at 02:40. 7, we're going to give you a 2-minute exposure. Btand by,

356 02 46 00

SPT SPT

SPT 356 02 47 08 SPT

MARK. Okay, that was at 07; we're 7 seconds late on that. This will terminate at 49:0?. This time we'll give you a 10-seconds exposure. Okay, there's Stand by. MARK. MARK; MARK. FILM ADVANCE, at 12. SHUTTEH OPEN.

SI_T /-" SPT

_9.

356 02 49 06 B56 02 49 ii 356 02 49 21

SPT SPT SPT SPT

22, stand by.

$hq]TTER CLOSED.

okay, what would be helpful on this pad is to put the remark of shutter speed knob-T to T then cock shutter at the beginning as opposed to; at the end. That would have saved me on duplicating the ones since I would, have checked it a second time on the first item. As it was, I checked when I set it up, but somewhere in the process of the handling it got knocked. Okay, I'ii give you the frame I was last looking at, and that is frame number S7 without advancing it. It will advance to fr_m_ number 38. SPY out.

356 02 50 12

SPT

/,

f

Dump Tape 356-02 Page 7 of 9

B56 02 55 hb

CDR

This is the CDR at 02:50 with a first of all a debriefing of the SeB3 pass. The first exposure was taken on time at 02:42, and that was exposure number 35, frame 35. At 02:4B and h2 seconds which was comet rise, that was the time that I took the second frame, 02:43:_2. The first frame was 60 seconds, 15 foot focus. The second exposure was 60 seconds, infinity. The third exposure was started at h4:55 and was terminated before sunrise. No problem with manually doing it without a remote cabal. HOwever, this is one for the FAD people or for the flight planners, this is another reason why we should not have experiments such as S073; you need the corolarles scheduled during our PSA period. I reiterate, the PSA period is our tlme_ it is not available for the sehedullng of various experiments. WE are doing only Kohoutek work and ATM work during the PSA period. And I would llke to he assured that there will be more assi_nts of anything like 8063 atmospheric, or anything like that, or any S073, or any of the others. They've got no business being assigned during a PSA period. Okay? That covers it on $233.

356 02 52 _h

CDR

I have a new subject now, and this is a debrief of the ATM pass which began at O1:19 Zulu. And the SPT handeled the first - the and went

CDR

first two parts of that time, we will assume that that all

smoothly, an& there were no hangups at all in the - in the procedures. And I will mention it to him, and if he's anything special to say about those tow particular blocks _ he will debrief them separately. Those were - - let me get some light here - -

,,

i

,

t

•F

Dump Tape 356-02 Page 8 of 9

CDR PLT 356 02 53 52 CDR

JOP 6, stand by. Hi, gang. Okay, I'll Just I'm going come back a minute. to do a zuZ update.. and get with you in

356 02 54 57

CDR

Okay, this is the CDR again getting back to the ATM pass debriefing for the 01:19 ATM pass. The first was a JOP 6 building block IA. That was done by the SPT, and he did some %"ER downlink for you, or some VTR video recording. And then he did a JOP 2 Delta, step i, building block Ii. At that time I came in and did a J0P 2D, step i, building block i0 and had no problems with that. At _ minutes to go, I went into JOP' 7, building block 15 and I extincted your extinction. I got 55 running properly at precisly ll seconds remaining in the time. I released the switch and opened the shutter. And then deggone if I didn't put the switch back back to START again to - to close the shutter; we ended up with a 3-minute - 3-second exposure rather than a l-second exposure. While I gathered my motor skills and figured out what to do and remembered to put it down to STOP and close the shutters. So_ I'm afraid I butchered your extinction picure for you. your -

356 02 56 17

CDR

Okay, the s_-_ two bright H-alpha points that Ii mentioned before did the same thing during the this pass; they were changing _ intensities. One would drop in intensity, the other one would pump up Just _lmost as if there was a an energy exchange going on between the two of them. Other than that, there was nothing else of interest going on. We were Just watching Active Region 00 hoping for a - a flare none oc cured. ! and unfortunately

/-

Tape 356-02 Page 9 of 9
Dump

356 02

56 52

CDR

CDR out.

TIME SKIP

356 04 05 31

CDR

This is the CDR at Oh:05 Zulu reporting on handheld photography of the aurora. Camera that _ras uBed Was Nikon 02 with a ma@azine of Brsvo Victor 43. The frames that were taken for aurora tonlght were frames numbe r 8, 7, 6, and 5, !These frames were taken over the peribd 03:58 to Oh:02 in about i minute intervals. Side'comment, the aurora tonight is nowhere near as active or _Q _eautiful and extensive as it was last n_@ht. What I could see tonight looke_ kind of llke a prairie fire, you might say, Occasional patchem of very high _lame here and there, hut for the most part a low - a - a low level of ligh_, rather _ low activity in the aurora i.

_

356 04 06 32

CDR

CDR OUT.

i

END OF TAPE

T_e.

: 3_b. [_2_. t%° 3_6. [_2. _[_9 _i_O <_f

_%_ l_o_fii j_%_6,,- ._66,,_. 2 _ :_ _m Lh__T _r,_t..
_D, q_

Dump Tape 356-04 Time: B56:lh:07 12122173 Page of h i

to 356:14:42 -

GMT _ .........

356 lh 23 26

CDR

This is the CDR at _4:07 Zulu. The subject is DAC malfunction that was assigned at this time. The transporter 03 which was the jammed up transporter the preeedures on my details reference me to the photo ops book page 5-3 and that particular page, as best I can see, applies only when you have a camera that's Jammed and you know it's in the transporter and you've got to make decisions as to whether or

-

not you are going to use film, or destroy film, or pull it out, or whatever you are going to do with it. Now what I've done with transp,orter 03 is IVve taken the film in it - tD_e piece of film that was strung through it out. It seems to run freel_now% The wheels arc running quite freely now. The wheels are running quite freely, and I can't see that there is much more -that I can so with transporter number unless they mean for me to take it apart and check it. At any rate I've done what I can with transporter number 03, and I'm going to file it Back in locker number 523. 356 14 08 3B 356 lh 34 51 CDR PLT CDR out. PLT time is 14:30 reporting on handheld photography. Coming up on the African coast we got a good look at the - the sand dunes there. Actually I think IVll be taking pictures north of Walvis Bay there and out of the H1478, 77 area, In any event, I got some good pictures of dunes, two frames there. And observations, in the northern part of South_:_est Africa there, and in particular ... coast ... there and Just north of Walvls Bay. If you will look on a ma]_, on - Just at the _order there between Angola and South-west Africa around - oh, I can't pronounce the name of this place. 0ndangua is the closest I can come to it - you will notice 3,

_

D_m_p Tape 356-0_ Page 2 of 4 .....................

___

a lot of l_ukes trending south direction. There

in a northwest, - there is a

pattern which appears to be a crisscross pattern prevalent in that area and looks like cross faulting and fracturing. The there's a distinctive east-west generally, maybe it's west-southwest east-northeast pattern in the area, a very large area. But again it goes on inland, oh, halfway to the apparently almost halfway to the Botswana swamp area and there is a distinctive east-west trending linear em - markings on the surface which Y had previously attributed to wind direction. And - however, today I noticed quite a few lakes in there. 356 14 37 06 PLT So I think in this general area starting from about, oh, say 17 degrees south to about 22 degrees south s_nd extending from 35 degrees I guess I'd say east to - no, excuse me I didn't get that one right. 15 degrees - I'd say 17 degrees east into about 20 to 21 degrees east longitude as sort of a - that area in there, South-west Africa an5 part of Angola, there's a very interesting linear l_at - surface pattern east-_est and generally north-south which is very prevalent and seems to dominate as far as surface wind patterns and also the lake. Of course I know the two are are not related, but in any event the a -this is _ this is the pattern that I noticed before but today I noticed much more markedly, Also, the Botswana swamp area, I think we're going to have to get in the morning. This is the second time I've looked for it, and man, that whole area is cloud covered and Cbs popping all over the place.

/_

Dump Tape 356-04 Page 3 of h .................

356 lh 38 20

PLT

Okay, now I'm coming up on Addis Ababa. I got a resl nice low sun angle view of that fault zone that extends down to the west of Lake Victoria. I took two obliques of that area which should give very good area coverage at low sun angle. Then coming up on Addis Ababa I was looking like a son of a gun and I never did see the city. I took one pic - one frame at the right time and I was trying to use the mountains _nd everything else and anyway I didn't see it visually so I can't comment on whether it's a sector town, or circular ring_ or whatever else. And then - so I took one picture of there, then I took one more frame oblique of the Afar Triangle, low sun angle f- stop h. All these were f-stop h. Should be a very good area coverage of the Afar Triangle. And it was the coming up on the terminator; I don't know how that frame is going to come out, but at f/h I think probably it "_ill register reasonably good. And there should be some awfully good data because that is 'a should - that frame should cover that whole ar - Afar Triangle at low sun angle.

"

356 lh 39 36 356 14 40 18

PLT PLT

PLT out. Comment on handheld photography, footnote to the previous by PLT. I think this was an extraordinarily good call by the visual ops people, passing over Africa like that and at - at low sun angle. I think there is a - I was tempted to take more pictures in South-we_t Africa b&cause the geology was all very dramatically illustrated in relief because of the shadowing effect. _d my only regret on that pass is that I didn't take more pictures in South-west Africa, although I was sort of, as I ._ay, I w_s tempted.

Dump Tape

356-0h

"

_l_gge of 4
And that I was unab'le to see the city of Addis Ababa; I didn't have the binoculars and I'm not even sure it would helped. And anyway I think that was a - this pass was a good call by visual ops people. And the one further con_uent and that is that I've already said, we are going to have to schedule our Botswana Swamp, I think early in the morning local time. And I don't know when that's - when that's going to come up. I mean, keep - keep throwing it in but I - I Just say because of the weather that seems to prevail there, looks like we're to have to schedule it - 356 lh hl 26 PLT going

Also, one additional con_nent, has nothing to do with visual ops as such but is related. And that is the

-

the subject of the gyro stabilized binoculars. I couldn't find any battery to put in it, so we haven't been using those. We_ve been using the handheld which I v.hink are probably Just as good. And also, the - I am 'I've got nearer set e:_es I suppose, but this is a comment for the future. The gyro stabilized binoculars do not have an innerpupilary adjust which is capable of accon_nodating my - the - the spread of my eyes. I Just - I put it - pulled it all the - adjusted it all the way down and I can't adjust it down narrow enough for my eyes. It's Just a sort of a general note because I think I might have something to do _rith procuring gyro stabilized binoculars in the future. It's something you ought to watch is that there's not sufficient adjustment in that in - innerpupilary adjustment on the _vro stabilized binoculars. 356 14 h2 27 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE

_'_

Dump Tape 356-05 Time: 356:16:11 to 356:17:50 GMT 12122173 Page i of 19

356 16 l0 h6

PLT

-

This is PLT. The time is 16:10, debriefing the ATMpass starting at 15:17 approximately. The for the technicial performance of the JOP and the building block - those were all preformed monimally. The - did take a quick look at the corona. When I was doing the JOP 6, step 2, building block 32. There appears to be another streamer on the west limb now. It's just about on 3 o'clock position. The other two streamers are still there. The one on the east limb seems to be a little bit more developed, that is, a little more dense as far as the appearance on the screen. This - no big problem, but it did go overshoot on the DETECTOR for the GRATING POSITION once. But I was a little ahead, so that didn't cause me any problem; I'd traced the orbit. I put it in MIRROR LINE SCAN, line 25, ROLL 0000, up/down minus 0189, and LEFT/RIGHT plus 0136; that was the pointing. Across that kink is - seems to be disappearing; it's not nearlyas prominent. Other than that, looks the old active region 00 has sort of paused to take a breath. like

356 16 12 24 356 16 16 52 356 16 17 ll

PLT

PLT out. (Music)

CDR

This is the CDR at 16:20 Zulu with results of the inventory. I'll start right down the list, the teleprinter pad that was sent up to me, and ive you the data as we go. M168, solid traps: 9. M301, PDC02 cartridges, new: 4 red active and h red passive, 6 blue active and 6 blue passive. And ther'll be a CO 2 inlet and

s_

outletcartridgechangeout today, so you'll need to subtract those numbers from these. Delta 418 Dome hlS, towels: read, 40; white, 45;

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 2 of 19

blue, 30. Dome 448, wipes: 3 wipes; 2 wetwipes. F Foxtrot 569, trash bags, 35: Echo 622, urine disposal bags, i bundle. I did not count the number in the bundle; 356 16 18 22 CDR I figured you'd know.

"-

Wardroom 700, dispenser: zero wipes, and zero tissues and 1 full wetwipes. W710, disposal bags, zero. W711, disposal bags, zero. W723, wipes (music). 723 has no wipes and no washcloths. We have put four con_nand module tissue dispensers in j23, and they're - all four of them are full; those are from the SL-2/3 mission. W729: wipes, zero; washcloths, 1 red, 1 white, 1 blue. W734: biocide wipes, 2; wipes, zero; washcloths, i red, i white, i blue. W735: biocide wipes, l; washcloths, 1 red, 1 white, 1 blue. W736: zero toweld, zero wash cloths. W737: zero towels, zero washcloths. W738: zero towels, zero washcloths. W739: towels, 6 white; washcloths, 1 red, I white, 1 blue. W741: washcloths, 1 red, 1 white, i blue. W746, dispenser: wipes, minus 4 inches; tissues, minus 4 inches and full. We have - in W746, we have one dispenser of wipes and two dispensers of tissues. W753: trashbags, 2&. Dispenser in W768 has i tissue, and that's minus 6 inches; zero wipes; and 1 wetwipe, which is minus 3 inches. W772 dispenser - let's see. Tissues, zero; wipes, minus i inch and minus 6 inches. H802, which is a dispenser: biocide wipes, minus 8 inches; no tissues. We have minus 7 inches of wipes in one and minus 1 inch of wipes in the other. H804: trashbags, 1 full bundle. H831: washcloths, 6 - correction, minus 6 inches of red, minus 1 inch of white, minus

356 16 19 34

CDR

356 16 20 41

CDR

/_

Dump Tape 356-O5
Page 3 of 19

f-356 16 22 32 CDR

1 inch of blue. There are 3 red towels and 5 blue towels in there. H832: urine disposal bags, zero. H835: urine disposal bags, 1 bundle. $900: towels, 1 blue is missing; all the rest are there. $909, which is a dispenser: wipes, minus 2 inches; tissues, minus 3 inches and empty. S911: trash bags, 40, h0. $921, which is a dispenser: wipes, full; tissues, minus 4 inches and empty. $923: trash bags, 27. $925: urine disposal bags, 1/2 bundle. $931, which is a dispenser: wipes, minus 2 inches; tissues, minus 1 inches and empty. $933: trash bags, 13. A7 - the 2 A7 SL 2/ 3 lockers, I guess that is. Anyway, we transferred all of those tissues, as I mentioned before, toW723. Bravo I: urine disposal bags, zero. LEB, urine disposal bags: we have Alfa - bag Alfa, bag Bravo, and another bag down there, and they're all three full. They are full of of - things like - Mae Wests, pockets off the suits; and the one that's - the one that's unlettered, that is full has got all of the contingency - of the transfer water in it, in the bags. The upper equipment bay, urine disposal bags, none. Extra, I found two containers of wet-wipes in film locker hl6. Okay, getting back to - I mentioned a couple of places here, zero in some dispensers; that means they're empty, not - not zero inches missing. If it's _11], I said full; if it had some missing, I said minus so many inches. Let's see, 768 Delta, I said wipes, zero; I probably should've said wipes, empty. W772 Delta, I said tissue,zero; I should're said tissues, empty, Just to make sure it

356 16 23 12

CDR

_•

/

Dump Tape 356-05 Page h of 19

was quite clear. covers the - the 356 16 23 54 356 16 25 09 CDR CDR CDR out.

Okay, that inventory.

This is the CDR at 16:30 Zulu reporting completion of the housekeeping 14 Hotel and 28 Mike. In the inlet C02 filter

changeout - or sensor changeout, the checklist calls for the INLET PPCO 2 to be between h.5 and 5.5.

Well, I found on mol sieve A that it was up to around 15. And all I did was take the cover off again and put it back in, and dropped back down to a little less than 4. And I - the - MOL SIEVE B INLET, which is the blue in each case, the MOL SIEVE B was reading 7 when I went over and opened the top on it and then closed it back down again. By the the top I mean the the - holder that - for the sensors, the active and passive sensors, the cartridges. Then it dropped down to about 2, so I guess that we'll just have to wait for awhile until they all settle out. 356 16 26 17 CDR CDR out.

--

TIME

SKIP

356 16 38 ii 356 16 39 56 356 16 40 00

CREW SPT SPT

... the direct outlet SPT at 16:40.

...

Stand by.

MARK. Ready for S063. 4 frames, Nikon 04, 08, starting with frame number 33. Shutter's cocked. First is 1-second exposure. Got filter A1 set in. Door is OPEN, we're set to a ROTATION of 209.6 and a TILT of 023.6. Okay, first one. Give you your 1-second a little more accurately, I'll use - On

/ Dump Tape 356-05 Page % of 19

the EXPOSURE knob, I'ii set it to I second, then move it over to D for the remaining. Okay, there's _l 356 16 41 02 SPT SPT _[ARK. Okay, there's the horizon. Small glow, blue. not see any stars as yet, nor the comet. Coming up tO 43 now. Stand by.

SF2 356 16 43 02 SPT

._

MARK. There's your 1-second exposure. Going to B .... for some reason the darn shutter won't cock. There it goes. Boy. Oh, boy. That's A3, going now to 2 minutes and 2 seconds - Shutter closed.And A out. Al in.... 3 for 45. Stand by. MARK. Okay, seconds, 9MARK. BI, that was a t 37. _0

356 16 44 40

SPT

556 16 45 23 356 16 45 h0

SPT SPt

shutter

open•

MARK. Okay, that was at 21 seconds before. Okay. Stand by.

SPT 356 16 46 lO SFT

MARK. Okay. And I got your exposures in, but that was tight. And we also blew one more frame of film. I'll tell you the overhead on this thing is getting a little high•

SPT

Okay. For some reason I think I •.. four frames exposed at the proper lenght time with one extra exposure in there. Which was another short one on 81. It seems we got 1 second in one approximately that length. What I had to do w_s unscrew the MANUAL SHUTTER shutter RELEASE. for those Cycled the 2 frames of film Okay, your last

/_

for some reason.

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 6 of 19

frame 38. 356 16 47 51 356 16 5_ 49 SPt CDR

was 37 and advanced

to

SPT out. This is the CDR at 16:55 Zulu with M487-3 Bravo using subject eval guide number 2. We'll use a habitability parameter. Okay, first off is the wardroom. But before I start on that, let me slip a few parameters your way on what I think of the food bags, the food containers not the cans. As I look back over 487-3 Alfa, I see we talked about the water gun and the food constitution reconstitution and all that really talked bags or food and I should at that time dispenser stuff, but about the containers have talked and I want and the cans we never - the food themselves about then to take this

356 16 55 19

CDR

f_

oportunity to do it. The - the bags in the cans that have the nozzle at the very top, have them coming to a peak at the top with a nozzle on top I have found by far to be the most convenient to use. 356 16 55 59 CDR You can add your water and mix and then when your ready to - you Just hold it by the nozzle on top and stick your knife in around the side, and essentially cut the whole top cone away and leave - leave an inch or so of it - attached and then fold it back and it serves as a little flat top thing; you can pull the to back out of the way, put your spoon in your food and get what you want and then le - set the flat top back down again. Works out very nicely. 356 16 56 33 CDR The spoon bowls, as far as I'm concerned, are lousy. I would give them a rating of lousy on your scale

f

"•

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 7 of 19

which is somewhat below poor. But, the - the problem with those darn spoon bowls, particularly with the sloppy food like the soups and the potatos - I mean the chicken and gravy and corn and some of those things, is that the funny little disc type seal that bends inside a ways never holds. 356 16 57 13 CDR You put hot water in there and these seals Just open right up and let all that food move right up against the top of the bag, and then when you try to cut that top strip off with a pair of scissors you - you succed in slopping the scissors all up with food. And as soon as you manip manipulate the bag the slightest bit, trying to get your fingers in the lees or trying to do anything else, sqirt, out comes the - a squirt of food that seems to get siphoned out through that slot at the top and goes lurching off into the workshop somewhere and you're - you'recatching them. If you are unfortunate enought to let the top of the hag slip while you're trying to get your finger in the loops and then snap back, that pumps a big glob of food off into the - into the area somewhere tOO • Generally I find that offd pack it sounded like a neat idea on the ground when the food would stay aw_y from the slot that you're trying to open with your fingers, you know ... the finger that you stick through the loop, but up here, in zero g, when the food moves everytime you manipulate that slot or move it Just a little bit, it pumps food up to the lost for some reason, and then all you got to do is pump it a little bit or let it slip or something like that, and you

_--

356 16 57 &8

CDR

356 16 58 01

CDE

/--

f.

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 8 of 19

got a big @lob of food propelled off away from the bog. 356 16 58 36 CDR It's not all that handy to be able to close it and open and all that stuff. REally, the nozzle type bag that I was mentioning at first with a nozzle on top, that you can cut, really seems to he a little bit better. You can take that bag by the nozzle and swing it fairly gently, force all the food down to the bottom and it all sticks together and you can put it back in the can you got it out of, and carefully cut it with a knife until you got your flap and your food seems to stay pretty well in one place. .... 356 16 59 08 CDR The Apollo food pit, food bag ... food bag you got stuffed down in the, in the can, all Just, I think more trouble than they're worth, and I would prefer to do without them. I would rather try to mangag with the nozzle at-the-top type. Cereal is another problem, the rice krispies, corn flake_ and those, when you get the milk in there, and shake it up, it Just kind of goes all over the place when you try to use this food bag the way it was designed. We've had a couple of failures in the water input nozzle into the food bags, that is, the ones that are in the cans, you know where you've got the nozzle going into the side into a little flapper v_lve. That little flapper valve has stuck on us twice now, and yo put that on the reconstitution nozzle and try to pump water into it, and if that flapper valve doesn't open up and let that water in, you've ahd the stroke, because in Just a second or so later, your seam, the Junction

356 16 57 42

CDR

f.

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 9 of 19

between the nozzle and the bag is going to split and you're going to have waer going all over the place and then you have no choice but to open the top of the food bag, and reconstitute your food from the top using your drink, and that is a very messy business. 356 17 00 32 CDR So, all and all, that should Just about do it on the food bags, I really don't like the food bags at all, I much prefer the other type. Okay , let's get on with subject evaluation guide number 2. Wardroom table, eating station. Okay, you're interested in the general arrangement and orientation of the compartment. would say tha I the arrangement and orientation of the compartment is excellent, or very good. The table is - is well - located, relative to the lockers, and each man, within, his arm's reach has got light available to him, plus his locker with his G-utensils in it, and, the fact that it's oriented with a - a window that looks out toward the earth, I think is very, very good. And all and all I think the arrangement is excellent. The volume of the compartment is is very good, I'd say, there's plenty of room, in fact, about all you need, and I don't think there's anything to be said about that. Ceiling to floor proximity is excellent, everything's within comfortable reach, ... some of these took place ... wardroom table, you see that I was abel to lock my feet into the ceiling and push against the floor and hold a screw while Ed was busy working underneath. Ingress and egress positions are - are very good, are excellent in the wardroom, there's lots of room, and no problem getting

356 17 O1 09

CDR

356 17 02 02

CDR

P

Dump Tape 356-05 Page lO of 19

in and out. 356 17 02 52 CDR Trash collection provision is is excellent. Each man has a trash bag within arms reach of his eating station. Stowage volume and access is excellent, there's lots of room, and as more and more clothing is being used up, and lockers are being emptied out, we're moving more and more bulk volume food, overage food down into th lockers near the tables, so we don't have to spend as much time transferring from the wardroom up to the food lockers, into forward compartments. Access is very good in all these stowageareas,theselockersin the wardrobe. Temporary equipment restraints, we make extensive use o of the bungees in the doors, and we make extensive use of Velcro, and they're all very good. I think the best temporry equipment restraints is the bungee with the flap, I don't want to call it hook, it's really a hook but it's long and flat, pinched, I like, I like that better than the sharp wire or the other type of hook, Just about a 3/16ths of an inch wide piece of metal bent into a hook. Personal mobility aid, now that we've got the, well I don't know what you mean by a personal mobility aid. I don't think there are any. The personal restraint devices, I think the thigh restraints are okay, but not necessary. I would say tha removal of the floor plates has greatly improved the ease with which we can nachor ourselves, to eat our dinnerand do whatever we want to do. Thermal comfort _ it's very comfortable down in the wardroom, it's one fo the more comfortable rooms

356 17 03 27

CDR

356 17 04 09

CDR

_

f

,

Dump Tape 356-05 Page ii of 19

in the whole spacecraft. Noise level is very low in the wardroom, as it is in the entire OWS, unless you've got the ATM EREP cooling loop running and then the dome takes the noises as it comes down the air-lock and serves as a great big megaphone and, sends it down to us slightly amplified. B56 17 05 ll CDR Illumination in the wardroom is excellent. Waste management compartment, general arragement and orientation in the compartment, I guess I have no complaints, I call that very good. Volume of the compartment, I think that 's very good; it's quite adequate for the use. Ceiling to floor proximity is adequate; ingress, eggress provisions adequate, no problems there at all. Trash collection provisions, there's one trash bag in there adn it's located in a good position. I can't really complain about that. Temporary equipment restralnts, those are ndnimal. Again we've _ved in a bungee 8_nd put it over the - the top 6oor_ in the top locker, over there above the S_9_D, and that's where we put urine bags and things. Usually the first guy in the waste compartment gets all three urine bags and all three ssa_01ing bags and puts them under the bungees available for the other guys to uses and to void having to open and close the Io cker, down at the bottom near the floor so many times, 356 17 06 30 /-_ CDR We use velero to restrain pensils, things like that. Personal mobility _ids, none. Fersonal restraint devices, I've already discussed what

_ 356 17 05 33 CDR

f

,

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 12 of 19

I think of the restraint devices in the - in the waste management compartment, they're terrible, Somehow we needed te have an open grill izo there. 356 17 06 56 CDR You just, you're in there trying to clean up after defecation, or you're trying to urinate or comb your hair or do anything in there, and you Just ricochet off the wall like a bebe in a tin can. You've Just no place to anchor yourself down, those restraints that are in there are completely unsatisfactory. The fecal collector once you anchor yourself down on that rascal, I got no complaints about restraint devices there, I use the lap strap and there's Just no problem; I put my feet in the foot restraint area that's back behind the urine drawers, and it all works very nicely; it's once you get off that thing and start the clean up process, when it begins to get exasperated. Thermal comfort in the head is fine, noise level is okay, Just a little bit noisy with the separaters going, but it's not uncomfortable at all. Illumination is quite adequate, more than, more than a_equate. Sleep compartment, general arrangement. They're fine for sleeping, there's not much of a place to go hide and be by yourself, unless you're going to get into your bed, because there's no place to anchor yourself or really put yourself unless you're in bed. The volume of the compartment is Just about right for that use. The ceiling to floor proximity is okay. Ingress - egress provisions, they're good, the doors are very

_-"

356 17 07 4B

CDR

356 17 08 02

CDR

356 17 08 19

CDE

f

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 13 of 19

good and light - the light blocking devices, the fact that you got the velcro doors and the - the light attentuators in the ceiling, they're all very good. 356 17 08 40 CDR Trash collection provision, no problem. Inside they're well located, and no problem there. Stowage volume and access, well I've already discussed that earlier; I think werre a little light on personal item stowage volume; I think a little Ben Franklin type desk top or something for the second from the top, a locker would have been very nice, because you could lay in bed and reach that and write or read or something like that, that would have been very nice. It would have been nice if that locker was - was provisioned with ways to restrain small articles that you would want to keep in there, personal articles. Temporary equipment restraints again, we're in wide use of snaps, velero and and springs, bungees in order to aneher your personal equipment down. Personal mobility aid, none. Personal restraint devices, none other than the bed, I have all ready talked about the bed, I think it is a step in the right direction; it's a very good piece of gear. Don't know how you would improve it off-hand, except possibly rather than body straps, you might want to use something llke a big body sheet, much like the sheet thats over the front of the SMMD, that sort of thing might be kind of nice. I don't know, but it will - would bear looking into. Thermal comfort in sleep compartment, I thinkis good. There's lotsof air moving through there and you can adjust

356 17 09 17

CDR

356 17 09 43

CDR

356 17 I0 18

CDR

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 14 of 19

your bed - your bedding to keep you at the right comfort level. Noise level is excellent. It's very quite in there; the walls pretty well da - and the door pretty well damp out the noise as well as the light altenuators. Illumination is fine. One light in there is more than adequate. Experiment compartment, general arrangment and orientation. I think that's fine, the chair's kind of off in the corner and out of the way where I would really put it. 356 17 lO 59 CDR I have no complaint about the arrangement and orientation of that compartment. The volume is about right. Ceiling to floor proximity is fine. Ingress egress provisions are more than adequate. Trash collection provisions, I think there is where we fall short in the experiment compartment. There really aren't any good places for trash. I think we need a trash stowage area over around Ml31 area and something over say between the bicycles and the UMD. 356 17 ll 40 CDR Stowage there. again velcro, mobility devices, primary Most of volume and access no problems Temporary equipment restraints, again in this area we use mostly not many - many springs. Personal aids: none. Personal restraint well, the floor grid is the device and that's excellent. the other restraint devices that

356 17 ll 13

CDR

you got are mobility aids are Just grabbing - grabbing hold of things like the handles on the BMMD or the handlebars are on the bike 356 17 12 12 CDR or something like that.

Thermal comfort is fine; no - noise level is fine; illumination is excellent. Trash airlock, problem here for the operator of the trash airlock, thereis no reallygoodway of achoring yourself or restraining yourself

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 13 of

r Dump Tape 356-05 Page 15 of 19

while you'r, trying to use .... trash alrlock. _ ....ull on the L :-_!e; f open the d_/_; and pull on _ handle to push the trash out and your body goes the oposite way, and you find yourself having to lock your legs down around the trash airloek and Just grab 356 17 12 h3 CDR it with your legs.

And I think there could be a better way to restrain the operator of the trash alrlock. The forward dome compartment, general arrangement, I have no quarrel with the general arrangment of the dome area, forward compartment area.

356 17 13 01 ....

I have all ready talked about the dome lockersand their arrangment, I think that's quite excellent. Volume of the compartment is more than adequate. Ceiling to floor prox proximity, that's not applicable here because we've got a lot of distance between ceiling and floor and that's what we want. Ingress/egress provisions, I think is fine. CDR We have two ways to get in - In through here or up from the wardroom or up through the center area over the trash airlock. And they're both Just fine. Trash collection provisions, again, there - trash collection in this area is Just about nil and I think there ought to be a couple - a couple of lockers with trash bags in them would be very good. We've got one over in 5 - in the 500 stack over there, 560.

356 17 13 23

356 17 13 51

CDR

And another one on the other side would have been very nice. Stowage volume and access, no, problem there, there's lots of volume _,d access for stowage,and the dome ic_kere are very good. Temporary equipment restrain1., here we use equipment straps bunge _, and the floor grid itself and itfise.

j._

_

f-Dump Tape 3_6-05 Pa_e 16 of 19

356 17 14 17

CDR

I think probably a few snap patterns under the dome area would be handy. We could put some - some equipment up there. Fersonal mobility aids, the flreman's pole we used the first part of the mission until we got our bearings; we got rid of it. The - we haven't even tried to use the strap. In this compartment it's a matter of deciding where you want to go, aiming yourself in that direction, pushing off and coasting. I don't think you really need many mobility aids in here. Personal restraint devices, the good old grid_ no sweat. Thermal comfort is quite comfortable in this compartment as well, the noise level is Just a little bit noiser than the experiment compartment because we're a little bit closer to the noise of the MDA. Illumination in the forward compartment is excellent. Airloek compartment, general ara - arrangment and orientation ... well there can't be much said about that. A tube is a tube is a tube, and you have to put a few panels in there for the EVA systems and it's all in there and you Just can't say much about it. It's - It's acceptable. The volume of the compartment is acceptable; it's really would be nicer if the airlock could have been bigger. When - there's two guys in there with all their equipment and their suits, the volume does appear to be rather cramped. It's very tight in there. It would be better I thing to have it bigger, however having a bigger airloek means you've got to pump more air when you want to pressurize or depressurize it. Ingress/egress provisions, no prob-

356 17 14 43

CDE

B56 17 15 ll

CDR

356 17 15 30

CDR

356 17 15 51

CDR

r Dump Tape 356-05 Page 17 of 19

lems with it. The gemini hatch is a fine external eXterior hatch and the hatches on each end of the airlock are of adequate size. Stowage volume and access is NA, not applicable. Temporary equipment restraints, snap patterns and delco are about all that are in there. 356 17 16 30 CDH And we use - make extensive use of wrist tethers and waist tethers for the EVA situation. Personnel mobility aids, there are none in there. Restraint devices, little or none, some hand and that is about it and there really isn't much you can do about that either. 356 17 16 53 CDR Thermal comfort, it begins to get cold when you move from the dome to the airlock toward the MDA. Noise level; it is extremely noisey in the alrlock. The alrlock pumps - the water glycol pump correction, not water glycol, coolanol pump and the - the primary coolant, secondary cooler loop, also, the KTM coolant pump, are very noisey. Illumination in the airlock is fine. You can set it negative adequate. 356 17 17 3h CDR or dim and it's quite rails

Ok_qr, MDA/STS, general arrangment and orientation of compartment, I would say given the size and volume you got to work with, it's rather well-oriented and arranged and compactly done so; the volume is acceptable, adequate. Ingress, ceiling to floor proximity, well, you know that's not applicable in there really. Ingress/egress provisions, one whole in each end is quite adequate. Trash collection provision, there's none up there and there really ought to be at least two areas for trash collection, one around the EREP one over next to the ATM. area and

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 18 of 19

356 17 18 23

CDR

PErsonal mobility aids, they're limited, you find yourself grabbing on to whatever handholds you can find up there. And I all ready mentioned the fact that I thought that there ought to be one handhold of some kind every four foot. At least one - if you grab one you should be able to look four feet in any direction and find a handhold. Thermal comfort, it's up there. colder than the dickens

356 17 18 47

CDR

I understnad why it has to be that way, but it still is and you have to dress for that area. If your going to work in the airlock, you dress more warmly than you do if your going to work down in the experiment compartment or in the - the forwardcompartment. Noise levels in the air - in the MDISTS I think is unacceptably high.

356 17 19 09

CDR

The biggest offender right now is the rate gyros and I realize that wasnt' a designed feature, that was something we had to add to survive and I understand that, but still you do have pump noises up there from the cooland system and all, and it's higher than it should be. Illumination in the airlock MDAISTS is - is more than adequate, qutie adequate.

356 17 19 31 356 17 27 38

CDR CDR

CDR out. This is the CDR at 17:30 Zulu; subject is M509 batteries. Terminate charge on M509 battery number 6 and initiate charge on battery number 7. CDR out. This is the pLT reporting the ATM debriefing J0P 18, that started at 17:12. JOP 6, step 2, building block 2 completed per pad, the Sun centerexposure of 82A completed per pad. The corona was about the same as reported last orbit.

356 17 27 57

CDR PLT

- -

b"

rL • "

.-_"

Dump Tape 356-05 Page 19 of 19

The streamer

on the east limb

is

brightening at the base and widening considerably. The west limb, still has a good strong coronal streamer about 2, 2:15 and another one lighter but much fainter at 2 :30. 356 17 48 20 PLT The JOP 2 Alfa, step 6, building block l0 was repeated per pad with the following modifications: The grating the MIRROR AUTO RAST_ with grating zero was conridinating with 56 and 54 per pad. I saw I had time so I sneaked in a few extra MIRROR AUTO RASTERS, ine at 594, which was the 54 and 56 exposures were coordinated; another one RASTER at 10:42, with no other instruments running. And then a 24:34 RASTER with coordinated with S056. So S054 did not run on that one. I did a threw in a coupleof MIRRORLINE SCANSright after we were in the atmosphere. The region seems to be dying down. Doesn't look near as bright. 356 17 49 00 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE

/

-

Dump Tape Time:

356-06 to 356:19:48 GMT

II_E I_UE "_1_

; ig_/i_ _f_l" I=f_ow_ /_£ pIz_V_s

356:19:05

12/22/'73 Page i of 17

_141._t1(J6

, • 4 ,i'_,_,pr /_4_
356 19 06 00 PLT PLT reporting at 19:05 about 18:54, coming up on the South American coast. And this was at about 75 degrees west and about - let's see - 40 - yeah, about 40 degrees south. That it's out in the water off - make it about 42 degrees south. I noticed my - the first time I've been able to notice the - apparent current in this area. It was a lighter blue, the water and so forth, and it appears, the plar_ton blooming. But, man, that - this is the first time I've noticed it on the west coast of South America. And it was - oh, I guess about i00 miles out to sea in a fairly large area. Forel scale 7 to 8 is all this stuff, apparently is. It varies slightly. Anyway, I thought it would be significant to report. Also I took a pictureof a smokecloud inland about - oh, 300 miles south of Santiago, and that was about oh, 40 degrees south latitude on the coast, little small town, looked like. I took one picture with the Hasselblad. That the picture I took of the smoke cloud was 300-millimeter. Took one picture with the Hasselblad over what I thought was Brasilia. It may not have been. But I saw what appeared to be a fairly large area of development, and we had not been able to get the picture of Brasilia, so I took it. That was with a 100-millimeter Hasselblad. 356 19 07 42 356 19 09 30 PLT PLT PLT PLT out. PLT. Time is 19:10.

_("_

_

And this is a subjective evaluation guide number 2, page 3-5. Evaluate each of the following habitability compartments with the parameter.

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 2 of 17

Okay, I guess I have no pat particular objection. Like it if the window was accessible from more angles. We find ourselves thrust thrusting ourselves against the ceiling to look out. Nothing against the wardroom; the window Just happens to be in there. 356 19 I0 57 FLT Think it's sufficient in volume. The we find our - we need more place to stow things on the surface. We _ind our - we - c_meras, ... papers; our Flight Plan ha_l to be cut into small pieces because they're - they come they come up in - in bunches and they're all different ... amd we need to cut it all up. And we need to have more places to stow sm_ll pieces of paper. Ceiling/floor pro - proximity same thing. I find that probably - food spills causes a lot of trouble. I've already co_ented on the fact that open grid work in the future should be removable in sections so that you can clean. Also, the grid work itself it's very difficult to clean food off of because of the small - little small pieces, the sharp corners, and so forth. Yngress/Egress, no problem there. We can come in through the ceiling ... by the - Z SAL. And also through the main door. It would be nice in - in the future if _e could have a - some kind of a convenient darkening capability for the volume itself. Other than Just the well the door doesn't work, of course, because the grid vlew_ng is open. Be nice if we didn't have to use - say something llke the TOG2 to - course, Y know that's not the ft_iction of the _ardroom, hut still that's where the window is. Wherever the window happens to be, you ought to be able to _mmediately dark darken the area without going through a paper folding rotltlne, like you have to do with the TO02. Even though that -

_

Dump Tape 356-0b Page 3 of 17

that thing it's still

is fairly well designed, an awful lot of trouble it.

to get out and put back up and discourages you from even using 356 19 12 43 PLT

Trash collection and provision. The bags aren't large enough. I guess - when you - each place needs a wet and dry trash. We find that the ca - we're always changing cans to put away the wet cans and the and the drain bags. That's a - it's Just a minor irritation, not too bad. But it's certainly inconvenient to have to continually change because we don't have a convenient way of - of immediately disposing of those except in the overcans, and we have to continually change those. Stowage volume and access. There's not too much of a problem there. The mixed purpose of the stowage has been the big concern as far as I - I have there. For the - for the window you need a place to stow a camera and extra lenses and filters and that sort of thing without spattering them all up with food spills. This is a problem; we've spattered the window up; of course, there's the window cover, but we occasionally do take that out. And we have to have the - out the window and we have to have it - the window cover over. Food spills are a moJor concern when you start locating anything in an area where you're eating.

356 19 13 46

PLT

Temporary equipment restraints. Again, the same thing. We did not have enough there. Personal - personnel mobility aids. Well, with the ceiling/floor proximity we have, it's no big problem. We do find it difficult go over the wardroom table. We usually find ourselves going around one-g fashion, because there's not quite enough space between the top of the wardroom table and the ceiling to get over without pinging something on the table, knocking somebody's utensils

Dump Tape J56-06 Page 5 of 17

concerned. Ceiling/floor proximity is all right. Ingress/egress provisions, all right. Trash collection: Well, we need lots more places to - I - l'd like to have a lot more for tissues. And I think that there - and this is there ought to be a special tissue designed for men and women to wipe the residual urine bubbles off of the urethra outlet, or whatever you want to call it. What happens is when you take a leak, is that you end up no matter how careful you are there's a - there's about a 5 - to 8-millimeter bubble of urine on the end of your penis. Or in the ease of a woman, I don't know how they handle that, since I've never really watched. But the _ this is a real problem; it's a hygiene problem. And we probably will be flying women, and I - I invite you to direct your attention to that hygiene problem. A tissue or something, some kind of a wipe designed to clean up the urine after urination. B56 19 16 42 PLT Other than that, man, we're always grabbing tissue. I would personally like to have a wet wipe after a dry _Tipe dry wipe after defecation. Because of course, we're taking dye makers, which makes it - oh aesthetically offensive,I suppose, is a good way it pisses you off, I guess, is a way of saying it, when you have that dye all over your ass end. But, anyway, to make the defecation a more efficacious procedure, it would be nice to follow dry wipes with something like a utensil wipe, so that you can clean up the anus area and get the defecant the feces all off. A dry wipe - you can - you can use four or five dry wipes to try to clean up your rear and it won't work. I mean all you'redoingis sandpapering the anus after that. E_ough on that subject, but I think it's - yau'll find that is an area that should explored. If you'll pardon the expression.

Dump

Tape

356-06

Page 4 of 17

off their tray, or - if they're happen to be out, or Just in general getting in their way and kicking them in the head. Personnel restraint devices. Well, we've already kicked that one to death. We finally removed the pedestal and that was Just a - bad scene all the way around as far as design is concerned. As far as I'm personally concerned in evaluating it. 356 19 14 31 PLT Let's see; the - the fire restraint is useless. The pu - the natural posture of an individual is _Imost with legs straightened out. And when - in trying to design a table to make you assume a one-g eating-at-the-table posture is really out to lunch. That is not the way to go. I wouldrathereat up like a sack - snack bar, where you're standing up and eating. And somebody 's already mentioned the eating Japanese style, and I think that's the - that's the way to go. You need the tray close to your head and you need room for your legs to almost straighten out; otherwise you got a perpetual tension in you abdomen, trying to hold yourself in. Thermal comfort; no problem. Noise level. No - well, it's really not that bad. Illumination is not problem. B56 19 15 ll PLT WMC: general arrangement and orientation. I've already beat that one to death too. I don't llke the way you have to hold your legs out straight when you take a crap. It's not a natural posture and it's Just - it's Just - it's irritating to have to consciously hold your legs out while you are straining to defecate. If you have to strain; a lot of times you don't, of course. But, anyway, it - it also prevents you from seating yourposterior well on the waste- wastemanagement crapper. Size of the compartment. Well, it it's plenty big enough as far as I'm

-_

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 6 of 17

356 19 17 40

PLT

Stowage volume and access. Well, we got enough urine bags and all that, and so forth. Temporary equipment restraints. I don - I - well, equip - equipment restraints. Yeah. I think that we it would be nice to have more. There are - are none in there. In fact, I was Just at an M487 - not an M487, a housekeeping task where I changed out a fine filter and it said stow it. The the - the replacement filter. Well, there ain't no place to stow it. So we don't have enough equipment restraints and clips. We'd like to write down the weight - the - of the feces and the urine. Of course we have a place to write down the - the weight when we weigh that. But when we use the SMMD of the feces, we have to either remember, becauseif the bag's in the weighing device. And it would be a - nice to have a place to write down things every place that you work. There ought to be good wrew restraints, and there ought to be good places to write, and there ought to be equipment restraints. Because you're - always got your hands full; put stuff under your arms, between your legs, and in your teeth, trying to hold on to all this garbage when you try to do all these asinine tasks that people ask - ask you to do in these areas. And I - I - that is a bit flippant, because msot of those are important things, it is nice to record that data. But we don't have places we don't have provisions for it. There is one spring clip there someone thoughtfully provided in the WMC. But - I - it's a very, very stiff spring, and we've had cards under it - permanent cards under it already, for - for logging the weight of the urine, telling us which certain th - the urine management. Personnel mobility aids. Well, I - there weren't very many. Restraintdevicesare cu - totally unsatisfactory in the WMC. We've already commented on that. Thermal comfort's okay. Nosie level is okay. And illumination is okay.

"-

f.

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 7 of 17

356 19 19 23

PLT

Sleep compartment: general arrangements, okay. Volume of the compartment, fine. I don't think that it needs to be a lot bigger than that. Ceiling/floor proximity is okay. Ingress/egress. Ed has a little trouble getting in and out of his bunk because of the way his bunk is provided, but the - ours are okay. Trash collection is okay. Stowage volume and access. Okay, once again, the door on these lockers are really had designs and another thing that I've meant to - to - to gripe is the - the little doors on the wipe and tissue conts/ners. Those aren't - don't have a strong enough spring in them. And the trash - the dry trash doors and the wet trash doors don't have strong enough springs on them, because they they sts_ open and you find yourself snagging on them while they're in the open position. As I say, all these doors, drawers, and everything else are Just really very poorly designed. They don't do the Job. They're Just - they don't latch, they pop open when you don't want them to, and then they - they Just are not satisfactory.

/_

356 19 20 24

PLT

Fersonnel

restraint

devices

in the -

okay, we don't really have too much need for it. Thermal comfort is pretty good. What I'd like to be able to do would be control the airflow while I'm in the bunk. You get down and set the vents in the floor and then you get back in your you get in the - in the - in the bunk. And it's a big operation to get in and out of the thing, so if there's a way of setting the airflow control while you were in the bunk it would be nice. Noise level. Well, there's no noise insulation in the air. I mean, if you're trying to - to do - get any rest while anybody else is doing anything,

Dump Tape 356-06 Fage 8 of 17

forget it. much noise.

Because there is Just too There is no noise control

in the vehicle. And that propogates right into the sleep compartment. Illumination is fine. 356 19 21 Ol PLT Experiment compartment: general amrsngement and orientation of compartment. Well, that's sort of a hodgepodge. Hard to get back into that one corner over there where the tool - tools are kept, because we have to get back there quite often. And when anybody's riding the bicycle, you're taking a chance of hurting them or you when you go sliding past them, cause they'll be pumping on the bike. That ought to have a special volume all its own, because it does occupythat,tied it up. And there is a small safety problem there when you start trying to go by somebody with a - the bike, while they're operating the bike. The corner over there where the it was 131 place for out of the in there, fine. 356 19 21 h5 PLT chair; well, that's a good the 131 chair. It's sort of way, and sort of useless area anyway. Ceiling/floor proximity's

_

Ingress/egress provisions. Well, here's a sm_ll point. They put those neutron detectors in the - around the ring where the ha - the hole that we come into when we come in straight down the X-axis into the experiment compartment. And several times we've touched the neutron detector, which is not supposed to be touched. Well, forget it' I mean, if you're coming down through there and you got to get a hold of something, you're going to grab_ you're going to grab for the lightning hole or anything else. And this is what's happened_ that's why that particular experiment's been possibly contaminated. Now, that - that - that's a consideration. You should not locate sensitive devices anywhere around a high-traffic area because, man, a guy's

-

f Dump Tape 356-06 Page 9 of 17

going to - going to grab, and eventually he's going to get a hold of it. Ingress/egress provisions, no .. .. 356 19 22 28 PLT Trash collection provision; there is none out there. I think there was one, but we - but Pete moved it here in the the wardroom. But there ought to be some, and that's - by the way - oh, yes. I know what I want to talk about. Disposing of that - of the myriad of little tiny bits and pieces you get when you're putting sensors on for the M092 or whatever. When you put biosensors on, you've got overtapes and those little 31aI Jsut suppose adhesive - caps on the or rings on the sensors themselves. And then when you get through, you've got to get - pull them off, and you've got to take the electrolyte sponge out. And those things are floating all over the spacecraft. There ought to be a special way, and the medics ought to bear the brunt of the responsibility of designing it, of getting rid of the small sponges and overtapes and ring tapes, because those are - are really - they're messy, they're - it takes time - it's time consuming to clean those and clean the harness up. And we have to use the regular trash pr - trash provision, and the mouth on that thing is the slit on it's too long. And those things, you can put them in there and they'll Just chase you right out. They'll follow your finger right back out. And they're always covering the diffuser section up above. 35b 19 23 h2 PLT So, l suppose - going back to the WMC, since that's what we put our sensors on, that that would be a - a complaint against it, although it's not a complaint again WMC because that's not its designed function.But it's against an area wherever medical preparations - preparation for medical experiments is performed.

J

Dump Tape 356-06 Page i0 of 17

Thermal comfort in the experiment compartmetn, no problem. Noise level, as my previous comment implies. lllumlnation' s fine. 356 19 24 08 PLT Forward/dome area; Don't do too much up there except vacuum. General arrangement and orientation, fine. The handholds are great_ we don't use them a whole lot, but they're good for moving around when you need to. Volume is great. Ceillng/floor proximity is not applicable, since there's not a opposition surface. Ok_. Trash collection. There ought to be a trash bag by the diffuser. It - because it's real nice. And this is - this is a

s

J_-

important note I'm naking, so how about taking a listen. Any place where you have a sucking surface, whether it's a diffuser or a fan or anything, you ought to have a trash bag located, or at least a provision for installing one, because that collects sm awful lot of solids. Now some of it's stuff that you want to retrieve% it's good items. But it - it also collects an awful lot of large trash items, which could be very conveniently disposed of in a disposal beg if there was - area right next to it. That applies to all the fans and blowers in the - any place where therets a suction involved on a surface. 356 19 25 i0 FLT And, let's see - stowage volume, there's no stowage up there. Temporary equipment restraints are pretty good in that area. The personnel mobility aids; handholds are pretty good. Personnel restraint devices; there really aren't any other than the* handholds. Thermal comfort, noise level, illlrm_natlon - all okay in that area. Except the noise level, of course, is reasonably high there. There's - there is sound focusing up in that dome area because of the spherical nature of the surface.

/

/_

Dump Tape 356-06 Page ii of 17

356 19 25 40

PLT

The airlock: General arrangement and orientation of compartment: don't like the small size of the numbers on osme of the panels. Hard to see some of the numbers, not nearly as bad as the MDA. Volume of compartment for ... Because of traffic through that thing, that's a lousy place to put an airlock. I think an airlock ought to be out of the main flow of trafic. But I know why it's it's there: because it's reasonably close to the - supposedly EVA work area. But we're - we have to go back and forth through that a hundred times a day almost, aud the fact that it's so small in dismeter does cause a small problem. And also we've had to string equipment through there. Like ... - right now I have got a high power accessory cable connected up to the video tape recorder from the dome area. A high power outlet. Now, personnally, I think that is a questionable procedure, but that's what the procedures call for and we've done it be - for the reason. So it's not Just - I'm not Just directing this against the ground from - from the procedure standpoint because we've done it ourselves. But I personally think that tha's not the - the - the safest thing to do is to keep a cable through there all the time. And what - that has to do with the volume of the compartment and the location. The fact that it - it's an airloek, the voltnne is satisfactroy for its designed function. But the fact that it's a tr high traffic flow area makes the volume of the compartment - I'd say marginal. Now, don't get me wrong. I mean, it's not hard to get - get in and get through there and so forth, but I Jsut question the wisdom of locating an airlock in that position relative to the major activity area. That is, betweenmajor activity areas and the workshop.

Dump Tape 356-06 Page12 of 17

356 19 27 23

PLT

Ceiling/floor proximity. Course you can move around there with no problem. Ingress/egress, no problem. No, it's no problem. The hatches - I don't like the way those hatches are designed. I think they're totally out-to-lunch on that design. Those things too hard to move around. They bang into stuff; they gouge hunks out of - hunks of point out of material. And, in fact, it's - those are designed so bad, the factory put one of them in wrong, if you what to check the doct_nentation on them. They had to change all the pictures. But they're not very good hatchs, I don't think, because of the way they interfere with everything. Trash collection provision. There's none in there and I'm not even sure there needs to be. Stowage volume ; there is no stowage in there other than the unbilical hoses. And those caps on those umbilieals are too darnedhard to put on when you got - they've been connected. I think that's an unsatisfactory arrangement. I think that you stand to damage the umbilical hose with the force that's required to put that thing back on. And I think that ought to be taken a look at by ground safety as well as the safety people themselves. It's Just - you - you bang you really have to push on that thing. And there's no reason and - any operation involving delicate EVA hardware ; there 's just no excuse for it to - being that hard to work.

"f

356 19 28 38

PLT

Stowage volume and access ; my previous co_nent applies to the - this. Okay. Temporary equipment restraints. Well, in the - in the EVA position - you've got a big zipper bag in there for use in EVA and there's not even a zipper pull tab on it, I don't think. That's really bad planning. It's hard to do that with - with gloves on and hard suits. I went back in there to try to get somethi_ng hard suit; I forget what it was, a pair of scissors,

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 13 of 17

I think.

And that was a real

pushing and shoving contest to try to get that bag open. Anything that's designed for stowage in a EV - in an airlock ought to be designed for EVA use. Because it'll eventually be end up used for that. We do not have enough places to locate equipment around in the - in the airlock for EVA use. It's always make do - make do with straps and tethers and tape and that sort of thing. An airlock ought to be very, very flexibly designed with - with an idea toward equil_nent that you haven't even seen yet and can't even envision. It ought to cover a complete spectrum of size and delicacy. In other words, there ought to - you ought to - you ought to have someway of - of restraining large items, long items, big items, round items, small and rather fragile items. 356 19 29 56 PLT Personnel mobility aids they're all right. I think the - the airlock hatch required too much force to put the pole into position that holds it open. But that's that's too late, way too late now. Each EVA task, tought by - Just by nature to be very easy, but that is a problem in the airlock. Thermal comfort, no big deal; noise level, fairly high up there; eliminat ion, no problems. MDA/STS, arrangement and orintation of compartment: Well, all I gotta say is, if you want a very good example of how not to design - how not to design and arrange a compartment, the MDA is the best example, and STS is right on it's heel. Boy, both of those are so lousy, I don't even want to talk about it until I get back down to ground, because everytime I think about how stupid the layout is in there, I get all upset. You can't even find the numbers on panels. They refer to numbers that are not even in there. Just the other day, yesterday, in fact I was doing 557, and I was directed to the battery vent valve, number - panel or location number so-an-so. That's another thing,

f

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 14 of 17

you don't know whether it's a panel or a location; you can if you look at the number closely because if it has an M in front of it, then it's a location. If it has - doesn't have a alphabetical letter M in front of it, then it's a panel number. But anyway, that number is not in the spacecraft; this is really a lousy arrangment. That MDA is really bad. And if you want an example of how not to lay something out, there it is. Boy, go in there and take a good look because that's the way you don't want to do it. 356 19 31 31 PLT Numbers - sometimes the numbers are there, but they're hiddne; you can't find them they're put under pieces of hardware and on top of it. Okay, yes I understand.They had the number there and people directed them to put something in on top of it. But, man, there is nothing to keep me from putting some kind of decal on it that had a big arrow and said, "Hey, dummy, look here for 322, or whatever it happens to be, 157." It - the volume of the compartment is great ; Ceiling/floor proxmity is not good enough. It is too great for the paucity of crew restraint; ingress/egress provisions, no problem; trash collection, we ought to have a place to locate a bag in every large compartment, like that. Ought to be two trash bags locations, one near the CSM hatch and one back near the STS. ATM is a high activity area; there ought to be a trash bag there. Stowage volume and access, stowage volume is, I believe, adaquatefairly adaquate as far as the volume; and access is terrible because some of those doggoned doors are really hard to open. The pins are hard to get out; and they're hardto get back in. And I realize that these things are mapped to be made like a mansoleum valut because of the film protection, but that does not mean they need to be hard to operate.

356 19 31 54

PLT

F

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 15 of 17

Temporary equipment restraints, almost nonexsistent ; personnel mobility aids very poor; personnel restraint devices very, very, poor. The foot restraints for the EREP is good, for ATM is good. When you use the foot restraint for the 512 it's not very good. It - in fact I stopped using it, it was so bad, I could get along better without the thing. It holds your body in the wrong position. Thermal comfort is cold, but it's sort of a nice relief from the workshop, which is hot. It is too bad we don't have a batter way of transferring hot air upto the the MDA to get to cool off some of the aire we use down in the workshop. Noise level is fairly high in there. We have commented on this. I took some M487 readings 2 days ago, and it is fairly high. lll1_mination is satisfactory. B56 19 33 39 PLT And let's see - To go back the - the loeatability of items in the MDA is os bad it A1msot looks like you had to go out of your way to design it that was. I mean to try and find a number in that place for - if you don't happen if you know where it is, then dang it, you don't even need the number, and if you don't know where it is the number don't do you any good. So, the MDA is Jsut - and the STS is not much better. The panel they got is terrible, absolutely atrocious. That DC-B arrangement that was foisted upon us by Mac Dan is so bad that panel 200, 201, and 202, that it _1_ost ought to be a law against designing a panel like that in the future. In fact, I - There was an error in the checklist in 557 yesterday, which told me to turn a - to close a circuit breaker UP, yesterday; that was the instructions. And that checklist has probably been written for quite a long time, but there - right there is an good example,

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 16 of 17

/_

they want me to close the circuit breaker, and they put in parentheses UP. And, of course, you close circuit breakers by turning them DOWN when you're looking at the printing right side up on the panel. But anyway, I just say they - it's also the guldes. The guards on the switches and everything conceal an awful lot of nomenclature and make it pretty difficult to find the switch. But the 200, 201, and 202 are so bad that, you know, it Just leaves a bad taste in _ mouth everytime I try to work in the area because you're moving - trying to move your head to a bad angle. You get your head where you are in a good angle and you can't read the numbers, you are lookin@ upside down at the nomanelature. Bad scene, all the way around, STS. I can't over emphasize the fact that that is extremely poor lay out, as far as the control display panel is concerned. And that has to do with the more or less paradoxical conventions that are used conventions that are used as far as up/down and throwing the switches. And the major problem in the area is the switch guards, which are ahsolutly essential in that area; you are really kicking around in there a lot of time when you are moving. - And you have to have good switch guards control guards. 356 19 35 48 PLT But there's gotta be a better way of doing it, because they conceal too much nomenclature with the big rods and so forth. This is the PLT completion of M487-3, Subjection Evaluation Guide 2; and that's 3-5, and then the Eval Checklist. PLT, out. This is the CDR at 19:h4 Zulu with a debrief of the AT2h Zulu ATM pass. The JOP 6, building block 32 was no sweat. Then we did a branch of 2-A, building block i0; again no sweat. The only thing of significance was the - in active region 00 the scan spots had; in the

356 19 h4 00

CDR

Dump Tape 356-06 Page 17 of 17

beginning of the pas, a piece of plage, a small plage. It was intruding in over the umbra of the spot. By the end of the pass, that plage was no longer there. The umbra still had a notch in it, but it was completely surrounded by penumbra at that time. And I had enough time left to do a shopping list item number 6, which was a J0P 2 Echo step 3. I did a building block 20 correction building block ii at the dark umbra, and that's about it. Nothing spectacular. Active region O0 looking quieter mud quieter. Like I said, the only thing of interest I noted was the disappearance of the plage over the t_nbra. CDR out.

_'"

Dump Tape 356-07 Time: 356:20:11 to 356:21:58 (_MT 12/22/73 Page 1 of 1

Time Segments: 356:20:11 - 356:20:15:11, 356:20:h8:30 356:20:55:48 and 356:21:52:20 - 356:21:54:20 Verbatim Duplicated in Dump Tape 356-08

-

Dump Tape 356-08 Time: 356:20:11 12/22/73 Page 1 of 6

to 356:21:54

GNff

356 20 ii 3h

CDR

This is the CDR at 20:ii Zulu. With a sub - a debriefing on the subject of Earth observation. The site we looked at was New Zealand. The Sun angle was quite low, it was shortly after sunrise. I would estimate the sun angle to be maybe 20 degrees. The Alpine fault down New Zealand was very, very easy to see, quite clear. We took two handheld Eassleblad photos of it because it was such a terrific opportunity to see that fault. The magazine used was Charlie X-ray 17. The pictures were taken at 20:06, and the frA_ numbers were D,lmhers 146 and 147. They were taken at a shutter speed or an f/stop of 8 with 1/250 of a second.

s

356 20 12 39

CDR

And the fault moving we could we were crossing the northern end of 8outh Island looking to the south. And you could see a fault line all the way to from the very northern end of South Island until it disappeared under the clouds about 80 percent of the way down to down to South Island, so we have two very good Hasslehlad photos that graphically show the fault.

356 20 Ii 09

CDR

And also the weather is" Just perfect and the Sun angle is perfect; you should have some real good information here. Then getting on and looking at currents - stand by. As proceeded on to the East of New Zealand, we - we came about 55 oh, I guess 40 to 150 miles is the area that we're talking about. East of New Zealand, east of the path between North Island and South Island. Let me get a map. Okay that's Crook Strait.

Dump Tape 356-08 Page 2 of 6

356 20 14 00

CDR

About - between 50 and 150 miles east of Cook Strait, we saw a rather clear plankton blooming situation. It was obvious that the - the water - the current was - the current that was coming through the Cook Strait and emptying out into the - I guess it's the South Pacific - South Pacific Ocean there.

356 20 14 25

CDR

And you can see where the current was slowing down; the plankton was blooming up, coming up and was forming sort of a mustasche or eddy pattern indicating - showing that the current was reJoing I guess, the - the rest of the west wind drift current that comes around the south end of Nes Zealand or is that the great Austrailian Bight Current? It's right in that transition zone where you call it on one side of New Zealand and the other on the other side. But at any rate this batJh of chlorophyll blooming - plankton blooming that we saw very, very clearly showed the eastern-most end of the current as it was coming out of the Cook Strait.

356 20 15 ll

CDR

CDR out.

TIME

SKIP

356 20 _8 30

SPT

f

-

SPT at 20:48. ATM pass which begin at 20:12. Act_aISy I got down here quite a bit before that probably more llke 58 19:58. And building block 2 Sun center, no problem, and the ten second exposure on 82A left some observing time which I sure appreciate and enjoy.

Dump Tape 356-08 Page 3 of 6

356 20 49 07

SPT

Unforttmately we seem to be planning about a day behind what the Sun is doing. Yesterday would have been a great day for this type of program, fluctating by points flarewaits. Today as you know it is relatively static day in active region zero zero. So I -nonetheless seeing as there still is some flare potential there, I stayed at zero zero and tried to use what instruments still had film available and 55, amounted to essentially 56 getting lots of PATROL SHORTS. ll of them in the observing period.

356 20 50 03

SPT

And 55 with 55 we looked at the bright point i_diately to the east of the Sun spot. Did a GRATING AUTOSCANat thatpointand a complete MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And then we Just kept the mirror over; we got spectra at three additional locations and one was at the penumbra of the sunspot, one in the sunspot, and one in the other side of the penumbra.

356 20 30 39

SPT

I thought it might be interesting to take a look at the spot. The sunspot had been coalescing and if anything, looks like it's being eroded away a little bit, on the east side. Yesterday after it coalesced there was a - almost a perfectly circular spot with intrusion of of plage. Now, it looks like one third of the easterd side is eroded away. So I thought it'd be interesting to look at the spectra on that side relative to the spectra on the other side which looks like a standard penumbra.

Dump Page

Tape 356-08 4 of 6

356 20 51 19

SPT

So we were in ROLL of plus 1133, UP/DOWN of minus 196 and RIGHT/ LEFT of ... h6. Hold on a minute. Okay, picking up again. I started out at those first coordinates, remained at those coordinates throug_hout the observation. Oxygen was only around 4000 at that bright point, beginning not a very bright point at all. One of the brightest in the active regions however. We then move the mirror 4 steps, then 8 steps, then 12 steps to the rights that's 20 arc seconds, h0 arc seconds, and 60 arc seconds. And did a GRATING AUTO SCAN at each, that is we did a MIRROR AUTO I_ASTER at the initial pointing, and then a GRATING AUTO SCAN at 10:33, GRATING AUTO SCANat 10:37,GRATING AUTO SCAN at 10:hl and a GRATING AUTO SCAN at 10:hS.

356 20 53 23

SPT

And then we did another MIFd_OR AUTO RASTER at the conclusion but only got was was the got down to llne lh before we below 400 K, but I think that sufficient to show you if there any appreciable changes between initial and final conditions.

356 20 53 h2

S_T

So it looks as though when we get a view of some prominence on the limb, we look for it the following day, and we got a lot of activity we look for that the following d_y. I think part of the - part of the reason for this situation is I'm not Just getting down to you quick enough what I see in the way of things happening. I think we've got to be much more responsive in changing the observing program; plan on a four or five hour basis rather than on a 2h in these particular instances.

f-

Dump Tape 356-08 Page 5 of 6

They're real targets of opportunity and they don't stay around long. 356 20 34 29 SPT I usually feel compelled to run the programs which come up and I think that I should, but I think I'll probably be a little more vocal about reco_m_enddng alternate observing programs because of conditions which have changed since the planning was done. On S052, one thing that bege_ to concern me a bit is that we have not observed on the WLC any coronal transients at all due to relatively long term changes in the corona. Even while we had the fairly active longitude the ... longitude out there on the limb. I 'm wondering whether this lack of activity correspongs to either the inability to see it on our part of because of a real decrease in coronal activity. If you have any indexes by which you can measure the level of activity now, versus what you saw on SL-3 I would appreciate hearing that comparison. 356 20 55 48 SPT CREW CC SPT out. ... ...

_

TIME

SKIP

356 21 52 20

CDR

This is the CDR at 21:52 Zulu. The subject is M092 and documented exercise - instrumented exercise. M092 - stand by. MOg_ run was started at 20:15 Zulu. The subject was the PLT. His left

/

Dump Tape 356-08 Page 6 of 6

calf was 13-3/8, his right calf was 13-1/8. The legbands used were Charlie Juliett on the left side, Alfa side. 356 21 53 09 CDR Qulbec on the right

Alfa X-ray - apparently has an open or something in it, because it indicated full scale high no matter what the gain or null setting, and we changed out to Alfa Quebec and it worked out perfectly. We terminated the MD92 and blood vol,,m_ measurements at21:37. We Just now got started instrumented exercise. with the It looks

_

356 21 53 33

CDR

--_

llke this w_s scheduled Just a little hit too tight - too close to the $201 exercise that's to start st 22:20. So, Bill will not be able to give a full, what he usually gives, of 35 minutes of instrumented exercise, but he said he will - he will quit at at 22:20 in time for $201, but he will give a max effort before he quits, so that you will have the data. We owe you a - a CAL HIGH and a CAL LOW; we did not get them in before the MI?I run. We Just didn't feel we could spare the time and we will give it to you at the end of the run. 356 21 54 2O CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 356-09 Time: 356:22:40 12/22/73 Page 1 of 7

to 357:00:00

(_4T

356 22 h0 XX

CDR

- - The cells have the power off now and let things cool down and we'll start over again at 22:42 on T-28. So I messed up your exposure on T-Ih; I lost you 5 minutes on that. T-28 is sitting ready to go now over again. It'll start at 22:42:30. The rotation is good. It's a ROTATION of 30.2, a TILT of 27.5.

356 22 h0 h4

CDR CDR

Okay,

we're

coming

up now on 22:41.

What I did is I terminated T-14 at 36 and I started T-28 at 37. Well, I terminated at 36:27 and started at 37:30, so that was the problem, so now you know where your film has gone. We're coming up on 42 in about i0 seconds. MARK, 42. Okay, this target is T-28 - Tango 28. 30.2, 27.5 on the ROTATION and TILT. You'll hear two marks. The first mark'll be POWER; the second mark'll be RESTART - or_ START, I should say. Coming up on 30; stand by MARK, POWER. MARK, START. Okay, seems to be running properly. Now I'ii try to keep my hands off of it until 50. This is the CDR going off the line for a little while and the SPT will be coming up with some debriefing. SPT at 22:43; ATM pass which began at 21:30. Building block 32 at the beginning was not done; substituted a building block 2 in order to - to

356 22 h2 01 :

CDR

356 22 42 30 356 22 42 32

CDR CDR

356 22 43 19

SPT

/"_

Dump Tape 356-09 Page 2 of 7

get a better look at - to give 52 a little better look at the the streamer which is appearing the left limb. And also to take care of some exposures for the •.. PATROL, NORMAL I gave the signal that first because to a roll of zero

on

relatively long two X-ray and and 54 ... exposure. to 82A. I did we were close when we came

up. Then to building block 2. 55 in that building block 2 is just a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at GRATING of zero. Okay, I got active region 00. Well, this time procedurally things were relatively quiet again and rather static. Well, at one of the shopping list items I have not before and incidentally the line profile. And here chose a relatively high line of m_gnesium X and put it across as many of the features as I could in the active region 233 without any bright points. Again relatively weak, only a couple of thousand or so. And I could ..° 356 22 25 37 SPT Then I started at a grating of 3250 and I made 30 seconds or so 30 seconds or more in some cases. Moved it up one grating position. Head it going across the Sun spots on the eastern side of the active region of the couple bright and right to the center of the large Sun spots on the left of the meter. Following that, I looked around the limb a little bit and couldn't see any prominence over at the west limb. Relatively small prominences over on the limb the east limb, little north of the equator. Active region 02, 04 are - are there, and not very complex - Looks llke associated with them is about the density in

_

Dump Tape 356-09 Page 3 of 7

oxygen VI now as the plage over at 00m and that's around 3 or 4000. We did the JOP 7, and the 52, I think we got you to time the exposure at l0 seconds -about 9 seconds - or ll or lO. I'll try and pick that up on a subsequent orbit - give you 1 to l0 - ll to lO. 356 22 h7 56 356 22 48 42 SPT CDR SPT out. Okay, this is the CDR. We're coming up on 22:49 Zulu. I've been doing a little calculation here, looking at the automatic sequence and it appears that T-lh that I got you a full automatic 20h sequence 204.75. I terminated right exactly at the end of that sequence. You just didn't get that extra 5 minutes of photoelectronoaking s on the last plate. So I don't feel quite as bad about T-lb. What I did do though was waste - waste some of your film on a phony sequence which started at 37 - 22 :37 :30 and went for - on the order of 4 minutes, which would have put you into the 107-second exposure on the calcium floride plate. So, anyway, thatts where that stands. I apologize for that, but we're back on the track and T-28 is coming 81ong nicely here. We got about - coming up on 1 minute to go on this sequence. Okay, it's 22:50 even now.

356 22 h9 58 356 22 50 32

CDR CDR

22:50 and 30 seconds. Okay, mY first mark will be at 56. It'll be a RESET to START. The second mark will be a POWER switch, OFF.

CDR

Okay, stand by -

f

Dump Tape 356-09 Page 4 of 7

356 22 50 56

CDR

MARK. MARK. All right, resetting the ROTATION to 165. Okay, ROTATION's 185, TILT going to 9.2. Okay, that's verified. _ONER s_M_tch, on, at 22:52. Okay, we're coming up, we got B0 seconds to go. Reverifying the ROTATION is 185.0 and the TILT is 9.2. I don't know if you're in a position to do this, but you sure could make it a whole lot easier on us if you had swapped T-Ih and T-28. I'll explain to you in just a second. 22:52. First _ark'll be POWER, second mark, START.

356 22 h2 02 _

CDR

!

MABK. MARK. Okay, here's what I mean. Your first target was 90 degrees, the ROTATION 27, TILT. Then T-14 - changes the TILT to 9, the T-28 changes the TILT back to 27-1/2, T-9 changes it back to 9, T-98 changes -keeps it at 9. Seems to me if you'd put 28 up ahead of l_ - no, I don't know if that's possible because of timing, _ybe. It certainly would have made it a little easier for the operator, instead of going 27 to 9 to 27.5 to 9.2. from

CDR

Okay. The sequence looks like it's Just whistled through your lithium floride and started on the calcium floride now. We're going to throw a POWEB OFF at 22:55:28. switch,

356 22 53 58

CDR CDR CDR

Time is now 22:54. i minute to go. 28 seconds to go. Okay, on my mark it 'ii be 28 and the POWER switch'llo OFF. _

_-_

Dump Tape 356-09 Page 5 of 7

CDR 356 22 55 28 CDR

Stand by MABK. POWER is OFF. Adjusting the ROTATION to 178 eve. Leaving the TILT where it is at 9.2. At 22:56 even, there'll be a POWER switch, ON and 1 second later, RESET. Okay, stand by MARK, POWER. MARK, RESET. Okay, it's 58 now. Okay, it's 22:59 now. Stand by for POWER switch, OFF MARK. POWER switch, OFF, at 59:28. At TILT of zero. ROTATION going to zero. Okay, and we're going to retract the mirror. Mirror's retracted. Okay, this is the CDR terminating the S201 operations. CDR out.

B56 22 56 01 356 22 56 02 356 22 58 02

CDR CDR CDR CDR CDR

356 22 59 29

CDR

356 23 O0 _2

CDR

TIME

SKIP

356 23 57 06

SPT

SPT at 23:53. ATM pass which began at 23:14. Again I got in a building block 2 in preference to 32. I gave the 52 a STANDARD and 54 a 256-second exposure and 56, PATROL, NORMAL. There was MIRROR, AUTO RAS'I'EHat a GRATING of zero at Sun center also. And again since things are relatively quiet, but we had a few active regiong on the disk, I thought I'd try a maxiraster. Actually, a maxi-and-a-half-raster. I looked

Dump Tape 356-09 Page 6 of 7

at active region 00 and 01 and 99 and I was interested I will be interested seeing whether there is any relationship between those which are across the equator. I did this at a GBATING or zero, so maybe it 's magnesium X - will show something• I'll give you the coordinated. Now_ first of all, let me check in 56 •.. PATROL, SHORT ... sequence. And essentially, what we did was to wotk from the 00 on up to 99. Okay, first pointing - they all were at a roll of plus 0001 and when I got done it read 0002. First pointing was - I'll Just give you UP/DOWN and then LEa'f/RIGHT for the six in the order in which I did it. _-_ 356 23 59 i0 CC One at 231 and plus 322. Next pointing, minus 231 and plus 052. ... We're haveing a little problem being able to comm_nd through transmitter Charlie. Would like somebody to check a circuit breaker for us if you would, on panel 200 •.. transmitter Charlie and report the status of it. If the circuit breaker is closed we'd like you to cycle it open, and if it is open
, .o

CDR CC CDR

In work• ... over there, I Just wondered ...

Well, thank you for calling. Good show. Thank you. Okay, pardon the interruption. Next pointing, the third one, was plus 39 and plus ... 22.

CC 357 00 00 07 SPT

F

F

Dump Tape 356-09 Page 7 of 7

Next, again was plus h9 and plus 52. The last two were pluses 009 and plus 22 and plus 309 and plus 052. Not the most exciting thing to record.

END OF TAPE

F

_

Dump Tape 356-I0/D-371 Time: 356:20:48 to 356:22:30 GMT

12/22/73
Page 1 of 1

Time Segments: 356:20:48:30-356:20:55:48, Duplicated in Dump Tape 356-08 SPT

Verbatim

Could you give me arouud 3 or 4 minutes at the beginning as soon as we get that recorder back? We got it back now but once I get started I'm going to be pretty tight and heavy. And I've only got 1 minute to go. All right. This is the CDR and the time is 22:28 Zulu. S201 is the subject, $201 operations. We're sitting up for target number 23. Rotation is 90.1, tilt is 27, and between this one and the next one you've only give me 32 seconds to change the rotation and tilt. Pray for me, is all I can ask. There's nobody else available to come over here and help. Okay, 30 seconds to go. 22:29 coming up 15 seconds. We're sitting at a rotation of 90.1, a tilt of 27.0. First mark'll be POWER, second mark'll be RESET. Stand by. MARK, MARK. Okay, it's running.
b

CDR

SPT 356 22 28 01 CDR

_

356 22 29 00 356 22 29 01

CDR CDR

END OF TAPE

_

Dump Tape 357-01/D-372 Time: 357:00:24 to 357:01:34 12/23/73 Page i of 3

GMT

357 O0 24 i0

SPT

SPT at 00:24. Subject is the infamous SPT limb volume. Starting out with the left, leg position i, on down to 20. This is left arm: 16.5, 15.8, 17.0, 18.0, 19.5, 21.5, 24.0, 25.3, 26.2, 26.5, 26.8, 26.0, 26.8, 26.0, 27.0, 27.6, 28.5, 29.1, 30.0, 30.5. Okay, now left leg, position i down to 25. 19.0, 18.7, 19.4, 22.2, 24.8, 27.8, 31.0, 33.6, 34.0, 32.5, 31.5, 31.0, 33.0, 35.0, 34.8, 35.2, 36.8, 39.5, 42.7, 45.0, 46.8, 48.5, 29.5, 50.0, 50.8. Next, adams apple, 37.4. Chest, ispired - it's not inspired Bill Rogue, however - 95.0 expired, 88.5; waist, naval, 37. - correction, 79.2; and hips, 89.0.

TIME

SKIP

357 01 i0 23 357 Ol ii 40

SPT SPT

SPT at SPT at 01:ii, handheld photos, targets of opportunity Subject was island wakes in cirrus clouds. Looks like low relatively low stratus clouds. The winds in the area were - where we were were moving away from us, south. We were right by - Just slightly south of South Island, New Zealand. The island was a small island off the coast of New Zealand, not Stewart Island, but another one smaller than *** There's actually two sialnds involved in the wake - the wake off of each island and the interaction of the two wakes. First of all the - the largest wake was seen where, of course, the clouds were the densest.

357 01 12 52

SPT

And it had a shock front, if you will, or propagation front which angled back at around 45 degrees on either side.

Dump Tape 357-01/D_372 Page 2 of 3

Behind

that there

were waves

which

were arc shaped, so that they bowed forward toward the island and were tangent to the shock front, or the propagation front. I would estimate this went back for about i00 miles, and that the wave length was, oh, a couple of miles or so. 357 01 13 42 SPT The interaction of the two showed that they were pretty much Just superimposed upon another. I did not see a new pattern emerge when the two island wakws were superimposed. One island was back and a little bit to the east of the other. By back, I mean further away from us and further downstream, and a little bit further to the east - correction, a little bit further to the west. I did get some photos on that, mag CXI7, frames lh8 to 151, 16 on the f stop, i00 millimeter, 1/250, taken at 0058 to 0100. Also, I noticed right after that one of the Chathan islands had a couple of vorti - voritices, or at least a cloud generation centers coming off the peaks of the mountains on those islands - on that particular island. In about three points of which - clouds were originating and flowing further downstream. I could est - estimate the clouds were maybe, oh, 20, 30, 40, miles downstream. The largest stream of clouds went back from the highest peak. The angle on the clouds is maybe lO degrees from the center line. Then there was a very sharp spike - the tip of the spike at the island. That was on mag CX17, frame 152, 162, or 1 - 1 over 16 f stop and 100 millimeters, 1/250th. 357 O1 16 07 SPT SPT out.

357 O1 14 43

SPT

Dump Tape Page 3 of

357-01/D-372 3

TIME

SKIP

357 01 33 41

PLT

PLT, the time is o1:30 Zulu. Reporting the installation of battery 6 and PSS number 3 - correction, make that PSS number 2, it's in the ASMU.

END OF TAPE

f

.

Dump Tape 357-02 Time: 357-O2:5_ to 357-02:58 12/22/73 Page i of i

TIME DID NOT LOCK IN

357 02 55 31

SPT

SPT at 02:55. ATMpassage began at 02:ll. Substandard operation. Straight forward, building block l, the CDB. I went over and looked at active region 00. At the conclusion of the scheduled operation - Naw, I did not see any signifigant bright points. Or any activity that would indicate a flare or ... So, I took a .o. on the limb and took a look at filament 53, which is now becoming a prominence, quite a nice one. And thought maybe I could a little 55 data on it, as well as same information patrol short. So we went on and pointed to the prominence and started a series of truncated MIRROR AUTO RASTERS. After three MIRROR AUTO RAST_S, I started to look a little harder and got on the scale and figured out that we already cutting off part of the prominence, the top part. So between one of the 56, patrol shorts and the MIRROR AUTO RASTERS we repointed up again. And I gave a round four or five MIRBOB AUTO RASTERS. The f_rst one truncated at line lb. And next ones were truncated at line 21. These were all done at the of zero, zero, zero, zero. SPT out.

i--

END OF TAPE

Dump Tape 357-03 Time: 357:04:55 to 357:05:05 12/23/73 Page 1 of 4

GMT

CDR

This is the CDR at 04:55 with con_nents on general message 3443 Alfa-1 scheduling. This is - I'll Just go down the - the the list and when I some to something I disagree with, will make the comment. Okay, we're okay down to ETC load, and we think it ought to be 30 minutes instead of 15 because it requires a lot of darkening of the - of the workship and a lot of care, and I don't think that's something we want to be rushed in.

355 04 56 38

CDR

._ _

M074 CAL - an hour and 15. M172 CAL, 2 hours and 15 minutes. The last time Bill had to do that M172 CAL, he greatly exceeded the one hour and 30 minutes. He spenta lot of time having to rob - rob time from other bits of his activities in order to finish up the Job. Okay. And we're okay down to center of mass Center of mass, we think thould be 15 minutes per man. If you want a center of mass on all three men you should probably allow more on the order of 30 minutes if your're gonna do Just one man, allow fifteen minutes, if you're going to do two men you could probably allow 20 minutes, and for three men 30 minutes.

355 04 57 35

CDR

Okay. The next down the line is M509-1 2 and 4. Bill, and I both have felt crowded the last two times. We think maybe you ought to allow 3 hours and thirty minutes. Give us an extra 15 minutes, and if we start getting ahead we'll give it bast to you. SO19 Papa Romeo 2, we think we can do that in 35 rather than 45 minutes. S019 Sierra Tango -1, we think we can cut back from 40 to 30 minutes on that.

F
Dump Tape 357-03 Page 2 of h

We can do that in 30. Going down to S063. Hotel Papa Romeo, we've never done it before. Looking at the procedures, we estimate it will take 30 minutes to do it the first time and then if we get better, we'll cut the time. S063 hotel oscar papa, in fact all of the 04 plus data take, plus 02 entries, we don't think _e can get ready to do anything in 4 minutes. I can't even get ready to do a $233 in four minutes. 357 0h 58 38 CDR So, I would llke - S063 hotel oscar papa to be a i0, i0 plus data take plus plus 2 is okay. 8063 - Kilo hotel papa romeo, both to 30 minutes. lilu Hotel oscar Papa, i0 minutes plus data take_ plus 2. The stow is okay. $073, S183, we don't have anything to argue with there. $233 - the data take - it should he a l0 minutes plus data tape plus 2, because you've got to go in, you've got to close the hatch. You've got to turn off all the lights. You've got to make sure your watch is running properly, set up properly. You've got to open the window, set up - make sure the camera is pointed in the right direction. And you just don't do all that in four minutes. You really need i0 to do that. Stereo photos for all three guys. We think that ought to be 45 minutes. It takes quite a while to set up all three cameras, get the string, get all that Junk put up, get three guys undressed, get two guys positioned, talk over what you're going to do, and get your signals all down square and everything and we don't do that often enough to be really swift. So, so much for that list. Now, in your scheduling guidelines, item 3. Item activity which can be scheduled with

-"

357 0h 59 h0

CDR

f-

Dump Tape 357-03 Page 3 of 4

postsleep. The only thing that bugs me is selected housekeeping. I'd like to know what you mean by selected housekeeping. Ri@ht off hand I can think of a housekeeping 38, a squeezer bag dump, but I am not sure what else there is. 357 05 00 26 CDR Number 5, the s_me thing. The term selected housekeeping is much to vague as far as I am concerned. I'd like to know more about what your're thinking about like to know more about _hen you say selected housekeeping. Item number 10, clean up time of 15 minutes after PT. That should be each PT. In the case of MEm if you split my PT, I'm going to need time to clean up after each of them or else you're going to have to have them close enough together where it won't matter that I stay grubby and sweaty. Just remember that it tskes me a minimum of 30 minutes to run my bieyele run. Bill takes 35 and Ed takes forty minutes. So, you're going to have to leave enough time there for clean up. So in r_# case, I will aeeepta split PT, but I don't like it. I would prefer that you do not, under any circumstances, schedule either the PLT or the $PT for 357 05 01 28 CDR split PT.

z....

/_

Because you - you can't give them enough time to clean up, It under proposed modiflcations, item number l, we okay that, item number 3, we okay that, item number 2, we definately do not okay that. That's okay, only for the yeah, the CDR, the other two crewmen, I don't think I want to have them split at all because they use to much time on the bike and they would not have time for proper clean up. Okay and this is CDR, this terminates my co_nents. T'II entertain

F

f
D_np Tape 357-03 Page )4 of h

any more questions and I would like to know - get an answer to what you mean by selected housekeeping if you _ould please. 357 05 02 l0 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

D_mp Tape 357-04 Time: 357:13:54 to 357:16:22

GMT

12/23/73
Page 1 of 16

357:13:58:07

CDR

Assigned to HHI .... view that's Pass of the northern

come in to

CDR

end of the

desert and the disrupted dumas and they're pretty much pictures of the same area of the photos that were taken that are in the book. Shows the - the di disrupted dumes are very, very easily seen from - from orbit, very quickly noticable, and easy to pick out. 357 13 54 16 CDR We then, as we went on up the track, we flew over Lake Tanganyika and right by Lake Rudolf and Lake Victoria. They were pretty heavily clouded in so I was unable to get any photographs of KilimanJaro any of the or other HHllO-4 sites that are on the map. As we approached the Afar Triangle, it becamse apparent that any photos that I was going to take were going to be oblique photos, photographs to the north. I took two photos in that area. 357 13 5h 55 CDR Let me get the photo pad here. Okay, the two photos that we taken of the Namib Desert were Charlie X-ray 17 is the magazine; the exposure numbers are 153 and 15_, they were taken at a f/8, 1/250. Two pictures taken of the Aafar Afar Triangle looking to the north obliquely were number 155 aud 156 at f/ll and 1/250. 357 13 55 _2 CDR And then as we moved along over the - over the Gulf of Aden into Sandi Arabia, I saw a very interesting looking linear dune pattern. I would guess that the location was about due west of HH siet number 80, probably something

i

Dump Tape 357-04 Page 2 of 16

like 250 miles, wait Just a minute, I'ii give you a lat long of roughly where I think it was. 357 13 56 34 CDR I would guess it was latitude 18 north and 45.5 longitude east. Pretty much near the heel of the Saudia Arabia in the flat dessert area over the mountain. The frame that was taken there was frame number 157 taken at f/ll and 1/250, the sun angle was low, I probably should have stopped that f/ll down to f/8 but I did not do it, I forgot. The - the structure of the Afar triangle waw quite - quite apparent, but I think it would have been a lot better had I been directly overhead, couldhave seena I lot more. Between taking the two picturesa and trying to refer to my map enough I really didn't get the looking done I wanted to get done but I was looking for Gawa and Dubbi looking for - I guess the Abyssinian rift valley was - was quite clear and of course that was the - the cneter of my frame number 156, should be in the lower - lower part of frame number 155. 357 13 57 57 CDR That's about it, the time was so limited I didn't get to do all the looking I would like to do, we got good pictures yesterday and good pictures today and maybe we should now concentrate our efforts on looking and talking until we get a good low sun angle picture from Just about directly overhead. 357 13 58 17 357 13 58 37 CDR PLT CDR out. ... started at approximately The JOP 50, step l, building 13:05. block 1-A

357 13 57 i0

CDR

f

Dt_np Tape 357-0_ Page 3 of 16

was performed. I got 82B cronking at 47 minutes instead of 48. I hit the 82A START switch so I waisted one 82A frame, and like a _,mmy I turned it off immediately instead of looking down and getting that one minute one minute exposure or 30 second exposure if it happened to be in SHORT but I wasn't thinking fast, so I did loose one frame of 82 Alfa. Got the - the JOP 6, step one - 1A was completed per pad. 357 lh 03 26 PLT I was losing a little time here because I got started a little late and JOP 1B completed per pad, with the exception that I looked down and I saw that 52 was running continuous in the second part of building blocki, so, and it also was continuous when 16 minutes in building block 28 so I Just - once I got it clicking on building block l, I let it run until about 3 mintues of daylight of about combined 52. 357 lh 02 05 PLT remain, which is a total 17 minutes and 30 seconds eontineous observing on

56 deviations, I got the 8 minute single frame 2, I got 4 minutes and 15 seconds on the single frame 5 before hit atmosphere. Got the 82 Bravo off at h minutes. The 56 off at a little bit - foew sseconds later. MIRROR LINE SCAN as per pad

on 55.
357 14 02 24 PLT The coronograph and the - I got the coron - about a minute of the coronograph and about 3 minutes of XUV on vidio downlink and also turned in a little ... which you probably won'tneed. And let's see, the nu Z was performed, the nu z

Dump Page

Tape 357-04 4 of 16

update 8_so. 357 14 02 50 PLT

was

performed

on

time

The corona looked much less active, I mean as far as the density of the light, photometric density of the coronal streamers, that may be Just my adjustment, but I don't think so, I think that everything is sort of less lively on the sun as far as the - the energy the displ_v was concerned. The active region 00, let's see is not - doesn't appear to be quite the brightest one there.

357 14 03 18

PLT

There is small looks like not emerging but Just to the west of it, to the right of it, as you look to the solar north sun, let's see, that may be the active retion 01. Looks like it's brightening up considerably on the H-Alpha at least. Those are my only observations as far as •solar activity. O0 seems to be waxing and this 01 seems to be waxing as far as brightness on the H-Alpha is discernible.

357 14 03 51

PLT

PLT out.

TIME

SKIP

357

14

45

31

CDR

This is the CDr at 14:45 Zulu with a message for the FAO on scheduling difficulties. This morning we had - you had a PTPX period going to work SM233 - Well done at about for me AT at 14:30 which really isn't to well. Number i, let's see that was 31, so there's no The big kicker a MIIO day you're eat until after

big thing there. here is that on not /'_ supposed to

you've had your blood drawn and which means that we end up on

Dump Tape 357-04 Page 5 of 16

this particular day eating late; there's no way to get arund it because it Just takes a while to get one tent set up and going. 357 14 46 26 CDR Not only that documentary photo you have scheduled at 13:30 may have to be done during - you know if that's the picture of the ll0 blood dr, that's going to have to be done earlier. At any rate what it looks like is that there was no way for us to reasonably meet the one hour dead period between eating and PTPA so eventually what I'm going to end up doing is skipping this PTPA period at 14:30 and hopefully trying to get it all in on my second period. Now I may have to do a little squeezing. 357 14 47 03 CDR CDR out.

TIME

SKIP

357 15 07 Oh

SPT

This is the SPT at 015:06. Mll0 resutls are for wrine specific gravity: CDR 1.0215, SPT 1.0268, PLT 1.2387. The blood drawn was at around 12:45; centrifuge set started at 13:05. Serial numbers for the file, CDR 156, SPT 190, PLT ... Corection on that - those are the ones for day 340. Day 357, serial numbers are, for the CDR 207, SPT 173 PLT 146. 201, 173, 146. And they are also marked the appropriate color decal day number on them. Plasma of the color

CREW SPT

/-_

Dump Tape 357-04 Page 6 of 16

was 357 15 08 27 SPT

all

straw.

The only difficulty encountered was with the SPT in that after centrifuge there was only around 1/3 of the plasma cartridge filled. I took what little blood we had leftover from the hemoglobin concenstration and tried - injected that again in the other end of the centrifuge all over again it only changed slightly.

357 15 09 00

SPT

I suspect it did not get enough blood on that draw in order to force it up. There was plenty of plasma still visible at theother end hut it had not moved up into the smallplastic cartridge. The PLT while associating a hemoglobin concentration. CDR 15.5, SPT 14.5, PLT 16_4. Also another difficulty with the SPT incidentally was tyring to insert the plasma and the red cells into the location that we have lined up for them in the freezer. In the location 21, where we have a green receptacle which holds 2 of them. One of them will not take two different cartridges which I tried.

357 15 l0 35

SPT

There is a period at the end which are two small to accept it. I tried it with one of the ones which was frozen already. And it worked properly and the other adjacent one would not go into that particular hole. So I suspect we do have a ... problem the - at that particular location, so I took SPT plasma and red blood cells and they are now sitting in the very last one but three, that's the very last open station we'll be getting to it in a couple of days. If you have any

f.

Dump Tape 357-0h Page 7 of 16

idea of where we what location we up. Maybe there cartridge here. adn available. 357 15 ll 33 357 15 19 35 SPT SPT out.

can put that can use, send them is anotehr green We'll be open

SPT SPT at 15:09 with the ... people on ... the bag which was yesterday, which had boric acid pellets in it. I find that I still have a whole 1-I/2 boric acid pellets hard as a rock. The bag was shaken consistently before it was shelved. SPT S_T out.

357 15 20 01

TIME

SKIP

357 15 2h 15

FLT

This is the PLT. Time is 15:25 Zulu. Reporting termination of 557, I didn't realize that it was on the CDR's pad and I went by there and I saw it was - COOL/DOWN light was on and - I thought that I was supposed to know to follow the checklist, so that - I had the checklist quit right there, and l looked in the - the checklist had a terminate section section that - I Just asst_ed that I was suppose to - know to follow the time on the little card there,

357 15 2h 48

PLT

And I went _Lhead slad terminated it which was no big deal. Jerry had his °.. this afternoon I found out just a few minutes ago. One thing that I would llke to do is pint out the need for having a callout in the details - whoever does it. The evening when you so - when you're doing a 557 - when you - excuse me when you're doin_ a 516 whatever - 518.

f

Dump Page

Tape 8 of

357-0h 16

•.. purpose PLT WE should

for have

this

exercise. in the

a calout

evening on somebody's details presumably mine if I'm ontin the big middle of something else to got to VENT on the bulkhead valves adn in the morning to go back to OPEN, if that's what you want. 357 15 25 28 PLT In other words, I think that out to keep us honest, because I have a tendency to forget. You you all put that automatic in there and it's and it's a beautiful

know,

operating machine, as far as I can tell_ the thing Just works and clicks and doesn't make anuy noise ,-357 15 25 47 PLT or anything else.

The only it works

thing we need is that so well we need to -

be remined to go by there and do whatever is required - you know monitorial or handling the protocol on that bulkhead vent vs/ve and then very pad. that. 357 357 15 15 doing welll the did terminate, calout on no which Jerry's on you

So that's

problem

36
28

o5 40

PLT CDE

PLT

out.

Okay, this is the CDR at 15:28:40, and the subject is 5201 apoerations. The first exoisrue is Tango I0. The ROTATION of 38.1 which is verified. A TILT of 31.7 which is verified. POWEE switch will go on at 15:30:30 and the RESET switch goes 15:30"31 to START.

TIME

SKIP

357

15

29

33

CD_

Okay,

Ed,

I'm

starting

201

now.

Dump Tape 357-04 Page 9 of 16

SPT CDR CREW CDR CD_

.•.

Say again. ... Okay, I'ii be done at 16:06:27. Okay, we're coming up on - 15:30 mark at this time - 15:30 even; 30 seconds to go. I verify the SAL window is open, the mirror is extended and we got the rotation and tilti set in; 15 seconds to go. Okay, r_ fiTst mark will he 15:30:30; the second mamk will be 15:30:31• Stand by. MARE. MARK. I did a POICE2 switch On first and REST switch to START. WE're going to 15:33:59 when I'll trun the POWER switch OFF. Okay, this is the CDR with 8201 again. We're coming up on 15:33:59. We'll be there in 30 seconds. Okay, on my MARK, I'll he turning the POWER switch OFF at 15:33:59. Stand by. MARK. Power's off. Going to a ROTATION of 356.6. And going to a TILT 02.7. Okay, reverify

CDR

357 15 30 30 357 15 30 31

CDR CDR CDR

357 15 33 17

CDR

CDR

357 15 33 59

CDE

it 350 - 356.6 CDR Okay. And we're coming up on 15:35 even and the POWER sitch ON and at 01 RESET switch to START. 556.6 ROTATION to 02.7 TILT.

Dump Tape 357-4 Page i0 of 16

CDR 357 15 35 01 357 15 35 02 CDR CDR

Okay, coming up on 15:35 even. MARK. POWER.

MARK START. All right the next movement will be at the 15:43:26 PLT, time is 15:40 reporting the start of M509. PLT out.

-

357 15 37 58

PLT

357 15 38 00

PLT CDR

This is the CDR at 15:39 Zulu reporting a urine bag discrepancy. Upon completion of dumping of my urine bag this morning, I checked it over carefully and I found three pellets of boric acid that had not dissolved. Each of them was about a quater of an inch long, and are quitehard. The can't even be crushed wit the fingers. I might also note that normally everytime I've taken a sample from a bag that's had boric acid in it, the urine has had quite a fe3 little bitty flakes of white in it, and I Just assumed, I had assumed that hose little flakes of white have not been calcium but boric dissolved. acid which is not eompltely

_

357 15 40 05

CXR CDR

CDR out. Okay this is the CDR at 15:_2 Zulu. The subject is S201, and we're standing by for a RESET switch to start at 15:43:26, the POWER switch OFF at 27. Okay it's now 15:43 even. On my first mark it'll be 15:43:26 I'm going to res, start on the RESET switch, at 27 there'll be a mark for power switch off. Standy. b

CDE

F Dump Tape 357-0h Page ii of 16

357 15 43 24 357 15 _ 25

CDR CDR

MARK. MARK. Okay, setting the ROTATION to 12h.9. Okay that's done and LOCKED. Setting the TILT at 15.9. That's done. Okay I'm going to reverify this. Doggone ROTATION METER is really a bad news piece of gear. 124.9, 15.9, okay, POWER switch is going on at 15:44:30, and the RESET at 31, it's now 15:hh:23. First mark will be POWER, second mark will be RESET. Stand by.

f

Dump Tape B57-04 Page 19 of 16

357 15 44 31 CDR
357 44 32 CDR

MARK.
MARK. 15:44:30, POWER switch was ON 15:44:31, RESET switch to START. We're looking at Tsngo 19, with a ROTATION of 124.9, TILT of 15.9. Okay, I'ii be turning these off at 15:52:56. Okay, this is the CDR at 15:52 Zu/u; the subject is $201 operations. We're about 50 seconds now from tern/nation of the exposure on Ts_ngo 19. Okay, on my first mark it'll be 15:26 and I'll RESET switch to START, at 15:52:57 the POWER switch goes OFF. Stand by.

UDR

357 15 52 5h 357 15 52 55 /_

CDR CDR

MARK. MARK. 164.1 Okay, changing the ROTATION to now. That's set in LOCK. The

TILT's going to 12.4_ that's set in LOCK. Exposure starts at 15:54 even, which is 30 seconds. Reverify the _DTATION of 164.1 and the TILT at 12.4, this is Tango 32, POWER switch comes on at 15:54 even in 15 seconds. First mark will be at zero zero, second mark will be at 01. Stand by. 357 15 54 00 357 15 54 01 CDR CDR MARK POWER. MARK START. All right our next operation will be at 16:01:56 when we terminate it. This is the CDR again. The time is coming up on 16:01 Zulu, and the subject is $201 operations. We are at the moment taking an exposure of Tango 32, with a ROTATION of 164.1, and a TILT of 12.4, at 16:01:56, we're going to terminate, and point at the comet. Time is now 16:01 in 30 seconds. Okay on my first mark_ it'll be 16:01:56, and I'll be setting the RESET switch to START at 16:01:57 POWER switch goes off. Coming up on 56, standby. MARK.

CDR

/_357 16 01 57 CDR

F

Dump Page

Tape 357-0h 13 of 16

357 16 01 54

CDR

MARK. 214.5. is going LOCKED.

Okay, It's

setting set and

the ROTATION LOCKED. The

on TILT

to 23.5, 16:03:00

and that's set and is the time we're

going to start it, and at 16:02:30 reverify the tilt - to be ROTATION of the 214.5, the TILT is 23.5, our target is the comet. We're going to start this thing going at 16:03 even with a POWER switch, which will be my first mark. My second mark will be a RESET switch to START. Coming up on 16:03 in about i0 seconds. Stand by. 357 16 03 00 357 16 03 01 CDR CDR MARK. POWER. right our next at 16:06:26. one

MARK. START. All will be termination CDR out.

357 16 03 II

CDR CDR

Okay, the time is now 16:05 and 7 seconds; at 16:06:26 we're going to do a termination of the comet. The title of this little effort is S201 operations, this is the CDR talking. shafting wardroom hope it in isn't

CDR

Okay, we have full Sunlight the window of our friendly down below me. I certainly

doing the same out on the, whereever it is we're looking right now. It's now 16:06; at 26 the first mark will be START, 27 the second mark will be a POWER 357 16 06 27 357 16 06 28 CDR CDR MARK, OFF. START. get our Standby.

POWER OFF, and that does it. I will our TILT set to zero. I think maybe

/'-

timing might have been wrong, I don't, l'm very suspicuous of it, the fact that we have full Sunlight in the wardroom window, a good h5 seconds before termination of this exposure, makes me think we've done something to ourselves here. The TILT is zero, I'm now putting the ROTATION to zero, and they're LOCKED. Going to RETRACT the mirror.

Dump Page

Tape

357-04

14 of 16

357 16 07 ii 357 16 08 47

CDR PLT

This

it the

CDR out.

This is the PLT at 16:08 Zulu. Message for photo people. We have broken the second reel of film and

the

takeup reel has pulled the - okay, from the third reel, trying to use this procedure on the time exposure, where you remove the lense, put a time and mark the film and then advance one to see if it's moving. Man that works great - all you've done is clawed a great big hole in the film, and then when you try to put it to run, you break the film. This is the third time we're, we lre in a process now of installing or while I'm waiting for ground instructions, we used two of these empty reels already, and we're going to have to use another one in order to get the film out of the supply 357 16 09 36 PLT I think because reel. you ought to we have -we rethink that procedure, don't have many,

more many of the empty reels left, and I seriously question the wisdom of using this time exposure technique to check film advance. So _ow about th_nking _that over, and we%ll do 1_t this is the third time trying to to verify 357 16 i0 06 PLT use this time film advance. ever _ou s_ hut this had happened exposure teehni_ue

What it does_ the elaw_ Just yanks a great big tear in the film, and I don_t know if that%s what's doing it or the takeup reel or what, but anyway _t _naDs the fi]" Apparently somewhere _ownstream, it sucks it all into the takeup reel and there you are left with a supply reel, that, in this case, was 68 percent left on the supply reel and some 32 percent inside the takeup, and there you are. So, we dontt have but 2 more empty reels as far as I can tell.

357

16

i0

40

PLT

How one

about other

thinking anomaly

that over and i have to report and that is

Dump Tape 357-04 Page 15 of 16

this morning when I was trying to thread film, I installed the packs and pulled the 6 feet out, installed them, pressed the button, nothing happened, the inner film light didn't go out, removed the, most of the _00 foot cassett to the takeup and supply, and the film _as inside the supply reel, 357 16 ll lO PLT As seen here, I took out the next one in order, whatever it happened to be it'll be on the evening status report. Now I could have done two things, I could have had the film far enough hack in that it aecidently moved it back in as I was installing it, or I could have installed the magazines improperly, reversed them. I don_t think I did the latter either _ the dlstlnct poss_YLilit_ and I could have acc_dently, after I tripped off the fflm I I could have iuad it so far hack I suppose, that some how or another, when I _s giggling it to get it into position, I pushed the film back in, 357 16 ii h-_ PLT In any event, that cassette is now back in its container in the F-drawer, and I took the next supply cassette up and I installed that in the transporter. PLT out. This is the PLT at 16:15 Zulu, This transporter I Just had trouble with, was the one that dinged up the supply reel this morning. So I'm not quite sure what's going on. I had, this is the one I say I w_sntt sure whether or not I made a procedural error or if the transporter_ somehow or another w_s malfunctioning, but in any event, I Just had to, _ had a good load on it on the second attempt this Morning and I did Just .°. stand by one second ...

357 16 ll 59 357 16 I_ 52

PLT PLT

Dump Tape 357-04 Page 16 of 16

B57 16 16 12

PLT

PLT, the problemthis morning in the loading, was with transporter 08 and I - and now I have Charlie India 77, installed as the supply reel and Charlie India 71 as the takeup. The difficulty, I Just had was with the film breakage with the transporter 02, Charlie India 75 the supply, Charlie India 73 the takeup.

_

END OF TAPE

F

q_:

.

Dump Tape 357-05 Time: 357:16:22

to 357:16:h2

GMT

12-_3.73
Page i of i

357 16 25 53 357 16 25 58

CDR CDR

This

is the - -

This is the CDR at 16:26 Zulu, reporting on 8233 Shls morning. The exposures were taken exactly on time. I 'm not posthey w@re taken out of co--,_nd module window number i - I'm not positive of _he pointing, I did not see the comeS. Probably a smart thing would have b_en to have had an ogpertmlity to check out where the comet is relative to the _olar panels and everything before going out _nd takin_ that. What we did Ss the SPT came up and said it should be ipointed in this direction. And that's t_e way we set up the camera. And I took t_e pictures right on time. They were frames niftier 4h and h5 of the Nikon 05 camra. But I never did see the comet. _nd hopefully, one of these sunset - or $,,_n_isessometime during the day l'm going to @et up there an - without the camera i_ the wa_ and look for the comet and m-_e sure I was pointed in the right ddrect_on.

357 16 27 06

CDR

CDR out.

END OF TAFE

_

Dump Tape 357-07/D-378 Time: 357:18:h0 to 357:20:06 12/23/73 Page 1 of 6

GMT

35T 18 39 h6

CDH SPT SPT CDR SPT CDR SPT CREW

Heed

a mark.

I quXt, my head hurts. I quit, my head hurts. Do it? Yes, I made it. Need any help? I don't think so. I wouldn't ... down there.

357 18 40 12 i

CC

SPT, Houston, we're looking over your shoulder. ATM officer ... at the moment, we have a number of orbits for - for all the equipment that we ... MECHANICAL R_E_CE ...to theSl andit was ... MECHANICAL REFERENCE ... reference

05Y_.ver. O
CO Skv_lab, Houston ... coming up at 19:08 and SPT, Houston, ... we make that same tone .., , let's make sure it is rechecked 71, that mechanical and optical .... ...
.i,

CREW
CREW

CREW CREW CREW CREW 357 18 54 04 SPT

.., What happens with this? I know ... .., ... wouldn't get a rate ... stop it right now.

Dump Tape 357-05/D-378 Page 2 of 6

CREW CREW CREW PLT 357 18 54 49 PLT CDR PLT CREW CREW 357 18 55 40 PLT CREW fCREW 357 19 07 58 CC

... are off. ... Two. Ha, ... keep .... And I'll take this You want Yes, me to ... do that. here?

... hand

if you would.

... grip. ... Thank you. ... ... minute ...

Skvlab, Houston, A0S Gn, m for 3 and 1/2 minutes. Go ahead.

SPT

SPT

We sure will, we Just about finished off nice. ... Got all the way around the base line maneuver, we used the ... EVA
0.,

CC CDR

CC SPT

Thanks for good news. ... ended up with the .... 7, give me ...... 0.3, 356.0 .... off the second ...

F

¸

Dump Tape 357-07/D-378 Page 3 of 6

CC CC CREW 357 19 ll 00 CC

... S052, ... Thank you. ... Skylab, Houston we're about 30 seconds from LOS, I'll give you a call about 5 or 6 minutes from now, Honeysuckle. Crip, we Jumt noticed that ....

SPT

74
CC 357 19 16 55 CC 28.4 ... le _t in the ... Honeysuckle. for

;'
[ ,.

Skylab, Houston, 5 minutes. Roger.

Honeysuckle

<

CDR CC

SPT,Houston, we adjusted commanding to zero that needs to be even, but we'd like to ... and I'll let you know when y_u get me hack, ... okay? ,

". _ .... i

SPT 357 19 19 16 CC

%

@

SPT, Houston, we noticed running any more. And, SPT, Houston, .,. Roger, Dick,

S052's

not

_

_-

CC SPT CC

Skylab, Houston, for the CDR, I got a couple of things to mention to you and _o your ... Go ahead, Dick. Okay, Jer, first thing, we t_ed about this last night, hut you know, when i.. Blood pressure data is what we _equest on that and he may ... option is not a requirement.

CDR CC

k

Dump Tape 357-07/D-378 Page h of '6

357 19 20 20

CC

There are two messages on board for you that you might look at, one of them is trouble shooting procedure on the leg bands for you when you do your M092 this afternoon; you ought to get a look at that message and copy the M092. There's a checklist change for the EVA checklist, which way you rotate a table of data copied T025 in the EVA. And you might place the ... cards, scheduled EVA conference with Rusty a little bit later tonight. Okay, ... and the schedule criterlor we talked about last night, I put on tape at 05:00. Okay, ..., thank you very much, We're about 30 seconds from LOS, and I'iigiveyou Charlle Canaryat 20:06 and _ii be dumping the data/ voice recorder at Canary. Roger. Skylab, Houston, one of tomorrows flight plan is on T_oard .... ... white light coronograph, do you need this way .... fairly large shadow which with the - like I'm already ...!both the ... must be our attitud_ ... light your aperture. coming from

CDR

CC CC

CDR 357 19 21 24 CC

SPT

357 19 22 14

CC CREW

Roger, Ed, popy. ! I've got the leg pressurized in and lighter should be in a little more. ! ... Oh, pressurized .... Moving in on ... so I al_ays, ... pressurize ...

CREW PLT f

,r

Dump Tape 357-07/D-378 Page 5 of 6

CREW CREW CREW CREW CREW 357 19 28 h5 CREW PLT CREW CREW CREW CREW CRE_ CREW CREW CREW

Okay, one mode Okay. ... .,. ... All right °,. ... two or three Okay .... Okay? Yes. Okay..... ... Okay.

.,.

t_mes, ....

pressurized

You got to pull hard.

I guess that's it. Cut. Cut.

TIME

SKIP

357 19 57 27

CDR

This is CDR at 19:56 Zulu. The subject is Earth observations; hand-held !_hotographyJ The scheduled site was the Humhold Current, H_bold ,.. Current and upwelling and there so much clouds over the water that I saw no sign of either upwelling or the H_bold Current. No signs of plankton, up _loomlng or anything and no dark _ dark blue a_eas, The sun glint w_s not in our field of view and wh_t little ocean we mould see, there was no sun glint on. The

357 19 57 57 /

CDR

j_

Dump Tape 357-07/D-378 Page 6 of 6

clouds were fairly T6uled up to about 15 miles or so or 20 miles off the coast and then it cleared up. 357 19 58 12 CDR As we were going by on this particular one I looked over toward the - the city of Antofagasta and the Atacama fault zone area. I think I saw the fault zone fairly clearly south of Antofagasta and so I took an oblique shot from . oh I guess about 30 or hO miles southwest of _nllendo, Peru, looking to the southeast and T thine it's a pretty good oblique shot of the Atacama fault area. Then as we proceeding on inland on in Central Brazil near the to%_a of Porto Velho, Z saw a rather large patch of cloud streets _d some open B_nara Cells in that area. I figured that was probabl_ a pretty good weather picture, soI took that also. The first frame of the Atacam- Fault zone area was Ch_rlle 357 19 59 23 CDR X-ra_ 17, n_er i_8.

357 19 58 _7

CDR

f

It was tsken at an f/stop of fill, 1/250 on the Easselhlad. The central Brazilian cloud street was taken -was frame number 159; ithat was taken at an f/sto9 of 11.5, or_between ii and 16, whatever that click is between the two, Z tell you it was a little dark down there so I didn'_ mean to full 16 and the ll w_s probably not eno,_. And that w_s at 1/250 of a second. I'm pretty sure I saw the t_wn of Porto Velho; it's • a clearing along the side of the river. And these cloud streets and open cell area are d_t north and extending from right dlreetly north of Porto Velho to northeast of Porto Velho.

357 20 O0 21

CDR

CDR out.

END OF TAPE
/

Dump Tape 357-08 Time: 357:17:00 12/23/73 Page 1 of 1

to 357:18:31

GMT

357:17:03:11 357:18:30:29

to

This tape is a verbatim duplicate of Dump Tape 357-06/D-377

Dump Tape 357-09/D-380 Time: 357:18:31 to 357:18:39 ,,_. 12/23/73 Page 1 of 1

GMT

357 18 32 56

PLT

This is the PLT, I don't see any reason to have this tape recorder on. Maybe you want to hear the ..,, I guess, so I'll leave it on. Okay. I'm going to leave this -

357 18 33 08

PLT

END OF TAPE

F

r

Dump Tape 357-i0/D-381 Time: 357:20:45 to 357:22:21 G_ 1/23/73 Page 1 of 6

357 20 45 45

PLT

Okay, PLT. GMT of 20:45. MAZE switch is ON. I'm on page 1-2 of the Student Project Experiment book - CHECKLIST. Okay I'm going - I'm reading step 18. "Procede from start. Insert stylus into each of the ll9 holes in series. Hand or forearm must not rest on maze. Complete test as quickly as possible and voice record finish time. Repeat step 18 once, recording and finish times." And I'm going to use my stop watch. Allos 1 - 1 second for getting ready to start. And I'm going to use the sweep second hand on my stop watch as my timing. Be sure I give myself a second at the start and a second at the finish. On my mark -

357 20 _6 _0

PLT PLT

GO. Yes, I find this easier in zero g, oddly enough. Don't make as - near as many bad holes. May not be any faster. STOP. Okay. was 1 minute All righ. That was and 2 second - 1 second.

357 20 27 23

PLT

I - my time - the sweep hand is on 1 minute and 3 seconds. I said I'd taek a second off the start and a second off the finish, and that m-Wes it l:O1. That is 61 seconds. Okay, I'm resetting my watch. And on my mark we'll do it again. That's Just about my nominal time, by the way. Okay, stand by 357 20 48 ll 357 20 h9 07 PLT PLT STABT. And my mark. Okay and that was 56 and 1/2 seconds. Taking off 2, makes it 54 and 1/2 seconds for completion time on that. That's a completion of two maze routes. Okay, that's MAZE switch OFF. "Replace stylus." I did.

_

Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381 Page 2 of 6

357 20 49 30 357 20 51 04

PLT CDR

SIA RECORD switch is going OFF now. Okay, this is the CDR with ED-41 performance here. Let's see. I have the MAZE switch ON. We're ready to start. And how many times do you want it to be done? Twice? Okay, that's what I'll do, twice. And the time coming up is 20:52, and I'll start it at precisely 52. That's about 25 seconds away. Skylab, Houston for Jerry or Bill. Not sure how far you guys got through the M509 post procedure, but we noticed that duct fans are not on and you might want to get the thermal control system reactivated. That procedure is page 14-4 of the EVA Check - I mean the Maneuvering Experiments Checklist. Okay. Roger. Okay, we got distrac - distracted by a call from the ground; so we'll have to pick another time to start. We'll start at 52:15, which is 4 seconds away. Stand by. MARK. And, Dick. Just a quick word of explanation. I had to erminate early, and Jerry had to do my work. And actually, I've already commented that the 509 runs are really taking all the time that's s scheduled and Just a little bit more, and I had to quit early and run up ... the head on the _Rneuver. But, anyway that's - our com_etns are on tape. Okay, Bill. Thank you. I forgot to do that, Bill.

357 20 51 42

CC

CDR fCC 357 20 52 06 CDR

357 20 52 17

CDR PLT

CC

Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381 Page 3 of 6 F CC And, incidentally, we have received the comments you made on the Flight Plan, from last evening Jerry and, we're in the process of distributing them and absorbing them and we'll - MARK. - - be getting back to you - That was 42 seconds. Roger, Dick. Okay, we'll start the next one at 53:30. That's in 6 seconds. Standby. MARK. MARK. That was 44 seconds.

357 20 53 01

CDR PLT CDR CDR CDR

357 20 53 33 357 20 54 17 357 20 54 22 357 21 46 13 _

CDR CDR CDR SPT

Okay, this is the CDR termination. SPT, ATM at 21:46, debriefing the JOP 18-Delta.Firstsevenstepsno problem. We did end up in the actual attitude of 357.7, 349.3, and 356.0. And it all looks right if - the numbers should be rounded off to tenths except for X. There we had a predicted value of 257.79; so our last postion there should have been a - a 8. It looks like it was trucated. Rates were good all the way through the maneuver. Okay, we showed up there with the - the comet at a position of plus 106 in X and plus 174 in Y. They wanted to move it down to a 130 in X and 0 in Y. So that was a delta 22 and 74, respectively. I netered in the computer a delta of 71 or 21 and 71 at a - 52021, 51021, 520071, and 50000. When I got there - close to there, and I had to make another small tweek, which was a 52021, 50005, 50004,

SPT

357 21 47 16

SPT

r

Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381 Page 4 of 6

50000. Got us where we wanted to be. I put the 95 percent skill factor in, and moved the comet up toward center. Did a 52021, 50124, 50000, 50000. 357 21 48 43 SPT ... 19:32 GMT. Okay, before maneuvering at all, however, carry out the first building Yes, I hope that went off as ... for that. we did any we did block 30. called for.

357 21 49 29

PLT

So, we're not too far off in where it was visible except in Y. We're six hundreths off in X and 50 ... in Y. Do not need to startrack the data. ... I'll pick this up in Just a moment. Okay. SPT picking up again on a debriefing of JOP 18. We did the building block 30 whenwe firstgot out there, and that was done as specified. Then we ... the maneuver ... comet nucleus - at the center. Okay, we then came up to the - next building block - building block 30. q_at was after we had moved in. And there ... about a 23-minute exposure. 82B - got ther elong wavelength 1 long wavelength 5 and then long - something less than 20. And again I was busy doing the work rather than keeping books .... see exactly how long it was. 52 received their fast scans every 5 minutes. Unfortunately, the first one was done in standard and then trucated, but the remainder of the the remainder 5 _re done in fast scan. All of the image-motion compensation of the comet were done on time every 20 minutes. First maneuver at 13:32; so that the first image-motion compensation was done at 19:52.

CC 357 21 50 06 357 21 53 08 SPT SPT

357 21 56 53

SPT

357 21 57 47

SPT

f

Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381 Page 5 of 6

357 21 59 37

$PT

On the next orbit - on the next viewing opportunity, building block 30 was begun. Unfortunately, I looked at the wrong building block 30 and started to do one that we had previously worked on. I caught it and the ground caught it and we moved on. I think it's going to be helpful if we label them A, B, C, or some other designation so we can keep them straight. That went off fairly well. Okay. 52 exposures were done, not with equal spacing, however. And lastly, we moved out to take another look at it, and then moved back in. The maneuvers to move out - Well, first the 52021, 51124, 50000, and another 50000. That moved it out. I tweeked it up a little to get it to get it to where I could make another precalculated maneuver between with the 52021, 5003, 51006 to 50000. I next maneuver to - maneuver to comet to our left or our maneuvering to the right. 52021, 50000, 51062, 50000. And tehn to move that up the axis so tha the slit would be looking at the tail was a 52021, 50122, which I did rather 824, I did a ... 22 inorder to take into account a small pointing error, which we had initially, even after those corrections. And a 50000 and another 50000. I could follow it up until it got into around 70 ... the intensity as seen on the outer edges of the scope w_re about the same a as mercury. I also noticed a very brigh source at a position of 140 in X and minas 60 in Y. That's when we were pointed so that the comet was at the bottom of the field of view.

357 22 00 57

SPT

F_

357 22 0i 41

SPT

257 22 02 55

SPT

The comet is much stronger today than it was two days ago, and quite a bit easier to see. However, in the centere of the scope, it still looked very difficult.

f

4 Dump Tape 357-12/D-383 Time: 357:22:44 to 358:01:04 12/23/73 _>_ge ] or 4 GMT

357 22 43 27

CDR

This is the CDR at 22:43. The subject is M092, and our subject is the SPT. The exercise was started at 22:20 Zulu. The SPT's left calf was 13 5/8. His right calf was 13-3/8. His left legband is Charlie Juilet. His right legband is Alpha quebec. And I tried your little wiggle the lead routine to see if there were any shorts or intermitents, and it looks quite solid. There doesn't seem to be any problem with Alpha Quebec.

357 22 _4 03 357 ii 25 24

CDR SPT

CDR out. Getting a little bit close to film locker. Okay. Okay. Okay, this is the CDR again continuing with M509 brief. It's 00:47 Zulu. And we're talking about the HHMU for M509. The transfer maneuver - I indicated that I Just pushed myself off, and maneuvered up through an natural might say, to the ... I turned around and used my hands - got myself pointed in the right direction, and then released myself; and then began a translation down to the docking station. I arrived at the docking station in - with reasonable dignity.

PLT 357 ii 25 28 f358 00 47 28 SPT CDR

358 00 48 i0

CDR

I had a yaw right - I was yawed to the right about On, 20, 25 degrees. And I was about 18 inches to the left of the target. But, I was satisfied with that, so I data marked it. Then we restabilized, and I went for a baseline maneuver. And, I guess you could tell from Bill's tapes when I started the baseline maneuver. And I

Dump Tape 357-12/D-383 Page 2 of 4

terminated the baseline maneuver with - Let's see. I had to overrun our time by 9 minutes. CDR So, it took some time to do the baseline maneuver, but I got through the doggone thing. I went to station number l; arrived at station number 1 with about a 15- or 20-degree left-yaw error and in reasonable good shape there. Then, as I mentioned to you, I did my octaflugeron [?] down to station number 2, which is the FMU-2, in which I ended up with a roll to the a roll to the right, and ended up with my feet headed in the wrong direction. I Just - I Just let it keep going until I did - I ha had done a complete 180 and ended up in FMU-2 in fairly good shape with my feet pointedin the right direction. And then I backed off, and headed for dome locker 404, which is position number 3. Got there - let's see in good shape, except I touched. I finally - I and then I touched, and myself going again. It time to move around the believe I data marked, then I got took quite some - the dome

358 00 49 06

CDR

f358 00 49 35 CDR

locker. But I got all the way around to 432 and tehn turned and made my translation back down to the docking target. And, essentially did just about the same thing as I did with the transfer maneuver. I ended up with a yaw error to the right this time of about 35 degrees, and displaced to the left about a foot, and that was about it. 358 O0 50 28 CDR Bill had had to leave me because he had to go up and - and take on his duties as monitor on the JOP 18-D.

Dump Tape 357-12/D-_83 Page 3 of 4

So about the last 15 minutes of my HHMU run, I was in here by myself. Bill had left his headset on I-COMM PTT, so you could possibly hear some of the mquirts, and I imagine you heard me scream how bad my arm hurt, and I was going to quit when I was finished. 358 00 50 55 CDB Did you have any difficulty aiming the HHMU? Yes. I mentioned those already. The umbilical was a real hindrance in setting up for the roll, and - and for the wide translation. It was a real bother. It bothered a little bit when I wanted to put the sensor up over my head for a pitch maneuver. Thrust impingement on me or the AFMU, did it per produce a noticable effect? :_5800 51 24 /-CDR Yes it did, and as I did it - you know - as I heard the impingement, I knew what was going to happen, and sure enough it happened, but it I'll have to admit, it wasn't quite as severe as I thought it would be. This was only on the large thrust. In the little squirts that I was doing, I did not have - I did not see a noticable effect. 358 O0 51 47 CDR Okay, sJll in all, I must say I was favorably - I don't even want to say favorably. I was slightly pleasantly surprised by the HHMU, and the fact that it is a little easier to work. I think I indicated to you after my last HHMU run, where I did a little ... work, that I think the real clincher that makes the KHMU work up here a little bit easier is the fact that you can feel - feel the accelermtion, and it seems to be different from the 6-degree-of-freedom Denver. F simulator in

/_

Dump Tape 357-12/D-383 Page h of

358 00 52 24

CDR

And since you've got those sensitivities working for you, it's a little easier to do. But it ain't that easy to do; and it doesn't make me htink that the R}IMU is the way to go in anyway, shape, or form. I - I am very, very strongly in favor of the mode of attitude stabilized - mode of some sort of maneuvering don't think unit. I

358 00 52 4_

CDR

_ think it's worth it to be attitude stabilized. And I think the CMG method is best, but I would say _e we could go for the rate gyro Just as well. We ought to go for the - the mode that gives you ghe best thrust-to-weight ratio, that is, the best - the best thrust or acceleration for the weight you have to take. Okay, this is the CDR terminating the debrief on M509, run number 2.

f358 00 53 15 CDR CDH out.

END OF TAPE

f

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Time: 357:17:02 to 357:18:33 12/23/73 Page 1 of 26

GMT

357 17 03 ii

CDR

Ed, I think you need the PAO photos, next, don 't you? Yes, that's correct. That's coming up. I'll Just go right down the checklist, try to go slowly, so Y don't forge_ anything. Yeah. Why don't you turn off that dome camera? That Was ridiculous if. that thing is running while all weSTe doing is - -I - I agree. I think that we ought to leave it irunning for the simple reason that _ to let them know what they're documenting. -

PLT

CDR

PLT

CDR PLT

Okay. Okay. This is the summary; I'll come back ot it. This is the time line. Okay. Take ifive PAO type photos with Nikon S5-millimeter lens and flash anytime _ anytime during run. Okay. Yeah, I think those are supposed to be taken during the run. How about HHMU ... ? I don' t know. Yeah.... 0kay. TV'S on. Undoeking checkout s_pproximate time, 500 psi rain. ... and 3 minutes,

_ _

CDR PLT

'

PLT CDR PLT 357 17 04 21 PLT

CDR

PLT

Release

paddle

locking

pin.

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 2 of 26

CDR PLT

Okay.

It 's done.

Thing is right in the way. Pull release lever inboard to lock. AS to unlock ASMU. Umdock by pulling on handrails with both hands.

CDR PLT

... Okay. And I - when you get free, I go to receiver data, nor real, crewman ID1. Fly clear of donning station and verify all RHC commands. ... Verify all RHC commands. ... Okay. MODE, RATE GYR0. Verify CAGING light, on and then off. Verify all RHC eo_mauds. He's in the process of doing the RATE GYRO verification. Drifting up towards h30 from the center up - center of the Fly to donning station and stationkeep at handrails. He's in RATE GYRO, coming around now to the handrails, donning station. He's got a nice rate established. He's translating down, turn - yawing to the right. Okay, he's in one of those translation thrusters ... RATE GYRO, obviously. Thrusting down and to the left. When you get down there, I need a data m,_k, when you get down there. He's in a - Just a little left ... t_ng it out now. Hey, are you supposed to be able to these handrails? I don't think so. ...

CDR 357 17 05 06
i /

PLT CDR

"

357 17 05 36

PLT

PLT

357 17 06 14

PLT

PLT

CDR

PLT

:i:

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 3 of 26

CDR PLT PLT CDR 357 17 07 49 PLT

... Yes, it is, too. Okay, the handrails Okay, data mark .... DATA MARK for the donning station stationkeep. Okay, the next is the baseline maneuver. Let me check here. All right, now I want to turn on the F10 DAC. Stand by Just a moment. 0kay. F10 - are - they are now.

CDR '/ 357 17 08 15 PLT CDR 357 17 08 18 PLT

MODE, DIRECT. MODE, DIRECT.

Here we go. Okay. He's starting baseline, DIRECT. Three translations to the minus X in l, minus Z. And he's yawing to the right. Gave it one •.. in DIRECT. Okay, that was translation to the plus Y. The one I didn't qult_!- can't quite see what he's doing with his hand controller. He _ a very nice track established tovards the banjo. Ok - he's got a ... yaw rate. Okay, now he's going to start pitch up. He 's pitching up slightly. Now he's stopping to yaw. Over shot very slightly in yaw, but he's still ... - good enough .... Okay. He's pitching up now. Pitching up, He's got a slight yaw - left yaw. About got the translation killed. He's in very good position at the banjo. Now he's killing the translation • .. translation already.

CDR

DATA MARK.

<

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page _ of 26

357 17 09 22

PLT

DATA MARK. At banjo, position number i, Okay, he's translating minus X and minus Z - plus Z ... Okay, now he's got a left roll and a left yaw established. Rotating in a left roll, left yaw. Now he's going to start killing his roll - excuse me - his yaw. He's letting it - letting it go Just a tad too far, I think. Yeah, he's going to end up - Okay. Good show. Now he's stopped roll, translating down to position number 2. Now he's got reel - now he's got good attitude. Head's getting Just a little low. In other words, he's ... little bit too much left roll. Got a little bit too much left roll. Okay, now he's coming down to the FSMU. He got down to the level Just before he got over to his position, so he - he's now translating over on a more or less - plane level with the lower ... And ... he's translating. His head's just a little bit low ....

/f

CDR 357 IV l0 54 PLT

DATA MARK. DATA MARK .... slightly low there. Okay, now he's pitching to the plus Y, minus X. Now he's in attitude control. Coming around, he's yawing left, rolling right. Very good track. Okay, we end up in pretty good shape on this one.

PLT

He's right above me; he's Just going to contact the light. His right foot contact ... high intensity light. Got off slightly on attitude and real good track established. Off slightly on ..., he ended up over by 402 and now he's yawing around to the right, which is - he's in flight to the right translation combined with ... flight, translation's going to put him Just in good position. Ought to

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 5 of 26

put him in 40 - 406. keeping. Data mark? CDR 357 17 12 ll PLT DATA MARK.

Okay,

station-

DATA MARK. Okay, data mark in ... number 3. Now he's starting around the dome region. Okay, he's periodically ... minus X, right yaw. Little pitch up there, another little pitch up. Now he's correcting the pitch up. Okay, he's ... his handrail to - about 6 to 8 inches out frc_the domw locker. Got a very good position Just about all

PLT

/_

the way around; looks like he needs to inch up his yaw rate slightly. Pretty good short- fairlyeffective short push in DIRECT there. Looks like he's got a pretty mtable attitude in pitch and re0-1. Yeah, he's not quite keeping up With his yaw. Going sort of back first, Just a little bit, not much. 357 17 13 39 PLT He's Just about to 32/34. He's trying to Okay, 32/34.

357 17 14 00

PLT

DATA MARK. Okay, data mark at station number 4. NOW, he'll be coming down to donning station. Minus X, must be, in front of minus X. Right yaw two pulses. _a_0ther pulse to the right. That was pitch down. Okay, that was plus Y and plus Z. Right roll. Left yaw and right roll. He's about to kill off translation right now. Stabilizing attitude as he turns around and faces the donning station. He's about 4 inches out. Okay, he's going to start killing his downward thrust There, he's thrusting up ... downward motion. MinusX, ...pulsesminusX. ... plus X ... And now multiple firings to fine correction.

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 6 of 26

CDR 357 17 15 l0 PLT CDR PLT

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay. All right.

Now touch and go. Touch and go maneuver.
see.

Okay, let's

CDE PLT CDR PLT

... That's right. ... Okay. No, I got to be - I got to put you in ID2, also. All right. and-Okay, MODE, you're CMG. Looking at ii00 pounds

357 17 15 40 -

CDR

PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CdR 357 17 16 19 PLT

MODE,

CMG,

right?

We need 750 psi. ... ii00 pounds ... 45 volts, DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, he's starting the touch and go maneuver DIRECT. mean, excuse me, C_4G. ... 45 ... Okay.

ii00 pounds.

I

PLT

Okay, he's pitching up with the CMG's now to face the b_Jo. Very smooth maneuver throughout. Okay, hers starting to Tire translation Jets now to kill his translational rates. Okay. There ... DATA MARK.

CDE

Dump Tape 357-06/D-3T7 Page 7 of 26

357 17 iT 37

PLT

DATA MARK. Okay, position 2 now. ...

he's going

for

,/

CDR PLT

He pretty yell k_lle_ the - rates off at that position i initead of Just touch and go. Okay, he's taking the full advantage of the CMC_. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Gettinga littlebit close to film locker .... Okay. Got a pretty good trajectory established now. Okay, looks real good. Yawing around; pitched down Just a bit too much. Take care of that - Okay, that was a plus Y transl_tion, using slow rates. Okay, he's correcting his attitude now. He's breaking.

r

SC

CDR B57 1T 18 33 -.... PLT PLT

'j' u, .-. Y': " :.. ,_§_'._ :_ ' _ _ _,.,._"4.',. : [ _

357 17 19 29 357 17 19 BO

CDR PLT

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Data mark at number B. Okay, he's starting around the dome ... lockers. About I0 inches out the hand - into the handrails. Okay. Good - very good control all the way around. Coming around now to 42/43, position h. Starting to slowly straighten down. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay ncw he's starting to translate back to the donning station. Stand by. DATA MARK.

PLT

CDR 357 17 20 51 PLT

PLT CDR

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 8 of 26

357 17 21 52

PLT

DATA MARK. Okay, he's station. Next _rillbe maneuver in 600 psi. ... We have ...

at the donning the tracking

CDR PLT

Okay, he has 600. Okay, I got to give him crewman ID-3. Crewman ID-3, MODE, CMG. Fly ... What? MODE, CMG ... Eight. MODE, CMG. Fly to the center of 0WS, head up facing &32_ data mark. ... Okay .... You don't really need to give a data mark until you get here. Head up, facing 432. Okay, looks like he's in very good position in the center of the workshop. He's going to turn around and face 432, which he's doing right now. Now he's yawing off at a rotational rates. He's probably going to have to give a pulse or two translation. He's there we go. ... He's got a little minus X drift; apparently he hasn't noticed. Okay, he's getting it. Okay, DATAMARK. DATA MARK. He's getting ready to start the rotation, 180 degrees.

CDR PLT CDR _/--_" PLT

CDR PLT

PLT 357 17 23 09 PLT

CDR PLT

PLT CDR 357 17 24 01 PLT

Dump Tape 357-06/0-377 Page 9 of 26

PLT

Okay, he's Just about around Just 180 degrees, Jer. ... Okay. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. RATE GYR0. RATE GYR0. direction. ... Repeat tracking

180 degrees.

CDR PLT CDR 357 17 25 06 PLT CDR PLT

After tracking C_Gs - -

in opposite

CDR _PLT

Okay, you give me _ data mark when before you start back around. GO. DATA MARK.

357 17 25 28

CDR PLT

Yeah, one translation ... minus Y ... center of the workshop. Another one, and he's tracking around to the right in RATE GYRO. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, it says to - at this time to turn off both DACs. ... What? ... Right. start. Give me a data mark when you ..., I'm sorry. DIRECT.

CDR 357 17 26 14 PLT

CDR PLT CDR PLT

CDR /'--_" PLT

What was that? Give me a data m_k start. when - when you

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page i0 of 26

CDE 357 17 26 50 PLT

DATA _RK. DATA MARK. He's starting maneuver, DIRECT• DATA MARK° DATA MARK. off. ... Okay, we changing the battery Battery ... the Okay. Both DACe going the tracking

CDB 357 17 27 51 PLT

CDR PLT CDR _ 357 17 28 06 PLT

has to be in the ... mode. I'ii turn the

Okay. Stand by. recorder off.

35717 34 24

CREW PLT

Okay, 21 ... Okay, PLT here. We Just completed the changeout of the PSS. And ready to pick _p now on the baseline, RATE GYRO. Let me verify that. ... Okay. DACs comingback on. .•. Okay, Start both DACs running. Okay. a baseline, RATE GYRO.

,, " _' :' _ ",% _. ' _ _ -

CREW PLT CREW PLT

CDR 357 17 35 lh PLT

DATA MARK. DATA _L%EK. Baseline RATE GYRO. Minus-X and minus-Z. Plus the rate gyro attitude thruster firing. Okay, he's turning around; he's facing the banjo. Now he's almost to the ... There he is. Eeleasing the attitude hand up. a of and

controller. And he's translating He's got plenty of contact. He's little bigher .... About in front h32 and he's going to come up ...

/

i_

Dump Tape 357-06/I)-377 Page ii of 26

then pitch up toward the banjo, Feet are pretty close to the dome ring lockers. 0k_y, his head is about a foot - 12 inches - l_ inches away from the banjo. O]ta_ he's .., out his up translation. Thrusting down. Okay, he's just about to translate , .. there. Just about ... CDR 357 17 36 27 PLT DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, he's going for position number 2. ... 1 minute to LOS.

357 17 36 39 ._

CC PLT

Looks likehe's got very good attitude. He's translating down toward the .., SMU. About have to do ... control, Now his head's a bit low, He's Just ... head low. Okay, now he's Just about - his XZ plane is slmost parallel to the floor. Okay, final thruster to stabilize the translation. Put in just a little bit too much plus-Y.

357 17 37 39

PLT

DATA MARK. Okay, minus X and plus Y. Awful hard to Judge .., the same ... head's too close to the dome locker. Doing sort of a combined attitude maneuver around in that ... And he ended up trying to more or less kind of correlate and pull those in instead of the i0h/406. It's very easy to do when your - you can't look around and see where you're going. Okay, ... - that is to station 3. Stabilized at station 3.

CDE 557 17 38 42 PLT

DATA

MARK. Okay, starting around the

DATA MARK.

dome ring lockers. PLT Okay, he's about h to 6 inches with the hand controller on. out

DumpTape 357-06/D--377
Page 12 of 26

PLT

Okay, he's coming around to 40 432/434. Stand by. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, data mark at position _. Now he's thrusting back and down. And now he's yawing to the right. Coming back down to the donning station. Okay, now he's facing the donning station .... translational rate. That is ... fairly stable.

CDR 357 17 40 lO PLT

PLT

CDR 357 17 40 55 PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR CDR PLT PLT

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. CMG.

Baseline in CMG ... I don't - Just a minute. ... Oh, yeah .... has zero pressure.

Stand by. ... ? Stand by. ... Yeah. ... RATE GYRO ... It was on. ... ... through? Negative. Stand by. I'll put it on again. Let me check it.

Okay. How'sit look?

,._*_

,: _ _;a _.

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 13 of 26

:

CDR PLT 357 17 42 55 PLT

Okay now .... Yeah, that's

that what exactly what

... says? it says.

Okay, I guess I Just didn't have a good connection there. But it was in o ... Okay. ... Just a second now, didthe baseline. .... Okay. CrewmanID 2 we did - no we didn't. We have crewman ID 3 for that one. Okay, after baseline CM - let's see. After baseline PATE GYRO - CMG. Okay. You got 800 psi, so you're in good shape. Okay, now. ID-3 ,._. we (!:_i _ _i_4_ : '_'_ _ i >_, _ ,'_ , ._,_ .. _.-_ _.,_. You did - you Just

CDR PLT CDR PLT

CDR PLT

CDR PLT

... 3 right

Crewman ID-2. Okay, we're crewman for the RATE GYRO baseline. We're nov in crewman ID-2. DATA MARK.

357 17 43 53

PLT

Dump Tape

357-06/D-377

P_I_ of 26
PLT Okay, I had'the i_%_t-rumet_a_ionhooke_ up to the - to the dust cover and that's why he wasn't gettlmg a readout on pressure. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. bsnJ o. Okay, it's data mark at the

357 17 hh 59 357 17 45 O0

CDR PLT

PLT 357 i7 45 56 _57, 17 45 57 CDR PLT

Okay, now he's translating DATA MARK. i

down to _MU.

DATA MAR_. At position number 3 - 2 rather. Okay, he'Js translate toward position On number 3_ Turned around and did a good that 404- 400. DATA MARK. DATA .MARK, Okay, data mark atposition 3. He's starting around the dome ring locker. Okay, the controller arms are about 6 inches to 8 inches out in the dome ring locker. And it looks - it looks like we're going to be very tight on time again here. Stand by for data mark. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, 4; be coming back station. data mark in position down to the donning Job on translating

!

PLT

357 17 46 46

CDR

357 17 46 47 i PLT

:_ '_"

357 17 48 09 357 17 48 l0

CDR PLT

PLT

Okay, he's facing the donning stating a you translation. DATA MARK. RATE GYRO. CMG. I Just

station now,

357 17 51 23

PLT

That's the - the end of baseline After baseline RATE GYRO. MODE,

CDR PLT

did it. baseline

He Just did the C_G. Okay, after CMG .... CMGs and RATE GYRO.

f

••

i
Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 15 of 26

CDR PLT

... Okay, now, this'll be the crew discretionary. And I'm going to turn off the F-10 DAC. Okay, that's off. ,%_cand by, the run. Okay now, Our crew ispage ... Ok ay. About 600 left. Okay. All right. Discretionary is, first they want you to do a tumbling object retrieval .... on it. Okay. I'm going to use the portable water tank. I think that is probably the most reasonable thing to use. Stand by Just a sec. Water tank. Okay, two in RATE GYRO and two in direct? Is thatwhattheywant? I have to check it, but I'm pretty sure that is right. ... I'm gonna put it - try to put it ... wiht the top of the dome ring locker, Okay. Okay, I'm going RATE GYRO now. Okay, he's going RATE GYR0 now. Okay, I'm ready. Okay,let me get out of the way. It's all yours, Jet. Okay, do it once more. • /, - Let me check discretionary "

357 17 50 01

PLT

CDR PLT CDR PLT /

'

PLT CDR

PLT

_

CDR PLT

i-

CDR CDR PLT CDR PLT

PLT

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 16 of 26

CDR PLT CDR PLT

Okay. Okay, ... Okay, time. got two handhelds see where I'll make I am. it a little harder this there,

CDR PLT

All right. Okay, this is a little big higher tumble rate. See if Y can _get some _ take one more of this. Okay, that was RATE G_O. _ave theothe r two for HHMU. Now I've got to ,,, in DIRECT_ right?

CDR PLT

That - Let me see, correct. ......

Ti%at_s right; that's _ "'

CDR PLT

Okay, let me make the first one relative easy because that's .- I imagine this is going to be heck of a lot more work.... Yeah, a little midair collision there. Okay. Okay. Okay, Jer. now. ... Okay, he_s got a little What is your voltage? feet roll right. Okay, he is going after DIRECT

.... _--..... _'_• _,, _ _. _ _. _

CDR 357 17 54 )42 PLT

CDR PLT

PLT

Okay. So we got - you caged CMGs, haven't you? ... off. ... Yep, CMG - ,. Okay. don 't you ? I'm pretty

_ you caged

the

CDR

sure you got to turn them

CDR PLT

You tot the CMGs off,

)
Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 17 of 26

CDR PLT CDR PLT

... Okay. Yeah.... Yeah, I will. Just let me tie this thing down so we don't have two loose objects in here. ... We should have changed the battery when it said to. ... what I was doing and forgot .... _ L

CDR PLT

CDR PLT CDR

Okay.211. ... what would be good would be for you to put me on exter poweri real quick ... changing atteries b . Well, okay. ... hook Up the external power. go to -

. _, "i _' q .r

PLT CDR PLT 357 17 57 B5 PLT

If you can hold that,

I will

._ _ _3 "<

Okay, we are on power internal while I hook up here. .... Okay. Allright, you can go on now; I have it on external power. ... Okay. No, I don't have it on now. try it. Okay, now we 're Yeah. Okay we are on externalpower while I change out this battery. We let the battery get down too low. Now

CDR PLT

CDR PLT

CDR _'_ PLT

2 .¸ ,

f

D_np Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 18 of 26

.

Cl)R PLT CDR PLT

_ ... change i_... Okay. ...

- ......

Okay, we'll have to kill it short briefly while I break this instrumentation cable. Okay I am turning the PSS off. ... Yeah, I'II go ahead and get this unscrewed OD first. Don't want to do that, dang it. Let' go by procedure. s ... Let's just go by procedure on PSS. All right. That is what I am trying to do now. Are you ready to take the instrumentation off? Well, yes, am. I Power coming off ... Okay. coming off first ....
_|
.°!

357 18 O0 17

PLT CDR PLT

C

CDR PLT CDR

_ ,_ _

PLT CDR PLT CDR ..... PLT

_ (°; ;Z

Okay, two dust covers; man, they're real hard There we go. So you've tried to bleed them, huh? Yeah. What? ... _ust a second. No_ you screw i_ back down then. Okay Direct and give it a shot . ...

.

CDR PLT CDR PLT _'_ CDR

!

Dump Page

Tape 357-06/D-377 19 of 26

357 18 02 55

PLT

I guess q cnuld turn that c_nera off up there, darn it. I guess they want it to continue to run tho_h. I sm afraid that they have underestimated or - yes, underestimated time require for all these. ... Okay, I will. ... It's in work. Powering going And that's off ... _ _ complete• U

PLT

CDR PLT CDR PLT 357 18 05 36 CDR PLT CDR PLT

That' s complete. . Tt's on.

'<_:ii!i 7

CDR
PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT PLT

.
It' on. s ... It's ... Okay. You pretty firmly anchored? Because can't keep my feet on the grid while doing that. Okay, if you would - ... electrical connection. I I'm closed. Okay, stand by I.

_ :- , ? __
__.
.r

-4

CDR PLT

Okay, Just - Let me get into position here and I will tell you.

CDR PLT

... No, you put the gas connector in and have

I

]>_mp Tape 357-06/I>-377
Page 20 of 26

something to hold everything together.Okay now, ready for instrumentation - or correction. It's complete. CDR PLT CDR I will try again, All right. Give _e Power off your DAC PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT PLT That's what to take ... off .... turn

for a second. Both DACS? I don't know - _.: i

they were.

That is what No, I don't ... Yeah, . . they

it says, but want it.

only want the - i

Sorry about that. Man, I sure would have isworn it had it on there when I got it out. Jet, would you hold the checklista moment. It's stowed Huh? Isn't that thing ... Okay, I think what happened is it came off when I pulled it out. Let me take quick look around here. Here it is. stowed right here? right here, isn't it, Jer?

{._ T n

PLT CDR PLT CDR PLT

< .i,.

CDR

_-_

PLT CDR PLT

Whe ? re ... Okay.

s_

Dump Tape 357-06/D"377 Page 21 of 26

CDR PLT 35T 18 09 32 PLT

••• Also the dust cap. You know, I don't know where you are supposed to stowed these things. Oh, well - .•• All righty. Stand by, let me get organized here. I got these two dust caps here from the HHMU connections to give to us. • • Battery .•• Switchingo internal, t stand by. Internal now. circuit breaker's closed. "_ '3 . -_ q i! '_
.4

CDR PLT

CDR 357 18 09 59 /_ PLT CDR PLT 35718 I0 48 CDR PLT

... Yes/a, I'm going to turn - It didn't say doesn't say to turn the charger off.first? • •. ,m It doesn't say to turn the charger off, first? It does not say to turn the charger off first. Yes, it should. Okay, I'm gonna turn it off. It won't hurt anything. I think that is the way to do it. Okay, stand by and we are Just about ready. Just cover back on. I still don't know where to put these things• Okay, you are on internal power. Everything should be okay right now. ... You got a sync light. Okay crewman ID-1. Okay. Okay, mode ID~l, MODE HHMU. "

CDR PLT

CDR 357 18 I0 29 PLT

CDR PLT

Crewman

L

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 22 of 26

CDR PLT

Here we go. Fire with same rates as on 6 degree of freedom, simulator - you know how to do this. There is no sensibility [sic] to be telling you. The fearless test pilot is ready to go. Yay! There he goes in the HHMU. A look of confidence on his face. Okay, I don't really know how to describe all of this. I think I am gonna let the picture do most of the t_!_ing. You can hear the ... Okay, I might as _ell get a nice PA0 picture here, of this. See if I can -

PLT

_, ._1 [.

_"

PI,T

Okay, he's getting in the dome area.

himself boxed in up It's awful hard .... ,

._ _,:, '_

:

to stablize rate. Checklist got away from me, too. Okay,now he's going track. Jer uses - Okay, his foot hit the handrail CDR PLT up in the dome area.

. %9!_. _'_t_'_' ._ ]:_._ '_i_ _]_ _'_ i_, _i i_I ,,

Where' the banjogo? d The banjo's your feet,under the PSS. It is under your feet and down below. "'" Okay. Get a picture of Jer with the HHMU, because he likes it so well. Must have spent a half four Just trying to get ... Yeah. Okay, he's moving himself over to the banjo. Okay, watch the DAC with your left foot. There you go. Okay, he's now at the banjo. Stablize Trying to stablize himself. Okay like he's Just about got it. I'm gonnalet go now. Okay, he's going to release.

CDR PLT

O T-

CDR

B57 18 14 05

PLT

_-_

CDR PLT

/

ape 357-06/D-377
Page 23 of 26

357 18 15 53

PLT

lle's got some nice slow flransla%ional rates going now. Now he's going to try to seal off his pitchup. ... DATA MARK. Okay, data mark. Now he's going to translate. I think I'm right in front of the high intensity light, screw up the photography. C of worms. -,,

CDR 357 18 16 08 CDR PLT

PLT PLT ,_ PLT 357 18 18 0B 357 18 18 04 CDR PLT

Ooooh!

It's really bucket

Okay, that takes care of the PA0 photography. Now we turn back and get down to the business at hand. Okay, he's translating now.

:

q

DATA MARK. DATA MARK. Okay, he's at the donning _ you error.

station. Okay CDR PLT CDR PLT ... 25-degree right

Yeah. ... 1-1/2 ...

25 degrees right yaw error and a l-i/2-foot translation error. And you - you're going to do the baseline now? ... That's what I have here. change to crewman ID-2. ... I think we're Just about oftime, too. ... to run out And I've got to

CDR PLT

CDR PLT

CDR

Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 Page 2_ of 26

PLT

O - Okay. I have-L-l'm scheduled to -that's right, 18:30. We got - I'm supposed - ... Yeah. ... Yeah. See, I'm supposed to go do a JOP 18-D monitor,which I _ I can be late for. ... Okay. DATA MARK. Okay, this'll be the baseline on two, MODE HHMU. DATA MARK. thrusted. crewman ID-2 They have m_ leaving - -

CDR PLT CDR PLT

:_

CDR PLT 357 18 19 12 CDR PLT

B57 18 19 18

PLT

He data marked before he

PLT

Has anyone ever given thought to just translating yourself? Of course, you can't - nothing. Don't have a source of gas. Okay, he ended up over by _3_ - _36_ trying to get to the banjo now. Okay, now he's gotten himself away from the lockers. He's translating up toward the banjo. Okay, he'll be giving us a data mark here pretty soon. DATA MARK. DATA MARK. number i. Okay, that's position

PLT

PLT

357 18 92 21 357 18 22 22

CDR PLT

PLT

Okay, this is going to describewhat's happening here. He's - he's gotten himself over on his bank now in relation grid bar. He's going _w1_ back first,

Dump Tape 357_06/D-377 Page 25 c_f 26

using the pusher thruster. Getting Just a little bit close to the blue footrail. Re's comes _own between what it takes about 6 - Seems like he's got a pitchover - pitehdown maneuver start - rate started. Trying to use body in the right position for the HHMU position. Seems to be pretty well smoothing translationaA rates now. Okay, now he's trying to get his left roll established to get his head down right position for HHMU. Okay and I can't quite tell what he's doing, except to ws/t and see what develops after he gets through thrusting. Difficult to tell what he's putting in Sometimes - Okay, he's about in position, not bad at 8/1. I'd say it was very good. 35718 25 08 CDR 357 18 _5 09 PLT CDR PLT O_TA MARK.
!

--_ -

DATA MARK. ...

Okay.

" ,*_

Ye_h, that's not bad at all. That's real good. Attitudes weren't correct, but golly, you got in the right position and everything. He's in the right position. Okay, now he's going f_'om hO_ to h06, position number 3. He's using tractor-typed translational impulses. Okay, he's now around; he's faclng 444 and he's turning around to face the hOb/h06 locker. And the ... - I think we're still real

PLT

tight on time to any discretionary maneuvers, in H}D_U and he _iso did not finish the discretionary maneuver in the kMU MODE. He's Just working himself around, but he's going very slowly. Looks like he's doing a real good Job as far as I can tell, for HHMU, anyway. 357 18 27 43 PLT Okay, now he's starting around the No, I guess he's not quite at that position,osition yet. p 3,

Dump Tape 357-06/D-3T7 Page 26 of 26

357 18 29 O0

PLT PLT

DATA _RK.

Position 3.

')kay, he's going around face first. Grabbed the dome ring lockers and looks like he's got a fairly good translational Got about a couple of inches per second, maybe an inch per second. Now he's having some attitude _roblems.

357 18 _0 29 357 I_ _2 58

PLT PLT

<]fnisis the PLT. I don't see any reason to leave the tape recorder on. Maybe you want to ... I'll leave it on.

_{D OF TAPE
/

Dump Tape 357-11 Time: 357:22:43 12/23/73 Page 1 of 9

to

358:00:45

GMT

357 22 4_ 27 to 357 22 h4 03 357 23 59 14 CDR

(This segment duplicated within Dump Tape 357-12.)

This is the CDR at 23:59 Zu]u. The first subject is M092. We completed the M082 with limb blood flow at 23:30 Zulu. We had one problem - not a problem, an error, in the lid - limb blood flow work. The first 6-minute run in at 30 millimeters of mercury, the first part of the limb blood flow - He did his contractions at 2 minutes and 30 seconds to go, rather than And so we held off the second 3. set

/F

of con - contractions until i plus i zero. And then we allowed the st - rest time at 30, with no contractions, to go to minus 30 seconds. So we ended up Just essentially, having the whole thing sequence set bask 30 seconds from the time clock. And, as I said before, I did the little wiggle-the-wires check on the right legband and saw no problems at all with Alfa Quebec. 35_ O0 O0 20 CDR CDR out.

TIME

SKIP

35_ 0O 26 26

CDk

Okay, this is the CDR at 00:26 Zulu, with two items. First item is flight scheduling. In the area of PT/PH for the FAOs. Today, I realized we haven't gotten the guidelines all distributed and eve_hing, but tods_v was a classic ex_unple of why we cannot run PT snd personal - PT/PH concurrently.

Dtuup Tape Page

_57-II

2 of 9

You got three of us all to use the ergometer at time, and it just can't The ergometer heats up can't be used over that of time. 358 00 27 06 CDR

needing the same be done. and just period

I had a 45-minute period this morning but scheduling difficulties slid me right into it so that I couldn't pedal the bike this morning. Bill - Bill Pogue's routine - the PLT's routine takes about 35 minutes. And the SPT's routine takes about 40. So, therefore, when all three of us up with PT during the same end 2-hour

_-

span of time in a day, it should be apparent that the ergometer won't stand up under the gaff not under about 8400 watt-minutes put on by the SPT, the 6000 put on by the PLT, and 5000 by me. 358 00 27 51 CDR So I think this in itself should be a good reason to not go concurrent on the PT/PH because even running current the SPT and the PLT conruns the ergometer right _ _!

up against its limit. I think the most normal way to do your exercise is ergometer first. I don't consider the ergometer last to be a very good way to do it and that's kind of the routine we've all fallen into. So I don't think it's reasonable to run - to run your exercise in such a manner that you expect one guy to do his ergometer work last all the time or anything like that. I realize this puts the scheduling problem on your shoulders, but as fas as we're concerned the exercise the rest is of Just the as important as that 8/1 are

experiments

Dump Tape 357-11 Page 3 of 9

going on, beCause if we don't stay in good shape we ain't gonna stay up here for 85 days. 358 00 28 4h CDR So, that's pretty much the way the ball bounces on that. I think this is a pretty classic example of today of why we should not go concurrent om PT. Again, I'm willing to split m_ PT, but as I mentioned omithe little guileline thing, l'm gomma need a little cleauup time!after:each one of them rather tb, n _ust one cleanup time after one whole one. And don't take m_ 15-m_nute cleanup time and divide it into two 7-1/2 minute cleanup them up because that hack it either.
:

times isn't

and split gonna
j

358 O0 29 12

CDR

I think I've mentionedbefore it takes a good 15 to 20 minutes for a full body wash, and after a 45-minute exercise period, I'd be willing to go for an upper torso wash. But come the end of the day l_want my %'hole body clean. I don't waut to go to bed smelling. So that's the way that goes there. So you're gonna!need to - If you want to split m_ PT, that's fine. I could do a 30-mlnute ergometer rim and have 15 minutes to clean up. Then in the afternoon I could spend about 35 or _O minutes doing the rest of the exercise I need to do, and then I'll need another 15 minutes to clean up. Okay, that's - that's it on scheduling.

iD : :

'_

358 O0 29 53

CDR

I'd like to move on to my next subject, which is for the M509

Dump Tape 35T-11 Page 4 of 9

people. I owe them a debriefing for today's run number 2. ASMU maneuver ability. CDR In which mode was the baseline maneuver easiest to fly and why? Well, naturally, it's the CMG mode because it's, as I see, the most stable and the quickest attitide holf, you might say, or - well, the attitude hold. It's the more solid of the two attltude-hold modes. The - free - style stuff that I flew was the - catching a t11mbiling object. The object we used was the portable water tank. And in the RATE GYRO MODE, Bill spun - shun it up the first timefairly gently, and I flew up to it and grabbed it. The RATE GYR0 system took over and stablized it in an attitude. Then it was up to me to stop our tramslatlonal effects. I fo_d that the traslational effects were mostly cause by me and my translation to get to the object. And when I got to the object I Just essentially r_ed into it. And then both the object and I translated in my direction, since it was essentially in a tumbling mode. Then we did a second RATE GY!_ MODE of this and th_ mode wa_ a lot faster. The tumble, I should say, was a lot faster. So, therefore, the intercehtion forces were a lot faster. Bill? B58 O0 B2 25 PLT CDR I belive so. The effect of grabbing it were a lot faster. I seemed very natural to me as sonas I grabbed to it

B58 O0 30 31

CDR

Dump Tape 357-11 Page 5 of 9

in close to the CGS so that it wouldn't affect me so much. It only took Just a couple of seconds to get the picture there. You'd fly up and grab the - the tumbling object and hole it off at arm's length. And the attitude control systen had a much tougher time stablizing the attitude. Whereas if I flew up to it and grabbed it and it kept coming - letting it come right in close to me things stabled [sic] out a wholelot quickerstablizied out a whole lot quicker. 358 00 33 08 CDR Should any maneuver be changed for the next M509? No, I don't think so. I thinkthe maneuvers we got laied out are very good manuevers. I think they cover the - the envelope that we want to look at very well. CDR Are translationacced eration levelstoo high, about right, or too low? I would say they'reaboutright. By no means would I say they're too low, and I don't think I could - would saythey're toohigh. Could you null tramslationalrates satisfactory$ That's affirmative, except in the HHI_J. Let me look ahead here. Yes we have an HHMU mode, so I'll quit bringing that subject up. When attempting minimum the THC commA uders did you sometimes fail to activate the thrusters? No, I didn't. I'm still more heavy handed right now th_n I am too light-handed, and so I did not fail to activate the thrusters. I tried doing some slaping or taping on the hand controS]er - found that to be a very acceptable mode, quite a bit more economical it seemed like from a fewer-usage stand point. Did the different acceleration levels at different axes bother you?

_: _ _ _

_ _ •

_

_ _ _:' :_ t

CDR

_•

358 00 33 52

CDR

_-_

Dump Tape 357-11 Page 6 of 9

No. No, they didn't bother ne at all. In fact, I was hardly conscious of them. I think you get used to the idea of being avle to rotate about your X-axis a little faster then your ether axes. And I don't think it botheres you too much. You're Just kind of used to it. At least we are up here; I am Just from the floating around in zero g. So the fact that we have different acceleration levels in the ASMU didn't really bother me at all. / 358 00 3_ 55 CDR Are the rotational acceleration levels high, low, or about right? I'd say they were about right again. I thlmk - the only - the o_ly problem that I noticed was with the CMG mode was the fact that I think the stick forces are a little bit high in 5rder to hold a fairly high rotational level. Other than that, I don't think there 's any problem there. I though the rotation levels were real fine in accel - come in direct. In rate c_and I think they're fine. And I guess if I were to complain, I would say they wer_ a bit slow, a bit low in the rate gyro mode. CDR Could you null rotational mode satisfactory, in DIRECT MODE? Yes, I think moving the seat up to position Charlie helped a little bit. I did this time see a little bit of shoulder slap, and the nextitlme I'm going to tighten down a litter tighter on those cross traps - the the equipment restraint straps that we have, L_ '__ae_ .Di_ y_u ....

.!

Dump Tape 357-i1 Page 7 of 9

sometimes fall to_ activate thrusters in the DIRECT MODE when you're going for RKC command? Well, I mixed that up with the tr_nslationa! one at the beginning. I was in one - in question number 5 where it's no - in question ni_ber 6 when they asked about translational command I itm_ed rotational colgman_s in there with it, too. I had no - no problem with either hand controller yet, in the mode of not getting something when I ask for it. I 'm more inclined to get more than I want. 358 00 37 02 CDR Stoop and acceleration levels. Okay again, question 7's talking about translation and I was talking in terms of rotations on 7. So let's leave 7 the way it is. Now I'll talk about translation. Different accelerations levels and different axis bother you? NO, again, I think that - Well, I don't remember them really bothering me in the 6-degree of freedom simulator where we had a g field in there too, but they certainly didn't bother up here be - and I think for the same reason. Because I think it's Juszt because you're use to it up here. Yaw and roll take less than pitch and they're no problem. CDE Okay, did you inadvertently contact the OWS? If so, how often? Yeah, I did about three or four times in the HH_J MODE, which I'll get to later. I believe on one occasion I can't even remember which mode it w_s. It was in the DIRECT MODE in the baseline. I barely brushed the locker with my toe. No problem t_ere at all. I was Just pla_Ing it a little too close. I found myself coming in and I- I - It was not a surprise. I knew I was gonna contact it and I did so very gently. CDR Did you sometimes need your legs and hauds to stop or push off? I did so ca the when I was fooling around with that. But I'll get to that again later. I also did it in the touch-and-go maneuvers on the very first one, _The touch-and-go m-neuver that I d_d and then I did not do it

i-

.

Dump Tape 357-11 Page 8 of 9

again a#ter_that: - I Just reached and touched and tehn let go. 358 O0 39 04 CDR

out

Is proportional thrust level needed for the HHMU_needed? No, I don't think so. I think_you have enough proportional trust level &vailable Just in the handle itself. Tooibadthe darn umbilical has to be so stiff because it does bother bother m_ when I'm trying to do a roll with the thruster over _y head or when I'm trying to do Y _ranslations. But I think there'S enough proportionality shuttle value itself that you don't really need a propor%ional thrust level. Would be icer if _ou could design a kind of shuttle value that doesn't require so much squeeze. My hand and forearm got very tried today.

CDR

Was the H}G4Ukick

bothersome?

Indeed

not;

it was very helpful in providing a piloting cue which I Just - slipped sideways right into question number 16, I didn't find the HHMUkick bothersome at all. I found it was very useful. CDR I think the H}_4U thrust level is Just about right. Every once in a while, I needed a fairly big kick an_ I got it when I wanted it; most of the time I Just barely squeezing it. I have already indicate_ yes, I can modulate the HHMU thrust level as desired. Did you normally co,_and tive, very , very seldom Did you sometimes command direction? Unfortunately, or eight times at least. full thrust? did I do so. Nega-

....

CDR

CDR

CDR

on the wrong yes on - oh, six

CDR F

Did you experience any disoritetation while fying the HH_? No I did not. Going from station number 2 down to - correction station number i, shich is the banjo, down to number 2,1whichisthe FCWJ-2 or FMU-2,

Dump Tape 357-i1 Page 9 of 9

I ended up getting down there in a rather unorthodox w_v. I pulled back slightly from the banjo and then down started a translation to m_ left and ended up with a yaw to the left and a roll to the right. So rather than fight it, I Just let it go and essentially did a f_11] roll to the right and ended up at the FMU-2 in the right position with lot less work than if I had tried to fight it and go down in the norm,1 way, which is to translate the left back, and down and then roll left and - and yaw a little bit left, too. So it was really - really rather fortuitous the way it work out. 358 O0 41 57 /-CDR Let me describe my HIIMU baseline maneuver to you - First of all, maybe I better talk about the translation. I Just kind flung myself to the - up to the banjo because I realized we're running kind of short of time. I - them - Just a second, I've got to check the time. I've got an SO19 coming up and I don't want to keep ta1_ing and miss that. Yeah. Hang on Just a minute.

....

CDR CDR

Okay, this is the CDR. I'm going have to terminate the debriefing for now. I'll get back and describe the HHM - HHMU stuff to you in a little bit. CDR out.

358 00 43 20

CDR

END OF TAPE

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful